en-us Internal error! The message ID %1 is too large. Verify that your Microsoft Dynamics installation \r\nhas the correct message file (*.ktd). Incomplete message file The message for ID %1 cannot be found. Verify that your Microsoft Dynamics installation \r\nhas the correct message file (*.ktd No Yes OK Beta evaluation copy This beta evaluation copy of Microsoft Dynamics \r\nuses %1. Internal error An error occurred during unpack of internal data structures. Unable to run %1 due to access restriction in table %2. Right edge of paper exceeded on page %2 in %1, %3 mm from top. Preview does not show all lines on page %2 in %1, %3 mm from top. Error regarding bitmap on page %2 in %1, %3 mm from top. %1 is scaled %2 percent to fit to page. Microsoft Dynamics Error Command-line parameter %1 is invalid. Check spelling and start Microsoft Dynamics again. Microsoft Dynamics Error Command-line parameter %1 requires a value, e.g. %1=XXX. Microsoft Dynamics Error Command-line parameter %1 does not take a value. Only the parameter to the left of the equal sign is allowed. Insufficient memory (RAM) Login error Failed to log on to Microsoft Dynamics. Info Access Control The client executable file does not match the server executable file.\r\nPlease check the build number and the version on the c Microsoft Dynamics cannot be started. The Application Object Server instance that is specified by the current client configuration could not be found.\r\nContact your Afrikaans Albanian Arabic Arabic (Saudi Arabia) Arabic (Iraq) Arabic (Egypt) Arabic (Libya) Arabic (Algeria) Arabic (Morocco) Arabic (Tunisia) Arabic (Oman) Arabic (Yemen) Arabic (Syria) Arabic (Jordan) Arabic (Lebanon) Arabic (Kuwait) Arabic (U.A.E.) Arabic (Bahrain) Arabic (Qatar) Basque Bulgarian Belarusian Catalan Chinese (Traditional) Chinese (Simplified) Chinese (Hong Kong SAR, PRC) Chinese (Singapore) Croatian Czech Danish Dutch (Standard) Dutch (Belgium) English English (United States) English (U.K.) English (Australia) English (Canada) English (New Zealand) English (Ireland) English (South Africa) English (Jamaica) English (Caribbean) English (Belize) English (Trinidad) English (India) English (Malaysia) English (Singapore) Estonian Faeroese Persian Finnish French (Standard) French (Belgium) French (Canada) French (Switzerland) French (Luxembourg) Gaelic (Scotland) Gaelic (Ireland) German (Standard) German (Switzerland) German (Austria) German (Luxembourg) German (Liechtenstein) Greek Hebrew Hindi Hungarian Icelandic Indonesian Italian (Standard) Italian (Switzerland) Japanese Korean Korean (Johab) Latvian Lithuanian Macedonian Malaysian Maltese Norwegian (Bokmal) Norwegian (Nynorsk) Polish Portuguese (Brazilian) Portuguese (Standard) Rhaeto-Romanic Romanian Romanian (Moldavia) Russian Russian (Moldavia) Sami (Lapland) Serbian (Cyrillic) Serbian (Latin) Slovak Slovenian Sorbian Spanish (Spain - Traditional Sort) Spanish (Mexico) Spanish (Spain - Modern Sort) Spanish (Guatemala) Spanish (Costa Rica) Spanish (Panama) Spanish (Dominican Republic) Spanish (Venezuela) Spanish (Colombia) Spanish (Peru) Spanish (Argentina) Spanish (Ecuador) Spanish (Chile) Spanish (Uruguay) Spanish (Paraguay) Spanish (Bolivia) Spanish (El Salvador) Spanish (Honduras) Spanish (Nicaragua) Spanish (Puerto Rico) Sutu Swedish Swedish (Finland) Thai Tsonga Tswana Turkish Ukrainian Urdu Venda Vietnamese Xhosa Yiddish Zulu Confirm overwrite Overwrite existing autoDesignSpecs? table object data source Index: Encrypting table Purging disk file Waiting for a record lock in file: Checking file Press CTRL-BREAK to abort. Waiting for a lock in table: Locked by user: Locked tables: Removing TTSABORTs Deleting index Deleting data Creating data list Re-index User %s has locked table '%s', waiting to get access... User %s has locked record %i in file %s, waiting to get access... Record %i in file %s is locked, waiting to get access... Application Object Server communication failure Correct the problem and try again. A network error (%1) occurred during communication with Application Object Server. If the problem\r\ncontinues, check your n If you are connected to Application Object Server over the Internet (or another WAN connection), your\r\ncurrent communicatio Application Object Server connection shutdown Try to connect again. Application Object Server has ended the connection to your computer. An\r\nadministrator might have requested termination o Application Object Server connection shutdown Your Microsoft Dynamics session cannot continue because of a fatal error condition. An unrecoverable error \r\noccurred when The Application Object Server instance (%s) is closing. You must log off now. Insufficient license rights Your Microsoft Dynamics license has expired.\r\nMicrosoft Dynamics will now operate as a demonstration version. A new set of license codes is required. Warning The text file has been modified in entry #28;\r\ntherefore, the license is no longer valid. Microsoft Dynamics will now close. Change properties from Auto to Non auto To complete this action a property must be changed from Auto to Non auto.\r\nComplete action? Confirm overwrite Overwrite existing generated design? Microsoft Dynamics Warning This preview version of Microsoft Dynamics %1 expired on %2. Microsoft Dynamics will now close. Error while reading file %s, if the problem persists your administrator should regenerate the corresponding .ali file. Error while reading label index file %s, if the problem persists your administrator should regenerate this .ali file. Error in file %s, %d cannot follow %d. Invalid module reference has been passed to function '%1'. Error while getting the page. If the problem persists, your administrator should regenerate the corresponding .ali file. Error while flushing label file to disk. Invalid Label Id %1. Login error The Web user '%1' is not associated with a valid user. Source file Microsoft Dynamics Error Unable to create time zone enumerations. Restart Microsoft Dynamics AX. One or more SQL system variables are unknown. (See the section on system variables in the Installation Guide.) Error during entry The value is not within the range.\r\nAcceptable values are in the range %1. Error during entry Error in the date format.\r\nEnter the date as: %1. or use a quick entry\r\n'T' : for Machine date\r\n'D' : for System date Error during entry Error in the time format.\r\nEnter the time as: %1 or use a quick entry\r\n'T' : for Machine time. Error during entry Error in the number format. Error during entry Negative values are not allowed. Error during entry The value is not within the range.\r\nAcceptable value is between %1. Error during entry Error in the GUID format. Error during entry There is an error in the datetime format.\r\nEnter the datetime as: %1. æøåàáâãäçèéêëìíîïñòóôõöùúûüýðþ ÆØÅÀÁÂÃÄÇÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏÑÒÓÔÕÖÙÚÛÜÝÐÞ AàáâãäÀÁÂÃÄBCçÇDEèéêëÈÉÊËFGHIìíîïÌÍÎÏJKLMNñÑOòóôõöÒÓÔÕÖPQRSTUùúûüÙÚÛÜVWXYýÝZæøåÆØÅ aaaaaaaaaaabcccdeeeeeeeeefghiiiiiiiiijklmnnnooooooooooopqrstuuuuuuuuuvwxyyyz~¦Ç~¦Ç Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday January February March April May June July August September October November December Report Changes have been made in %1.\r\nSave changes? * (= All tables) reading writing opening closing change to write-access Check the error code in C file Invalid function number File not found Path not found Too many open files Access denied Wrong file number Memory destroyed Not enough core memory Reading beyond file length Hard disk is full Reading record 0 Writing record 0 File lost No write-access Illegal record number / Error in reference Verification error Check error. The check digit read in the data is illegal. If this is regarding an entire table cache, the cache might have been flus Operation will fail Try again? Maximum file size exceeded Warning Error in file: %1 while %2 in record = %3\r\nWindows error: %6 = %7\r\nError code: %4 = %5 Right parenthesis expected near pos %1 Expected identifier near pos %1 %2.%3 is not a valid datasource.field pair near pos %1 Syntax error near %1 Right bracket ']' expected near %1 Invalid function name specified at %1 Compilation error when compiling function. Please check the name and parameters Error occurred when executing the passed in function Length of passed in value is too long. Please reduce the size of the parameters Return value from the function is too long Invalid value (%1) specified in the range Field (%1) is not visible *** Error: %hd, %s *** Info(%d): %hd, %s Unavailable Error in field %1 in report %2. Report %2 aborted. Warning Increase FILES= in CONFIG.SYS Error opening the file '%1'.\r\nCannot open more files.\r\nToo many open files. File Error Error may be due to insufficient rights. Cannot open the data file '%1'. Error code from the operating system: errno = %2. Look in file 'errno.h' or in the operating system\r\ndocumentation for an explanation. Ctrl Shift Alt Num Arrow Left Right Up Down **UNKNOWN** Contents of this section are traversed for each fixed %1 value Contents of this section are traversed for all %1 records Printed before all records having fixed %1 value Printed after all records having fixed %1 value Printed once for each record having fixed %1 value Printed before any records are printed Printed after all records are printed Printed at the top of each page Printed at the bottom of each page Printed when X++ code evaluates a report.execute(%2) statement Import file: Output block to file: You cannot select all the lines including the last one, as not all the lines have been loaded at the present time. Loading all the lines might take some time! Do you want to continue selecting lines and to load all lines now? '%1' has user settings, but these are ignored, as the form contains breakpoints. Breakpoints cause the user setup to be disable You cannot make any user adjustments to '%1', while debugging the form (because of the breakpoints). User setup for '%1' is not saved since the form contains breakpoints. To make the user setup active, remove all breakpoints from all the elements in the form. Customization of forms User settings are ignored, as the form was opened in 'safe mode'. The user settings can be deleted from the setup form. Creating page %1, section %2. Editor Error Line is too long and will be shortened. Illegal second format. Minute is not between 00-59. Illegal Time. Second is not between 00-59. Minute is not between 00-59. Hour is not between 00-23. Unicode escape requires exactly 4 or 8 hexadecimal digits after \u or \U. Number is too big. Illegal date. Month is not between 1-12. Year is not between 1900-2154. The macro has already been defined with a different value. An } (end brace) is missing in the macro. An ) (end parenthesis) is missing in the macro. The macro was terminated prematurely. Insufficient memory to run job. The macro is too complex. Too many arguments have been specified for the macro. The macro does not exist. This symbol cannot be used in scripts. Lexical error. The script was terminated prematurely. An overflow occurred in the internal parser stack. Syntax error. Err:508 Operand types are not compatible with the operator. Table %1 does not exist. The table does not contain this index. Assignment/Comparison loses precision. The table is out of range or does not exist. The table does not contain this field. System fields may not be inserted or updated. Variable %1 has not been declared. The wrong number of arguments has been specified for the function. Argument '%1' is incompatible with the required type. The enumeration does not exist. The name %1 has already been assigned to another variable. The internal object code must not exceed 64K. Overflow in an internal compiler stack. Overflow in an internal register. Insufficient memory to run job. Best Practice: Class names should start with an uppercase letter. Unreachable code. Function %1 never returns a value. Not all paths in %1 return a value. SWITCH statement may not contain more than one default part. BREAK statement found outside legal context (SWITCH, WHILE, DO, and FOR statements). This modifier is not allowed on interfaces. The new method of a derived class does not call super(). The new method of a derived class is not guaranteed to call super() on the inherited class. Provide an unconditional call to sup Array index %1 is out of bounds. Maximum value is %2. WHERE expression always evaluates to FALSE. Best Practice: Member name %1 should start with a lowercase letter. The field must be a data element that allows assignment. Abstract / interface functions may not be static or final. Declarations are illegal in interfaces. The function cannot be executed, as the table is out of range. %1 is not a class. Only classes (not interfaces) can extend classes. This data element cannot be used here. Interfaces must extend interfaces, not classes. %1 is not a class. Only classes can implement interfaces. %1 is not an interface. EDIT and DISPLAY methods must be public. Object could not be created because class %1 is abstract. Object could not be created because abstract method %1 has not been implemented. Column %1 has been specified more than once in the ORDER BY list. Columns in the ORDER BY list must be unique. An error occurred while running the job. Run has now been aborted. One of the upper limits in the WHERE expression cannot be found. One of the lower limits in the WHERE expression cannot be found. Abstract methods may only be declared in abstract classes. Edit and Display modifiers are illegal here. The Client and Server modifiers may only be used on static methods. TTS interrupting command. This access modifier has already been supplied. Conflicting access modifier given. AND and OR are used at the same level in an expression. The variable is not an array. The variable is an array. Final class %1 may not be extended. Numbered field references in keys cannot be used. Derived method %1 may not restrict access level defined for superclass. Method %1 is declared final and may not be overloaded. Index type must be numeric. Method %1 is declared private, and may not be overloaded. The method is declared protected and may only be called from methods in classes derived from %1. The method is declared private and may only be called from methods in class %1. An aggregate function is not allowed for a read-only field. A field has not been selected in the SEARCH command. The field has already been selected. The type does not exist. A function named %1 has already been declared. A forward function has been called, but not defined. The field is not an array. Illegal use of WHERE expression. The class %1 does not contain this function. The variable is not of the type CLASS. Exception. %1 is not a class. %1 is not a class function. RETRY is used outside a CATCH command. The table %1 does not contain this function. The map does not exist. The map does not contain this function. The operand is not compatible with the type of the function. The function cannot return a value. This function has not been declared. An overloaded function has an incorrect return type. An overloaded function has an incorrect number of parameters. One of the parameters for the overloaded function has an incorrect type. The display function has an incorrect parameter profile. The edit function has an incorrect parameter profile. Super() not allowed here. The class variable cannot be initialized here (use the new method). Incorrect inheritance? The name of the overloaded function cannot be changed. This function already exists. The class already exists. The operand for the function is not an element. The argument for the FunctionModuleID is not a module. The argument for the FunctionGroupID is not a group. nofetch is not allowed here. The name %1 is already used in an outer scope. Cannot execute on server. Compiling without debug. Container and unbounded string (text) fields are not allowed in a WHERE expression. Container and unbounded string (text) fields are not allowed in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY list. Cannot add/remove static keyword for this function. Variables declaration is too long. Legal size is approx. 32K in chars. The argument should be a class. The RecId index is not enabled on the table. Illegal base type in array %1. Name is too long. Truncate name to %1. Interfaces may not be instantiated. No code or declarations are allowed in abstract methods. Invalid data field. Neither table nor Extended Data Type has been chosen. Neither data method nor data field has been chosen. The control has both a data method and a data field. The control does not point at a control computing a sum. The control pointed at does not compute the sum. Undefined sum type. Error in %1. Error re: the type of %1. Unknown source for data method %1. Method %1 is not an edit/display method. Control %1 has an invalid ModelFieldName (%2). Invalid report bitmap control, %1. Unknown source for data method %1. The method does not exist on the form. Unknown source for data method %1. The method does not exist in the data source (or table). The selection field list (%1 fields) does not match the insertion field list (%2 fields). Attempt to match a specific array field element (%1) to an array (%2). Cannot match field %1 to field %2. Field selections using * are illegal in INSERT statements. Updating views is not supported. Keyword is not allowed for this statement type. Inner or outer join is illegal in this context. VCS does not allow renaming of a class. VCS does not allow renaming of a documentation node. '%1' table hint is not compatible with '%2' table hint. Cannot implicitly convert type '%1' to '%2'. An explicit conversion might exist; use System.Convert. No More Rec IDs. The Client modifier may not be used on data access methods. Illegal use of SETTING expression. Attempt to use a field from an exists/notexists join in an illegal context. Order by/ group by clauses are not allowed in update_recordset statements. Unable to run an update query that references both temporary and permanent database tables. Rewrite your query to only refe Qualified field names are required to use an ORDER BY and GROUP BY clause in the same SELECT statement. When using Cannot mix unqualified ORDER BY or GROUP BY clauses with qualified ORDER BY or GROUP BY clauses. When using qualified field names, statements can only contain a maximum of one ORDER BY clause and one GROUP BY cla Unqualified and qualified field names cannot be used in the same ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. Qualified field names cannot be used in field SELECT statements. Table names do not match. The table referenced in the qualified field name must match the table referenced in the SELECT s Invalid join mode in union query. Join mode of the second level data source for query of type union can only be exists or notex Field mismatch in union query. Field '%1' is not compatible with field '%2'. Field number mismatch in union query. Field number in '%1' is not the same as the field number in '%2'. Field ‘%1’ can only be used once in the ORDER BY clause. Fields used in the ORDER BY clause must be unique. Field ‘%1’ can only be used once in the GROUP BY clause. Fields used in the GROUP BY clause must be unique. Temporary tables can have either Group By or Order By fields, but not both. The specified sequence of Group By and Order By fields is not supported. Variable %1 is not an array. The variable %1 does not match the field %2. The variable %1 does not match field %2.Each must be defined using the same extended data type. Variable %1 must be a container. The use of the keyword crosscompany is invalid in this context. Filtering at the data source level is not allowed for a cross-company query. A view is not allowed as a data source in a cross-company query. An aggregate field cannot be specified on a query data source that is selected for update. \t\t There was an invalid use of %1 unbound string during insert. The size of variable %1 does not match the size of field %2. A loss of data is possible. Invalid use of the DataAreaId field in a cross-company query. Invalid use of a container field during insert. A cross-company "union all" query cannot contain both a company-specific and global table unless the data area field is explic View is not allowed in updatable union. Fields are not aligned properly for union query with group by list. The select list should contain aggregate fields first and then o Field '%1' is used in an EXISTS JOIN or NOTEXISTS JOIN clause and cannot be used in a GROUP BY and ORDER BY claus The root data source must be a per company table in a view definition where per company tables and global tables are joined. The report library has build errors. Invalid usage of crosscompany in this context. The first enabled data source(%1) in union query cannot have disabled field(%2). 1% The first data source in union query cannot be disabled. The report library has build warnings. 1:N Fetch Mode is not allowed on Datasource having join condition with node other than its immediate parent. The direction of the link type specified is not compatible with the join link direction. Consider changing the link type direction. An attempt to replace a class name in the source code failed. The DictField.dateTimeTimeZoneRuleFieldName method was called on a system UtcDateTime type field, but no correspondin The required query data source was not found in the query associated with the form data source. The query data source shou A cross-company "union all" query cannot contain both a company-specific table and a global table unless the data area field i getCompanyRange API called for non cross-company query '%1'. getCompanyRange API failed to detect permissions. clearCompanyRange API called for non cross-company query '%1'. View is not allowed in updatable union. Fields are not aligned properly for union query with group by list. The select list should contain aggregate fields first and then o The company time zone can only be changed by an administrator who is connected to a single Application Object Server (AOS The preferred time zone can only be changed when there are no active sessions for the user. The preferred time zone can only be changed when there is only one active session for yourself. String value cannot be converted to date value in the where clause. Try using the conversion function. Paging is not supported for queries with temporary tables. Paging is not supported for union queries. Paging is not supported for queries that do not have an ordering property. The arguments for paging are invalid. The starting position and number of records to fetch cannot be negative or zero. Paging is not supported for queries that do not have at least one enabled data source. Paging is not supported when the first only property is enabled on the data source. The root data source must be a per company table in a view definition where per company tables and global tables are joined. The current FormRun does not support the %1 method. To use the %1 method, the Form Design WindowType must be Conte Calling the %1 method is not supported when the current Travel History Item does not match the current FormRun instance. When a table is added to a table collection which has a real and virtual company associated with it, certain rules are applied to Only one type of Paging should be enabled at a time. Either Positional- or Value-based and not both. Paging is not supported for 1:N Fetch Mode. Value Paging already applied for this query. Cannot perform Value Paging - Structure of Lookup table doesn't match with the Query table structure. Cannot perform Value Paging - The Table doesn't have any Primary Key or Clustered Index specified on it. Union join or Outer Joins are not supported for Value Paging. Cannot perform Value Paging - Sorting of one of the fields not possible for Order By clause. Method '%1' cannot be called on a composite query. Method '%1' cannot be called on the read only data source '%2'. This could be the case when the data source is part of the ba Method '%1' cannot be called on a query that already has some data sources. The specified query cannot be used a base query because the query is a composite query or it would introduce circular depen Aggregate Queries not supported for Value Paging. The machine time zone was not found in the list of supported time zones. The form datasource query object does not support changing its AllowCrossCompany property after the form has executed the Linked forms closed due to change in company range. Query execution aborted due to error closing linked forms. A cross-company form datasource cannot be executed when it does not have a query. Using X++ to select records from a cross-company table that is owned by the form datasource is not supported. Fetch mode of the query build data source must be set to 1:1 when it is used with a form data source. The first enabled data source(%1) in union query cannot have disabled field(%2). The first data source in union query cannot be disabled. Data Source mismatch. Could not process the lookupRecord argument. The table type (%1) was not found as a top level For 1:N Fetch Mode is not allowed on Datasource having join condition with node other than its immediate parent. Method '%1' cannot be called after form run has been initialized. Method '%1' can only be used on form with modeled query. The type of the variant cannot be changed from %1 to %2. COM object of class '%1' could not be created on remote computer '%2'. Ensure that the object has been properly registered a COM object of class '%1' could not be created on remote computer because DCOM is not installed on the system. Attempting to pack a query that contains one or more dynamic links. COM object of class '%1' does not support enumeration. %1 can only be used in connection with the Microsoft Dynamics Business Connector. Method '%1' has been called with a safe array, which contains data of variant type %2, but the method expects data of variant The variant type is not valid for safe arrays. The array is not valid. The array contains a data type that cannot be transferred to a safe array. The array contains another array. This is not allowed since only one-dimensional safe arrays are supported. The array contains different data types. This is not supported by safe arrays unless data is stored in %1 objects. The array contains data that cannot be coerced to the specified variant type. The array contains data that cannot be coerced. To solve this problem specify the correct variant type as the second argumen The array only contains data at some of its indexes. To be able to convert the array to a safe array, the array must be complet An error occurred while converting the array. The safe array is not valid. The safe array is a multi-dimensional array. This is not supported. The safe array contains data that cannot be coerced to Microsoft Dynamics data. Type mismatch: Expected %1, got %2. Illegal types in operation on %1 and %2. Attempting to store a %1 object in a container. Attempting to read illegal array index. The language %1 does not exist. An error occurred while converting the container. %1 can only be used when Microsoft Dynamics Business Connector is used with Microsoft Internet Information Server. The iterator does not designate a valid element. The value %1 is not found in the map. The struct has no field named %1. The %1::%2 method is supported only on Microsoft Internet Information Server %3 and later. Method '%1' in COM object of class '%2' has caused an exception. The string %1 could not be converted to an integer value. The field does not point at a field computing a sum. The field pointed at does not compute the sum. Report %1 aborted, report headers and footers only support up to 16 sort fields. The data source is not enabled. Argument to method %1 out of range. Query extended range failure: %1. Insufficient rights to execute %1 %2. Invalid class name '%1'. An error occurred while deleting the filter. An error occurred while saving the filter. An error occurred while applying the filter. An error occurred while creating the filter menus. An error occurred while using the filter. %1: method number %2 not found. %1: parameter number %2 not found. %1: variable number %2 not found. %1: should not be called for kernel methods. The AOT node has been deleted. You do not have access to any task panes. CryptoAPI not available. Error occurred while encrypting/decrypting. Error occurred while resetting the key. The key might not have been reset. Cannot move a node into itself. Cannot move a parent node into one of its child nodes. Object '%1' could not be created Method '%1' cannot be invoked in this context. The requested X++ operation is not supported. Invalid name. The %1 parameter describes a utcdatetime that cannot be represented. The value that you are trying to add or subtract creates an invalid utcdatetime. The date/time settings on this computer exceed the minimum or maximum range for utcdatetime. The time zone is invalid. The UTC date/time string was not in the expected format. The specified data source cannot be found. The date/time settings could not be obtained from the database. The join mode in union query is invalid. For a join query, the join mode of the second level data source must be either exists or There is a field mismatch in the union query. Field %1 is not compatible with field %2. There is a field number mismatch in union query. The field number of %1 is different than the field number of %2. Temporary tables can have either Group By or Order By fields, but not both. The specified sequence of Group By and Order By fields is not supported. The _index parameter %1 is out of range. The data source name %1 is already used. Each data source name must be unique in the query. The Microsoft Dynamics AX time zone could not be matched to a time zone stored by the operating system. The user time zone is set to %1. The company time zone is set to %1. The size of container being unpacked is greater than MaxBufferSize. An attempt to insert a record that has this container will f Cannot mix old-style sorting with new-style Group By or Order By on a query. Filtering at the data source level is not allowed for a cross-company query. A view cannot be used as a data source in a cross-company query. The addCompanyRange method can be called only on a cross-company query. The addCompanyRange method was called with an invalid argument. The DictField.dateTimeTimeZoneRuleFieldName method was called on an system UtcDateTime type field, but no correspondi A circular dependency was detected while processing a data dependency between data sources. An attempt to access query miner information was made before query miner analysis was completed successfully. No join relation was found between the two specified data sources. Debugging for user '%1' is not enabled because of one of the following reasons: Err:508 Err:508 To enable debugging in Business Connector, check the following setting on the Developer tab in the active client configuration To enable debug mode for the user, go to Administration > Users > Development and set the Debug mode to When Breakpoin Failed to open file '%s'. Failed to read from file '%s'. Failed to write to file '%s'. Failed to create file '%s'. The supplied method arguments are not valid. %s failed. Buffer has not been initialized. This user session is already logged on to Microsoft Dynamics. The requested operation cannot be performed because you are not logged on to Microsoft Dynamics. The operation failed. The class %s does not exist. The operation failed. The record %s does not exist. The method being referenced is not known. The data type of the return value for the method being used is not supported. Use a supported data type. The Microsoft Dynamics object being referenced is not valid. The Microsoft Dynamics record being referenced is not valid. An X++ exception has occurred. One or more Microsoft Dynamics objects are logged on, thus Stop failed. You cannot log on to Microsoft Dynamics because the logon parameters do not match those currently being used in Business Another user is currently logged on, thus the specified user cannot be logged on. You cannot log on to Microsoft Dynamics because you do not have the correct IIS rights. The operation failed. The object %s does not exist. You cannot log on to Business Connector because you are locked out. The Microsoft Dynamics container being referenced is not valid. The Microsoft Dynamics buffer being referenced is not valid. The Microsoft Dynamics debugger has stopped. Please restart the Business Connector before logging on. The requested operation cannot be performed because the required security key doesn't exist. Failed to retrieve data from buffer. Failed to set data in buffer. Failed to get the size of buffer. This method cannot be invoked because a required argument has not been supplied. An exception has occurred in Business Connector. The object being referenced has already been disposed. The supplied method argument has a value outside the supported range. No more lines. Query does not contain %1 data source(s). Table/Related table mismatch. The data source is not embedded within a (parent) data source. Table: %1 does not exist. Bad container. The report %1 does not exist. The query %1 does not exist. The form %1 does not exist. Label syntax error: %1. Label %1 has bad module specifier (report %3). Label %1 not found in language %2 (report %3). Language %2 not found (report %3). Field %1 not found. Sort field No. %1 not found. Range No. %1 not found. Dynamic link No. %1 not found. Index No. %1 not found. Association No. %1 not found. Invalid sort field. Invalid sort field type. Invalid range. Invalid range type. Invalid Field/Related field combination. Unable to access printer %1. Unable to do pageFormatting while formatting for screen. Unable to do pageFormatting. The report %1 does not have the design %2. The report %1 has no designs. Please specify one of the designs in report %1. Ignoring reportRun::attach() while running report %1. Ignoring reportRun::detach() while running report %1. COM object of class '%1' could not be created. Ensure that the object has been properly registered on computer '%2'. The specified COM object does not have an object attached. COM object of class '%1' does not have an Automation interface (IDispatch). Method '%1' is not supported by the Automation interface of the COM object of class '%2'. Variant type %1 is not supported. Failed to determine the variant type of argument %1 for the '%2' method. The argument has not been properly initialized. The [retval] defined argument must be the last argument when calling the '%1' method. Argument %1 for the '%2' method contains multi-level variant (%3) nesting. Only one level of variant nesting is allowed. The method result '%1' does not match the specified [retval] argument. The method result is of variant type %2. The specified value is out of range. Method '%1' in COM object of class '%2' returned error code 0x%3 (%4) which means: %5. The number of arguments provided is different from the number of arguments accepted by the method. Invalid type in one of the arguments. An exception has been thrown by the COM object. The requested method does not exist, or the call tried to set the value of a read-only property. The Automation interface of the COM object does not support named arguments. One of the arguments could not be coerced to the specified variant type. One or more of the arguments could not be coerced. A required argument was omitted. The value of the ESP register was not properly saved across the call to function '%1' in DLL library '%2'. This is usually a resul Argument %1 for the '%2' method must be a COMVariant object. Type library for COM object of class '%1' could not be read. Return value of COM method '%1' could not be converted to a Microsoft Dynamics value. General failure calling '%1' COM method. The result of variant argument %1 in method '%2' is not supported. The result is of variant type %3. The method result of COM method '%1' is not supported. The method result is of variant type %2. Function '%1' in DLL library '%2' has caused an exception. General failure. One or more arguments are invalid. Internal error number %1 in script. Field '%s' must be filled in. The value '%2' in field '%1' is not found in relating table '%3'. Field '%1'(= %2) can only contain positive numbers. The record may not be deleted. Transactions exist in table '%s'. Database space problem Contact your database administrator. Database '%1' is out of space, and the server has reported this problem: '%2'. Retry the operation? Problems during synchronization Press 'Yes' to drop the table now, or press 'No' to leave the table and visit the SQL Administrator's menu at a later time. While synchronizing table '%2', the layout of the table in the \r\nSQL database appeared to be incompatible with the Microsoft If you choose to, Microsoft Dynamics can drop the mismatching table to allow the creation \r\nof the '%2' table, as it should app Contents of the '%1' are: %3. Do you want to drop the table and continue? Detected SQL Protocol '%s' is not recommended for Multi Session Microsoft Dynamics use. Check the release documentation and correct the setup. Connection to database Verify that the network and the communications lines are properly installed and set up. The connection between Microsoft Dynamics and the database has\r\nbeen broken. The program will have to shut down now. Microsoft Dynamics Client/server communication Use a correct AOS name, the simple binding mode, or 'By organization' binding mode to connect using Active Directory integra The server name '%1' for 'By name' binding to Active Directory could not be found, or the Object server was not started. %2 Microsoft Dynamics Client/server communication Set up appropriate binding information in the Active Directory, or use 'Simple' or 'By name' binding to connect. The client was started in 'By organization' binding mode for Active Directory integration, but no valid bind information \r\nwas fo An unrecoverable error has occurred. Retry the operation. An unrecoverable error has been reported by %1: The transaction will be rolled back. You may refer to the error log file for further details. Problems resuming after critical shutdown Re-establish the network connections, and retry the operation. Problems resuming after critical shutdown. This could be due to network problems, or unavailability of\r\nthe SQL database. Y Retry the operation? SQL error If possible, correct the problem and try again, or cancel the transaction. %1 has reported the following error: You may refer to the error log file for further details. Retry the operation? Table in Use Users in SQL tools, or in Microsoft Dynamics have locks on the table. A database operation cannot be executed, as the current table '%2' is locked \r\nor in use. Make sure all users in %1 commit t Retry the operation? Active Directory integration Make sure the appropriate drivers are installed and restart Microsoft Dynamics. Active Directory services not installed on this computer. Specifically, the file '%1' cannot be located. Counting records SQL scripts Synchronize table Check/Synchronize Drop table Synchronize failed on %1 table(s) The table contains records The table is empty Deleting data in company ODBC Connectivity Install ODBC support and restart Microsoft Dynamics. The required ODBC support for running Microsoft Dynamics with local database connection is not available. \r\nPlease install O The upper limit of open cursors for Microsoft Dynamics has been exceeded (%1). Use the -OPENCURSORS parameter, or mo The data dictionary resource you are about to access is busy. Wait a moment and try again. Table %1 was previously known to Microsoft Dynamics and registered as such. This table might have been removed from the Synchronization was canceled by the user before dropping tables. Illegal data conversion from original field %1.%2 to %3.%4: Unable to convert data types to anything but character field type (% Illegal data conversion from original field %1.%2 to %3.%4: Unable to convert string data types to anything but INT, or REAL fi Database space problem - '%1' is out of space. The internal size of a %1 record is %2 bytes, but Microsoft Dynamics is by default performance-tuned not to exceed %3 bytes. The total, internal size of the records in your joined SELECT statement is %2 bytes, but Microsoft Dynamics is by default perfo It is strongly recommended that you split your table(s) into smaller units. Alternatively, you have to specify a 'Buffer size' value of %1 Kbytes or higher in the 'SQL' tab page in the Microsoft Dynamics C Exit Microsoft Dynamics immediately, and follow the directives above. Use of the table(s) will cause unpredictable results. The table %1 appears more than once in the AOT (ID is %2). Rename or remove one of the versions of the table. The field %1 appears twice in %2 (IDs %3 and %4). Rename or remove one of the fields. The field %1 in %2 is invalid (ID is %3). Check metadata data source and the assigned field. Synchronization was canceled by the user before fields were dropped from table %1. There was an error gathering partitioning metadata information for table %1 index %2. Synchronization for this table has been Synchronization of table %1 index %2 was canceled by the user. Please Contact your Dynamics Ax administrator. Duplicate field names are not allowed in the table with ID %1. Fix the error and restart the server. Table ID %1 passed for sync Unknown table ID %1 passed for synchronization. Table %1 is partitioned by column %2. You cannot drop a partitioned column. Synchronization for this table has been canceled User '%1' is attempting to synchronize table '%2' The Microsoft Dynamics user '%1' is attempting to synchronize table '%2', and is requesting your session to close down Forms Yourself (session ID #%2) User '%1' (session ID #%2) Table in Use Wait until no users are accessing Microsoft Dynamics modules using this table, and retry the operation. Microsoft Dynamics is unable to perform its mission as long as other users or tasks are actively \r\nusing table '%1'. This includ Microsoft Dynamics user(s) currently holding locks on the table: Do you want to broadcast a notification to these user(s)? %1 records in table '%2' retrieved from the database, but never used. Consider using FIRSTONLY, or a more selective WHER No fields will be selected from table '%2'. Check the source code, you may be selecting virtual fields only, or selecting configur No fields will be selected from table '%2' in a JOIN statement containing GROUP BY. Check the source code. The field '%2.%3', which appears in the GROUP BY list, is not stored in the database, and is thus ignored. Field '%2.%3' appears more than once in the SELECT list, only the first is actually used. Field '%2.%3' is invalid in the ORDER BY clause because an aggregate function is used. About to delete a record in table '%2' which was not selected for update (RecId is %1). About to update a record in table '%2' which was not selected for update (RecId is %1). Index hint to index '%2' on table '%3' eliminated in FORUPDATE query, as index is NON unique. Index hint to index '%2' on table '%3' is eliminated, as the index is disabled. Downloading the EntireTable-cached table '%3' in company '%4' exceeds the time threshold (%2 ms): %1 milliseconds used. Downloading the EntireTable-cached table '%3' in company '%4' exceeds the record threshold (%2): %1 record(s) retrieved. Calls to NEXT, update(), or delete() must be performed on the buffer on the selection transaction level, or within the same tran The field '%3' in table '%2' is used in a WHERE clause, but not stored in the SQL database (i.e. has no effect). The field may h The field '%2.%3' appears in ORDER BY, but not in the GROUP BY list, and is ignored. The field '%2.%3' in the SELECT list, or ORDER BY is invalid and ignored because it is not contained in the GROUP BY claus Since no unique index exists for table '%2', the kernel will internally make index '%3' unique and use that. At least one unique Since no indexes exist for table '%2', the kernel will internally enable the 'CreateRecIDIndex' table-property and use the '%3' in SELECT on table '%2' has a WHERE part, but no index match. Query might table scan. Call to %2 on %4 was converted into a simpler and less optimal record-by-record operation (%1 records affected by the opera FORUPDATE cannot be used on view '%2', since views are read-only. The directive is discarded. Update must be performed inside a transaction. Delete must be performed inside a transaction. Date and ID....: Environment....: Error code.....: Table..........: Error text.....: SQL statement..: Description....: RDBMS version..: ODBC version...: Connection ID..: Call stack.....: The value entered in field '%2' of table '%1' ('%3') cannot be updated to new value '%4'. The record you were updating in '%1', has been deleted by another user. Text Integer 0 (for No) or 1 (for Yes) No lookup information due to an error in line No lookup information due to an error in the class declaration No lookup information No help available due to an error in line No help available due to an error in the class declaration No help available for this topic Extended Data Type Enum Basic Data Type Label Field Index Database login Correct the problem and try again. A problem occurred when logging into the SQL database, and the program will have to shut down. Description: '%1' One or more system tables could not be automatically synchronized. The internal system table version number stored in the database is higher than the version supported by the kernel (%s). Use This function is no longer supported. The internal time zone version number stored in the database is higher than the version supported by the kernel (%s). Use a n Moving AOT elements The table %1 appears to have been moved between AOT layers. If you select to proceed, Microsoft Dynamics can try to upda Similar situations have occurred in the following table(s): %2. Select: Yes to handle %1. No to drop the old table and create a new empty table. Cancel to abort the synchronization process. Select: Yes to handle %1. Yes to all to handle all tables, with no further questions asked. No to drop the old table and create a new empty table. Cancel to abort the synchronization process. (configuration mode) (demo mode) SQL error If possible, correct the problem and try again, or cancel the transaction. %1 reports that an error occurred. The cause might be changes that you or another user made to the Microsoft Dynamics data The system administrator may want to synchronize the Microsoft Dynamics data dictionary from the SQL Administration form ( The problem reported was: Refer to the SQL statement trace log form (Administration > Inquiries > Database) for further details. Do you want to retry the operation? Table in Use Exit Microsoft Dynamics modules using the table, and retry the operation. Synchronization cannot be performed as long as other Microsoft Dynamics tasks are\r\nusing table '%1'. This includes forms, q Make sure you exit these before restarting the synchronization. Do you want to retry the operation? Drop table Accept to continue, or cancel the deletion. One or more tables will soon be deleted from the SQL database. This is\r\nusually caused by changes in the Microsoft Dynam However, because the tables listed below contain records, you may want to\r\nback up your database before the tables are ac Drop table Accept to continue, or cancel the drop table operation. Calling the 'SqlDataDictionary::tableDrop()' method is an extremely powerful\r\noperation that will remove the table %1 comple You cannot undo this operation unless you restore a backup. Do you want to DROP the table? Truncate table Accept to continue, or cancel the table truncate operation. Calling the 'tableTruncate()' method is an extremely powerful operation \r\nthat will remove all data in all company accounts in You cannot undo this operation unless you restore a backup. Do you want to TRUNCATE the table? Problem initializing database Contact your software provider for help, or start in native mode to check the class. The program is unable to load and execute the class '%1',\r\nwhich is essential in order to identify the database vendor and\r\n This can be caused by insufficient access rights to the SQL Database, a missing or \r\ncorrupted application file, or syntax erro Illegal field type A Memo or Container field cannot be part of an index. Field '%1' in table '%2' skipped. A Memo or Container field cannot be part of a relation. Field '%1' int table '%2' skipped. Microsoft Dynamics warning! Contact you system administrator. The system is running against a %1 database for which no Microsoft Dynamics license code has been entered. Please enter the correct code for %1 in the Microsoft Dynamics license information form found in the Setup section of the Adm The system will continue to work but this message will be displayed until the correct license code is entered. Form Report Job Class Query Web Web Form Workflow Process Normal Field fixed Related field fixed Normal Italic No underline Underline Left Center Right Delete Properties Help Cut Copy Paste ODBC error Unsupported ODBC driver version (%1). The version should be %2 or higher.\r\nPlease replace the driver with the correct vers ODBC error Unsupported ODBC driver manager version (%1). The version should be %2 or higher.\r\nPlease replace the driver manager w ODBC error Unsupported database version (%1). The version should be %2 or higher.\r\nPlease install the correct version. RecId generation problems Verify that the network and the communications lines are properly installed and set up. Generation of internal record identification numbers, RecIds, has failed. For data integrity reasons\r\nthe program will have to s Oracle Call Interface (OCI) Install the Oracle client software and restart Microsoft Dynamics. The required Oracle client software is not available. \r\nPlease install the Oracle client software or run Microsoft Dynamics as t Database log enabled Method %1 overridden Method %1 overridden and database log enabled Delete actions exist Database log enabled and delete actions exist Method %1 overridden and delete actions exist Database log enabled, method %1 overridden and delete actions exist Events enabled Database log enabled and events enabled Method %1 overridden and events enabled Method %1 overridden, database log enabled and events enabled Delete actions exist and events enabled Database log enabled, delete actions exist and events enabled Method %1 overridden, delete actions exist and events enabled Database log enabled, method %1 overridden, delete actions exist and events enabled Unsupported configuration Mismatching configurations typically occur on an upgraded installation. Change the configuration and retry. You are trying to access an Oracle database, but your current configuration is set up for Microsoft SQL Server. Please use the Compiling script Login error The Server has reached its user session or memory consumption limit. Please try again later or connect to a different server. Processes Tables Logon User name Password Type your user name and password to logon to the system. Logon User group name Company name Table Keyword Enumerated texts Script file: Export file: Text file: Macro file: System file: User file: Table object: Class static: Class object: Table static: Script: Text: Macro: Trigger: User script: Table object function Class static function Class object function Table static function Error in configuration Reconfigure system in the correct application object layer. The code for the '%1' application object layer is incorrect. Insufficient license rights Contact your Microsoft Dynamics vendor for more information. The code for the '%1' application object layer is correct.\r\nBut there is no license code for %2 runtime. Insufficient license rights Contact your Microsoft Dynamics vendor for more information. The code for the '%1' application object layer is correct.\r\nBut there is no license code for the MorphX Development Suite. Cannot read a record in %s (%s). Cannot edit a record in %s (%s). Cannot delete a record in %s (%s). Cannot create a record in %s (%s). Cannot select a record in %s (%s). Cannot execute the required database operation. Cannot execute a data definition language command on %s (%s). Cannot execute a stored procedure. Unable to change company for %s (%s). Problems during SQL data dictionary synchronization. Cannot log data manipulations on a record in %s (%s). Problems deleting company. Unable to load the ODBC Driver Manager. ODBC operation failed. OCI (Oracle Call Interface) operation failed. Unable to load the Oracle OCI client. Cannot update multiple records in %s (%s). Cannot delete multiple records in %s (%s). Cannot insert multiple records in %s (%s). The record has been deleted by another user. The record number does not comply with the original number. If the table uses entire table cache, this may be caused by the c The record already exists. Possibly an index error. Please re-index. The password is missing. Recordlock fault. The codes for the module are missing. No codes for extra records. The index is not active. Deadlock, where one or more users have simultaneously locked the whole table or part of it. The record has been changed by another user. The SQL database has issued an error. Ctrl-Break received. Could not generate a new sequence number. The operation failed. The record has been locked by another user. The record has never been selected. An unsupported NULL value has been selected from the database. The operation cannot be completed, since the record was not selected for update. Remember TTSBEGIN/TTSCOMMIT as we Cannot call NEXT, update(), or delete() on buffer where data is selected or inserted in another transaction scope. The values displayed in the form are not current, so an update or deletion cannot be made. To view the current values, on the The buffer contains a record which has been selected from the original company. The SELECT statement is using the RecId. The RecId index is not enabled. The join does not contain any link between the joined tables in the WHERE clause. Cannot delete current company. The company to delete does not exist. Temporary tables must be the outer tables when joined to permanent tables. The cursor is invalid for instantiating recordViewCache. The cursor has been nexted on client, and can therefore not be nexted on server. ODBC support does not appear to be installed on your client. You need to install ODBC to use the ODBC features of Microsof The company to flush cache for does not exist. Inconsistency in the Microsoft Dynamics data dictionary. Make sure the specified problem is corrected. LoginProperty must be instantiated on same tier as OdbcConnection. Unable to log on to the database. You are trying to operate on one record, but more records are affected. Check indexes, run database synchronize, or equivale Cannot attach to connection since the buffer is in use. Use another buffer or clear the buffer by assigning NULL. LoginProperty must be instantiated on same tier as OciConnection. OCI support does not appear to be installed on your client. You need to install OCI to use the OCI features of Microsoft Dynam Unable to create view in the database. This can be caused by missing metadata (data source), or a data source containing a m Microsoft Dynamics views are read-only. To use databaseInsert(), the RecordSortedList must be instantiated on the server-side. Cannot select a record for update when the transaction is not started on the user connection attached. You need to begin tran Attempted to save a record with an invalid type. Access Denied: You do not have sufficient permissions to perform the requested operation. Access Denied: You do not have sufficient authorization to modify data in database. An update conflict occurred due to another user process deleting the record or changing one or more fields in the record. Update must be performed inside a transaction. Delete must be performed inside a transaction. This function is no longer supported. The number of fields in source and destination query does not match. Error accessing database connection. Temp tables cannot be used in union. The view could not be created in the database because the query structure is invalid. You cannot use the cross-company keyword in an update recordset command. You cannot use the cross-company keyword in a delete_from command. Views are not allowed in cross-company query. You cannot use the crosscompany keyword within the select part of an insert_recordset statement. Permissions could not be detected for the cross-company query. Update operations are not allowed across companies. Please use the changecompany keyword to change the current compan Insert operations are not allowed across companies. Please use changecompany keyword to change the current company bef Delete operations are not allowed across companies. Please use changecompany keyword to change the current company be The corresponding AOS validation failed. cross-company union all query cannot contain both company specific and global table unless the data area field is explicitly se View is not allowed in updatable union. Non-union-all union not allowed when there is an AOSValidateRead method implemented on one of its union branches. Try sk Invalid company name specified for company API. RecVersion is needed for update but was not retrieved during read. This may be caused by group by or aggregate fields in the Sub-queries are read-only. Views with data coming from multiple companies cannot be used in joins with other company specific tables because the data You are denied access to create a record in the table, due to the filter criteria set for row level security. You are denied access to update a record in the table, due to the filter criteria set for row level security. View with repeatable read hint set on underlying data source is not allowed. The record level security filter is invalid. Contact your system administrator. RecId index is required for updating table buffer in union all. Delete is not supported on union. Warning Cannot create temporary file: %1.\r\nThe disk may be full. Problem changing company Selecting Yes will take you to the suggested company, while No will exit the program. The company '%1' does not exist. Do you want to switch to company '%2'? Microsoft Dynamics license problem Microsoft Dynamics cannot be started using the current configuration and license codes. No license code available for language %1. Please use a licensed language. Confirm correction Changes have been made in the record. Are you sure you want to update these changes? Confirm deletion Are you sure you want to delete this record? Confirm deletion Are you sure you want to delete all marked records? Confirm deletion You are about to delete a record in %1. Delete record? Docking window tip Tip for moving a docking window to another location. The system recognized that you tried to move a docking window by dragging it using the mouse. To move a docking window, p Shortcut Key Changed The F5 shortcut key now performs a Refresh operation and any unsaved changes will be saved. The Restore shortcut key is n The error occurred when access rights were to be added to the file. a critical error was reported. a byte in the file was to be locked. trying to open the file (the file does exist). Warning The number of adjustments exceeds the\r\nnumber permitted according to the codes entered.\r\nThe system can still run, but System error Check the ERASE rights on the network. The temporary file cannot be erased.\r\nFile: %1 Abort job? Label used to reference data source or control Label used to reference data source or control Horizontal position of form or control Vertical position of form or control Width of form or control Height of form or control Make control visible? How is the size of the element specified? Size of top margin Size of bottom margin Size of left margin Size of right margin Number of columns When do you want controls on the container control to be arranged? How do you want controls on the container control to be arranged? Table used as data source Table used as data source Field in table used as data source Data type Sort according to index defined in the underlying data source Specify WHERE expression for selection of records Should this data source be positioned at the first or the last record on start-up? Update link to joined data source: once (passive), delayed, concurrently (active) or joined (single select)? What type of join should be used for the second data source? Method that supplies data for control How many fields should be locked in the index by join? Search automatically for the first record at start-up? Notify automatically upon change of record? Style of control's borderline Color setting Background color of form or control Color of control's foreground Label text color Alignment of value displayed in control Display Display type Location of the control's frame Denotes the cross-company value that should be applied to the automatic query created for this form datasource. Text displayed for control Text displayed in caption of form or container control Can data be modified with this control? Skip control when the TAB key is used? Show label for control? Text displayed next to control on forms and reports. If blank, use label from data source. Width of control's label Position of control's label Alignment of control's label Placement of upper-left corner of label? Placement of upper-right corner of label? Height of control's label Current tab when form is opened Total number of tabs Name of this data source Determines whether the Toolbar and Menu should be shown on forms with a WindowType of Standard. The form's caption text Type of negative sign display Do you want to invert the sign for the value in the control? Do you want to show the value when 0 (zero)? Move the value displayed in the grid control if negative Symbol used to separate thousands Symbol used to separate decimals Number of decimals displayed Do you want the system to insert a decimal separator? Specify minimum number of decimals while truncating trailing zeros. Array element to be displayed in control. If ArrayIndex=0, all elements are displayed. Compile jobs using debug information? Compile intervals? Title of info Help word for info Table used as data source Field from table Field Field Formula Controls how the image is shown File name of bitmap to be displayed Resource ID Date format Select whether this Menu should display in the Content Area. Specifies whether the form allows company changes when used as a child form with a cross-company dynalink. Format contents as MST (standard currency)? Change case of label text How to display column headings Write message to Infolog during printing if the bitmap is missing Determines the type of JOIN to use when tables are related and the parent table has IsLookup=True or if the table is a transac Is this a reference to a service? URL of the service WSDL .NET code namespace Description of the service Enumeration name for programming, etc. Heading that the user will see in a list of options Print name for enum text Name of type in programming, etc. Length of line in number of characters Number of elements in array Label for the type Help text for the type Inherited from Extended Data Type Enter reference for table Enter reference for field Enter name (symbol) for enum text Specify how to link data sources Specify which records are to be retrieved, e.g. 1..100, 253 Specify whether the cursor can update records in the database Specify the name of the form used for user interaction Specify (optional) whether linking is given for a relation Specify whether the field list is defined by the table's field list Specify whether database relations used for data source linking are explicitly given Specify whether the field is to be ignored Specify type of section Font name for text in control Text Name Name of a file holding a list of large icons (only when ViewType=Icon) Show grid lines (only when ViewType=Report)? Do you want each item in a column to include an image? Displays a check box in each row Do you want an item to be highlighted when the cursor moves across it? Is drag-and-drop of headings to change the display order allowed? Select an entire row with a click? Activate an item with a click? Activate an item with a double click? Space between columns Style of progress indicator Display the toolbar in the development tree? Display the toolbar in the report design? Auto save active? Number of seconds between automatic update (0 means off) Auto refresh active? What % of memory should be used before garbage collection in the tree starts? Length of history list Show trace of function call? Show trace of database calls? Run with debug on? Is the feature key a security key? If Yes, the parent feature keys are AND'ed together. If No, they are OR'ed together. Is the feature key for turning features on and off? Select the feature key that should be used to control the display of this control Auto hide the container if all contained controls are non-visible Draw the check box focus rectangle Should the control reserve and display a shortcut letter? Drag and drop behavior Search for matching records after entering data in the control? Allow checking of table rights Determines how a field will be used during cube generation. Generated by Dynamics AX and used to synchronize entities with Analysis Server. Selects which field value is used to describe a row in an OLAP dimension. Selects which model(s) to generate from this perspective. The caption for the dimension attribute/measure generated for the field. Query that defines the view Preferred time zone for display Set the control's initial value When should the control display the time zone? Do you wish to display only the date or the date and time? The default action that is executed when a row is double-clicked or the ENTER key is pressed. The name the default action is given in the right-click context menu. Auto generate field for the UTC datetime on which the record was created Auto generate field for the last UTC datetime on which the record was modified Data source the current data source is joined to. Current data source. Type of query. Type of union. Data source name Field name Label or the visible name of the workflow template The description of the workflow template Workflow event handler for the Started event Workflow event handler for the Completed event Workflow event handler for the Canceled event The document associated to this workflow template Task label or the visible name of the workflow elements The description of the workflow element The document associated to this workflow element Workflow element event handler for the Started event Workflow element outcome event handler Workflow element outcome name Type of workflow element outcome Workflow element event handler for the Canceled event Provider for participant resolution Provider for due date resolution Provider for hierarchy resolution Name of workflow element Type of workflow element Workflow category label or the visible name of the workflow category The description of the workflow category The workflow category for this workflow template Web menu item used for displaying action on a work item Menu item used for displaying action on a work item Dynamics AX module Menu item that submits the document to workflow Menu item that navigates to the document form Web menu item that navigates to the document form Menu item that resubmits document to the workflow element Web menu item that resubmits document to the workflow element Menu item that surfaces the delegate action on a work item Web menu item that surfaces the delegate action on a work item Web menu item that submits the document to workflow Sorting direction Denotes whether a query is cross company Name used to reference the menu item ref This text will appear in the context menu when using this menu item reference Name of Output Menu Item that is used during creation of Goto Main Table Report This text will appear in the context to give access to the menu item Determines whether the field will appear as a default aggregation field, or will simply be available as one Provides the aggregation method to use when the field appears as a default aggregation in a SMDL entity Determines the currency code that is used for this field during multi-company analysis Determines the currency code table that is used for this field during multi-company analysis Determines the currency code field that is used for this field during multi-company analysis Determines the date used to obtain the rate for translating the currency field. Determines the date used to obtain the rate for translating the currency field. Determines the date used to obtain the rate for translating the currency field. Determines the label used when the plural name of an item stored with this type is needed Specifies the URL to navigate Determines whether a form has a maximize box in the upper-right corner of its caption bar Determines whether a form has a minimize box in the upper-right corner of its caption bar Specifies whether the HTML Help is used Specifies the HTML Help Topic Specifies the HTML Help Path Specifies the Filename for the help file Specifies whether the help file is added to a collection Specifies the Description for the help file Specifies whether optimistic concurrency control is enabled on this table Specifies whether the help file is default help file Display name Help text Specifies whether this module inherits navigation from the parent module Specifies whether this module inherits permissions from the parent module Specifies the menu that shows in the QuickLaunch Menu for this module in SharePoint Specifies whether a link to this module is shown in the Top Navigation Bar Specifies which web module this page belongs to Specifies whether this page is MOSS specific The character used for the key tip Make button big? Always force button into overflow? Primary or secondary in display priority? The name of a perspective table field Determines if fields for the referenced table or view can be individually selected, or always correspond exactly to the contents Perspective Label or the visible name of the perspective The description of the perspective The name label of a perspective table Perspective Field Label or the visible name of the perspective field YES=Index is a Primary Key NO=Index is not a Primary Key YES=Index is a Clustered Index NO=Index is not a Clustered Index Enable workflow controls Datasource of table that is workflow enabled Delayed data fetch mode related to the specified data source. The parent data source that the specified delayed data fetch mode is applied to. The type of artifact that depends on the query (view, form, report, etc). This license code requires another license code to be present This license code requires another license code to be present This license code requires another license code to be present This license code requires another license code to be present This license code requires another license code to be present The Business Ready Licensing package this module is in Event handler invoked when changes occur to workflow configuration data using this template Disables activation conditions for workflow configurations using this template Menu item that surfaces the workflow cancel action from the workflow controls Web menu item that surfaces the workflow cancel action from the workflow controls Enables the outcome for use by the workflow infrastructure Field group to be surfaced as preview content in the Unified Work List Description of the table or view targeted developers and database administrators. Distinguishes entity tables or views from relationship tables or views. The role a relationship plays with respect to joined tables. Determines how the Status bar displays on forms with a WindowType of Standard. Service class External service name Service namespace Operation method Enable idempotence The project's GUID A list of projects that this project refers to, identified by name. A list of designs contained in the project, identified by name. The hosted control supports RTL languages. What Authorization Setting does a view have? Class containing PresenceInfo generating static method. Static method that generates the PresenceInfo for the type. DataSource that contains the getPresenceFieldData for the control. Field that contains lookup value to supply to getPresenceFileData. Determines whether or not to display a presence indicator. Description Grand Total Super Grand Total Grand Header (%1) Super Grand Header Generation of label file A text string cannot contain more than 255 characters. Compilation A name cannot contain more than 255 characters. Internal error\r\n%1 (Unsaved filter) Search forward: Search backward: File Error An incorrect version number has been found in the data file for the company. The version numbers found in the dictionary and data file ax%1.cdb do not match. Go to line: List Form Report Macro Mileage Printer Query System User the text Error executing code. Division by zero. Modulo by zero. Logarithm of zero or of a negative value. Exponentiation of a negative value. Zero exponent to zero is undefined. Rounding to a multiple of zero. Life <= 0.0 in pmt(). Life <= 0.0 in syd(). Period <= 0 in syd(). Life <= 0.0 in ddb(). Period <= 0 in ddb(). Life <= 0.0 in pv(). Sale == 0.0 in dg(). Life <= 0.0 in fv(). Contribution_ratio == 1.0 in idg(). Life <= 0.0 in sln(). Terms <= 0.0 in rate(). Current_value == 0.0 in rate(). Current_value and future_value have different signs in rate(). Amount == 0.0 in term(). Amount and future_value have different signs in term(). Rate <= 0.0 in cterm(). Current_value == 0.0 in cterm(). Current_value and future_value have different signs in cterm(). Array index %1 is out of bounds. Illegal object code. Recompile script. Outdated object code. Recompile script. Insufficient memory to run script. Overflow in internal run stack. Illegal ID for external file format. The field with ID '%1' does not exist in table '%2'. Wrong argument type for negation. Wrong argument types for subtraction. Wrong argument types for addition. Wrong argument types for integer division. Wrong argument types for mod operator. Wrong argument types for division. Wrong argument types for multiplication. Wrong argument type for function. Wrong argument types for AND. Wrong argument types for OR. Wrong argument types for XOR. Wrong argument types for NOT. Wrong argument types for left shift. Wrong argument types for right shift. Wrong argument types for comparison. Wrong argument types in direct lookup. Wrong argument types in field assignment. Wrong argument types in variable assignment. Wrong type in array index. Wrong type in field number. Wrong type in array declaration. Wrong type in opening of window. Wrong type in print positioning. Wrong type in decimal specification. Wrong type in length specification. Wrong type in text positioning. Wrong type in dialog positioning. No system global variables. Overflow in internal text buffer. %2 %1 does not have method '%3'. Performing NEXT operation on joined cursor is not allowed. Wrong type of element at call of ConIns. Wrong type of element at call of ConPoke. %2 %1 not initialized. Internal error. Execution while still in an exception. The argument for the trigonometric function is out of range. An array index 0 is not allowed. Illegal entry in an array. The joined cursor has been used in another SELECT statement. Illegal operation on this type of array. %2 %1 should call method '%3' remotely. Definition for table '%1' has been altered. Wrong type of element in ASENUM. Wrong type of element in ASRADIO. Cannot open file in BufFrmFile. Cannot create file in Buf2File. Wrong type of element in PROMPT. Wrong type of argument for conversion function. Wrong type of FIND argument. The record buffer is NULL. %2 (%1) has no valid runable code in method '%3'. %2 (%1), method %3 called with invalid parameters. %2 (%1), method %3 has no return command. Stack trace The method has been called with an invalid number of parameters. Invalid type of argument for the CHANGE command. The compiler cannot be addressed from the server. The source is being compiled without debug. The company %1 does not exist. Call to TTSCOMMIT without first calling TTSBEGIN. Unable to determine whether the method is static or not. Cannot access buffer directly on return values. Use local variable. The variant type used by the COM method for the argument is not supported. The variant type used by the COM method for the return value is not supported. The argument for the COM method is not optional, thus 'COMArgument::NoValue' cannot be specified. Cannot call the NEXT command at this point. Either: (a) the buffer was initiated on the server, (b) SELECT was never called, ( Debug assertion failed. Illegal character sequence, such as unpaired surrogate in UTF-16, detected. Calling wait or detach before calling run. Validation of a property value failed. The property with the same name already exists. Property not found. The value of an index property may not be changed. Unable to get object properties. Unable to set object properties. Attempt to call method on non object. Out of memory. A Server session attempted to invoke a client call that is not supported when Microsoft Dynamics AX is running as another use Error converting character data from a Microsoft Business Solutions-Axapta 3.x export into Unicode. The likely cause is that th Invalid node type. The parameter is incorrect. Object server validation failed. Control break error. An error occurred while starting TTS transaction. An error occurred while committing TTS transaction. An error occurred during string operation. This may be caused by invalid Unicode strings. Invalid character in ASCII string. All characters must be >= 0 and <= 255. Binding operation failed to allocate buffer space. The operation that you are performing generates a SQL statement that contains too many nested statements. Break the opera The UTC date could not be converted to the local date. Contact your system administrator. The UTC time could not be converted to the local time. Contact your system administrator. The current UTC time could not be retrieved from the database. Contact your system administrator. The length of the specified literal string exceeds max limit. It is invalid to call this method for (IS NULL) node. The number of union fields does not match. Invalid values in cross-company container. Invalid company argument for cross company query. 'unchecked' cannot be called on the client. 'unchecked' cannot execute without current call stack. Warning Error opening the help file '%1'.\r\nMicrosoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or higher is required to open the help file. Warning Error opening the file '%1'.\r\nThe file is write-protected or in use.\r\nThe file '%1' is write-protected or in use. Warning Error writing to file '%1'.\r\nThe disk may be full. Delete file?\r\nInsufficient disk space. %1 %2: %3 unloaded Wrong %1 version. Import aborted. %1 %2 created. %1 %2 updated. Import aborted. A table, Extended Data Type, Base Enum or class called %2 already exists. Import of %1 aborted. Unknown Base Type. The import of %1 %2 has been aborted. Base Type conflict. The import of %1 %2 has been aborted. Insufficient access rights for creating a new %1. Import of %1 %2 aborted. Insufficient access rights for editing class. Import of %1 %2 aborted. Illegal value: %1 for property %2. Error in line %1: %2 not allowed here. Error in line %1: expected %2 but found %3. Import of %1 %2 aborted. The element has not been checked out. Serious error during import of %1 %2 Minor error during import of %1 %2 Invalid name: %1 for %2 The value %1 for property %2 is deprecated and needs to be corrected. Critical error. Invalid AOT path specified. The service reference %1 already uses the specified .NET namespace. The import of %2 has been aborted. Table collection being reimported is associated with a virtual company, please remove that association before importing. Warning Error opening the file '%1'.\r\nFile not found. Warning Error opening the file '%1'.\r\nUnable to specify error.\r\nData could not be written to file %1. Unable to create new class Class %1 already exists Message window Open project Unable to open project file '%1' Save project Unable to save project file '%1' Project %1 Warning The database will soon exceed the \r\nallowed size. The database size \r\nmay be increased by entering \r\nnew codes. Export stopped by Ctrl-Break Exporting %1 %2 The export of %1 %2 failed Unable to reset the file pointer Done Insufficient license rights Cannot start Microsoft Dynamics, as more users are running\r\nthe system than the purchased rights allow. Close Discard changes to %1? Attempt to paste text failed. Maximum line length is 250 characters. Insufficient license rights Cannot connect to Application Object Server for Microsoft Dynamics. \r\nOnly one client is allowed access until the Enterprise Insufficient license rights Cannot connect to Application Object Server for Microsoft Dynamics. \r\nMore users are connected to the server than the purc Are you sure that you want to cancel this operation? File Error Failed to create or open session control file (axdat.udb) in shared write mode. The problem is caused by insufficient access rig Are you sure that you want to cancel this operation? To start the Debugger for Microsoft Dynamics, press and hold SHIFT while you click No. The process has been stopped by a 'software termination' signal. Process stopped by 'hang-up' signal. File Error Please restore a backup copy of ax%1.aod. The file 'ax%1.aod' does not contain the correct check digits. \r\nThis is normally caused by file errors or by mixing different ap Microsoft Dynamics cannot be executed. Transaction tracking error (TTS) Correct the X++ code, and perform the transaction again. An unbalanced X++ TTSBEGIN/TTSCOMMIT pair has been detected. Causes of this include (a) too many/few TTSBEGIN \r\n The current TTS level is '%1'. File Error Please check application files. The application files are not accessible. This can be caused by another Microsoft Dynamics instance using the application files Microsoft Dynamics cannot be executed. A table is in TTSBEGIN mode. Cannot create a temporary check file. Cannot close the data file. Other users are running Microsoft Dynamics. Not enough memory on disk for the check file. Error in the primary data list. Error in the primary index list. Error in the secondary data list. Error in the secondary index list. Unlinked areas exist in the file. The file is defective. Run this job using 'Check & fix'. Go to element: The string is not a valid base 64 encoded string. Bad character is found in the ascii85 string. 'z' inside an ascii85 5-tuple. '~' without '>' in an ascii85 section. Relate Field Field Output Add Always For records Before join After join All fields Same fields No fields Order by Group by Specify limiting table Specify searched table Open Lock Hide Ascending Descending FATAL ERROR!!!! An error occurred when reading file '%1'.\r\nThe error is located on the network, server, or workstation.\r\nWhen %3 bytes are A record from %1 has not been sent before evaluation of field %2 in report %3. Find End of document reached Current company Current application layer Num Lock Caps Lock System date Current time Operation progress indicator Currency Current user Custom field Current number of unread alerts AOS name Import Import file Import stopped by Ctrl-Break Import failed Unknown application object type Incorrect version Expected Incorrect version of documentation file Not a Microsoft Dynamics export file %1 application objects successfully imported Re-importing data dictionary... imported could not be saved not found Import produced %1 errors The text for the following task was not found: This could be due to an error or an outdated version of the kernel text file. Version error The %1 file is an older version.\r\nVersion %2 or newer is required for full functionality.\r\nPlease contact your Microsoft Dynam Drop %1 project named %2 already exists Change in project Save project Conflict encountered during automatic merge of changes. Please check your modifications. Unable to run Insufficient access rights Enter access code Code Incorrect or insufficient access codes for the chosen setting. Please enter the access code. None Enabled Exclusive WARNING: You will not be allowed to save changes to objects in lower layers. No begin task for process %1 No end task for process %1 Multiple begin tasks for process %1. Only one will be executed. No startTask set for routing %1 No targetTask set for routing %1 No role set for routing %1 Override Method The %1 will be auto generated. Any changes will be lost. group project Project All objects other than %1 will be removed from the %2. Project %1 has a different language setting than the application documentation language that you are currently using. Therefo Open Project You have changed the language setting to one which is different from the application documentation language that you are cu Project language setting %1 %2 found in project but not in system. Documentation node for %1 %2 found in project but not in system. Find/Replace %1 replacements were made &Help | Search for information in the help system &What's This? | What's this help Microsoft Dynamics &Developer's Guide | Open the Help file with a guide to the application Field Help | Display field value options &About Microsoft Dynamics AX| Information about this version of Microsoft Dynamics &New | Create a new application object &User Menu | Create a new user menu &Main Menu | Open the system's function menu Pend&ing | Open in tray for pending tasks Men&u | Open the user menu &Company | Change to the account of another company &Project | Open the project window Op&tions... | Change the application setup &Application Object Tree | Open the Application Object Tree for Microsoft Dynamics &Go to the Main Table Form | Open a form where the related record is selected &Go to the Main Table Report | Open a report where the related record is shown &OK | Accept changes, and exit the window Cancel | Cancel changes &Apply | Apply changes Close | Close the active window &Save | Save contents Save &As... | Save with a new name Save A&ll | Save all corrected application objects Save for &Default | Save user setup for default P&rinter setup... | Printer setup Print Prev&iew | Show what the printout will look like Sen&d... | Send the printout as mail &Page setup | Set up the page Company | Create a new company Virtual Company | Create a new virtual company &Customize...| Customize the toolbar SHIFT ENTER | Previous control Microsoft Dynamics &Community | Visit the official community site for Microsoft Dynamics product engineers and implementers &Print... | Print the active application object E&xit | Exit Microsoft Dynamics Local Menu | Activate the local menu from the menu bar Enter | Enter key Tab | Tabulation key Backward Tab | Backward tabulation Toggle | Toggle between Insert | Toggle between the insert and the overwrite settings Open Combo Box | Open the drop-down list for a combo box Close Combo Box | Close the drop-down list for a combo box Right Mouse Button | Key to simulate right mouse button click Right Mouse Button | Key to simulate right mouse button click &Tile | Place windows next to / on top of one another &Cascade | Arrange windows in an overlapping manner Arrange &Icons | Arrange icons at the bottom of the program window Close &All | Close all windows Free Cache | Free all data and indexes saved in the computer's storage system Local Menu | Open the local menu for the current field &Undo | Undo the previous action Cu&t | Cut the selection and put it on the clipboard &Copy | Copy the selection and put it on the clipboard &Paste | Insert clipboard contents Duplicate | Duplicate the selection Redo | Redo the action which was just undone Script | Run a script &Delete | Delete the selection or the next character Select &Area | Normal area selection Select C&olumns | Columns selection Select &Lines | Lines selection Undo Selection | Cancel selection Select All | Select the entire document &Find... | Find the specified text Find &Next | Repeat the last find R&eplace... | Replace a specific text with a new text Delete Line | Delete current line Delete to &End of Line | Delete from the cursor position to the end of the line Save Selected &Text... | Save the selected text to a separate file Insert &File... | Insert contents of separate file at cursor position UP | Move the cursor one line up DOWN | Move the cursor one line down LEFT | Move the cursor one character to the left RIGHT | Move the cursor one character to the right Previous Page | Go to the previous page Next Page | Go to the next page &Start | Go to the top &End | Go to the bottom Top of Page | Go to the top of this page Bottom of Page | Go to the bottom of this page HOME | Go to the start of the line / page / file END | Go to the end of the line / page / file Previous Word | Move the cursor one word to the left Next Word | Move the cursor one word to the right SHIFT UP| Move the cursor one line up, and block Lookup Properties/Met&hods | List properties and methods for the selected object List Tables | List all tables List Types | List all Extended Data Types List Classes | List all classes List Reserved Words | List Microsoft Dynamics language-reserved words List Application Objects | List Microsoft Dynamics application objects List Enums | List all enums Lookup Label/Text | Lookup a selected label or text Abort Tab | Close the current tab discarding all changes since last save Close Tab | Close, and save the current tab &Step into | Step into function calls &Step over | Step over function calls &Toggle breakpoint | Insert or remove a breakpoint &Variables | View variables Table | Open the table window &Buffer | Change source buffer &Source | Toggle exploded/unexploded source &Line Numbers | Toggle line number format System Status | Display the system status and the call stack Call Stack | Display the call stack &Step return | Step out of the function &Breakpoints | View breakpoints &Remove all breakpoints | Remove all breakpoints &Enable/Disable breakpoint | Enable or disable a breakpoint Mark Job Interval | Mark the printer job interval Mark Job | Mark the printer job Display Info | Display information on the job Delete Job | Delete the printer job Previous Page | Go to the previous page Next Page | Go to the next page First Page | Go to the first page Last Page | Go to the last page Show Link | Show if fields supporting drill up or down should be indicated in the previewer Delete User Adjustments | Delete adjustments made by the user Delete All User Adjustments | Delete all adjustments made by the user Add Line | Add a delimiting line Delete Line | Delete a delimiting line Insert Table | Insert a table before this table Edit Table | Edit this table setup Delete Table | Delete the table Print Setup | Set up printing Copy Field | Copy the contents of a delimiting field Toggle Limits | Toggle between one and two delimiting fields Previous | Previous field Next | Next field Setup | Various QT setup Setup (later properties) | Setup Field Expression | Edit the field expression Section | Edit the section Field Condition | Edit the field condition Job | Edit the job Query | Edit the query Subtotals | Edit the subtotals Box | Edit the box Bitmap | Edit the bitmap Create section | Create a section Free-Text | Edit the free text Prompt Text | Edit the prompt text Expression | Edit the expression Line | Edit the line Delete | Delete the marked List Built-in Functions | List the built-in functions of Microsoft Dynamics CTRL+BACKSPACE | Delete the word to the left Lookup Definition | Go to the definition of the selected method Add to favorites... | Add the form to favorites Organize favorites... | Organize favorites Create group... | Create new favorite group Rename group... | Rename current favorite group Delete group... | Delete current favorite group Create Folder | Creates a folder Add to favorites... | Add the form to favorites SHIFT+DOWN | Move the cursor one line down, and block SHIFT+LEFT | Move the cursor one character to the left, and block SHIFT+RIGHT | Move the cursor one character to the right, and block SHIFT+Previous Page | Go to the previous page, and block SHIFT+Next Page | Go to the next page, and block SHIFT+HOME | Go to the top, and block SHIFT+END | Go to the bottom, and block SHIFT+HOME | Go to the top of this page, and block SHIFT+END | Go to the bottom of this page, and block SHIFT+HOME | Go to the start of the line / page / file, and block SHIFT+END | Go to the end of the line / page / file, and block SHIFT+Previous Word | Move the cursor one word to the left, and block SHIFT+Next Word | Move the cursor one word to the right, and block &Go To | Go to the specified page or line Sort | Make sort Close | Close form CTRL UP | CTRL key + ARROW UP key CTRL DOWN | CTRL key + ARROW DOWN key Next Tab Page | Shift to the next tab page Previous Tab Page | Shift to the previous tab page Next Record | Go to the next record Previous Record | Go to the previous record Next Page Records | Show the next page of records (only effective in grids) Previous Page Records | Show the previous page of records (only effective in grids) Next Page Records | Display the next page of records Previous Page Records | Display the previous page of records First Record | Go to the first record Last Record | Go to the last record Next Field Group | Go to the next field group Previous Field Group | Go to the previous field group Next Field | Go to the next field Previous Field | Go to the previous field Next Field | Go to the next field Previous Field | Go to the previous field Add Record | Add a new record Delete Record | Delete a record Copy Record | Make a copy of a record Execute Record | Execute a record Find Record | Find a record &Edit | Open the node in viewer/edit mode Advanced Filter/Sort | Filter the displayed records by keying-in limits Link | Enable/Disable the automatic link to another form Restore | Restore the active record Remove Filter/Sort | Remove the setup filter First field | Go to the first entry field in the form Last field | Go to the last entry field in the form Filter By Field | Apply the value in the current input field as a filter for the current data source Filter By Selection | Use the value in the current input field as a filter for the current data source Sort Ascending | Sort ascending using the current input field Sort Descending | Sort descending using the current input field Setup | Customize the current form Hide | Hide the current input field Show all | Show all hidden input fields Show | Show a hidden input field Record info | Retrieve information about the current record Unselect Record | Unselect the displayed record Document handling | Open/view the documents attached to the current record Filter By Grid | Enables/Disables the filter embedded into the grid Contains | The result data contains expression Does not contain | The result data does not contain expression Starts with | The result data starts with expression Ends with | The result data ends with expression Is (exactly) | The result data is exactly as expression Is not | The result data is not as expression More than | The result data is more than expression Less than | The result data is less than expression More or equal | The result data is more or equal than expression Less or equal | The result data is less or equal than expression Clear filter | Clear current filter expression Clear all filters | Clear all filter expressions Refresh filters | Refresh filter expression with current values Save Filter | Save current filter Save As Filter... | Save current filter with specified name | Load existing filter Create alert rule... | Create an alert rule for the current form | Delete existing filter Refresh | Refresh all data sources on the current form Add | Add an application object from a selection list Remove | Remove an application object without deleting it from the system Re&name | Edit the name of the application object &Lock | Lock the application object &Unlock | Unlock the application object Check In | Check the application object into the version control system Check Out | Check out the application object for editing Get Latest | Get the latest version of the application object from the version control system Compare... | Compare different versions of the application object History | Show the history of the application object &Wizard... | Use a wizard to create a new application object &Recover | Recover this object from deleted objects &Create from File | Add node based on data from a file Add to Version Control | Create the application object in the version control system Undo Check Out | Undo check out &Add reference | Add reference to .Net assembly Impor&t | Import from the SharePoint development site and create a page or list definition Deplo&y Page | Deploy the page to the SharePoint development site Deplo&y | Deploy the site component to the web server &Refresh | Restore application objects &Restore | Cancel the changes and restore from disk &Import | Import one or more application objects from a file E&xport | Export an application object to a file Export Path | Export node paths for all elements in this subtree Export Project | Export all application objects in the project Re-index | Re-index Open New &Window | Open a new window &Compile | Compile the contents of the editing window Compile w. De&bug | Compile, and generate the debug information Go | Execute the current job Open Docu&mentation | Edit the documentation Propert&ies | Edit the properties Move Out | Move the application object one level up Move In | Move the application object one level down Next Error | Jump to the next error message Clear | Flush the contents Expand All | Expand all subtrees under this node Extend Selection | Extend, or reduce the selection &Open | Execution Synchronize | Synchronize the database Layers | Show application object layers Export Layer | Export application objects from a single application object layer &Docking Window | Toggle the docking feature for the window &No Docking | Don't glue the window to any of the edges of the main window &Top Docking | Glue the window to the top edge of the main window &Left Docking | Glue the window to the left edge of the main window &Right Docking | Glue the window to the right edge of the main window &Bottom Docking | Glue the window to the bottom edge of the main window N&ext | Move focus to the next docking window &Previous | Move focus to the previous docking window Notifications | View notifications Navigation Pane | Show or hide the Navigation Pane Favorites Pane | Show or hide the Favorites Pane Open New Workspace | Open a new workspace Available Menus | Pick the available menus on the Navigation Pane Navigation Pane Options... | Show the Navigation Pane Options dialog Auto-Hide Navigation | Enable/Disable auto-hide for navigation Task Pane | Show or hide the Task Pane Show Fav Pane Drop down | Show the Fav Pane drop down Show Navigation | Show Navigation Check for &Updates to the Help... | Check for Help updates from the Web or a network share &Help Collection | Help Files for Microsoft Dynamics &Home | Switch to/from the home page background Switch between Content and Developer modes | Toggles the Content Pane between Developer and Content modes Developer Mode | Toggles the Content Pane between Developer and Content modes Next Window | Go to next MDI window Previous Window | Go to previous MDI window Export To Excel | Export to Microsoft Excel Add &service reference | Add a reference to a service Regenerate | Regenerate the application object Configure | Configure the application object Save As Cue... | Save As Cue &Privacy Options... | Opt In Out Form Version Control Parameters | Version Control Parameters Type to filter | Type to filter Edit in Visual Studio | Edit the library in Visual Studio Deploy | Deploy the library to the local report server. Forms in Navigation Pane | Determines whether Forms links are shown in the Navigation Pane AddressBar | Edit AddressBar | Refresh AddressBar | Left AddressBar | Right Contact Information | Contact name and status Send an Instant Message | Open Communicator and start an instant messaging conversation Communicator Call | Call contact's computer Add to Communicator Contacts | Add contact to your Communicator contact list The sort specification has not been closed correctly. Pause Press Yes to continue or No to stop execution. The X++ execution paused. Do you wish to continue? Invalid property value. Illegal property value. Invalid name. The %1 %2 already exists. The relation contains one or more fields. The relation cannot be changed. The relation is used by other relations. The relation cannot be changed or deleted. The name of %1 %2 doesn't match the name of the element in the lower layer. Ensure that the element’s name is the same as Property %1 does not exist. VersionControl validate error Property %1 has max length %2. An attempt to set it to a string having length %3 has been made. Error regarding property %1 The AnalysisVisibility property cannot be low or high if the table is temporary. The TypicalRowCount property cannot be set to UpTo5000 or Over5000 if AnalysisSelection is equal to DropDown. The TypicalRowCount property cannot be set to Over5000 if AnalysisSelection is equal to List. A field cannot be added that has AnalysisVisibility equal to None or SaveContents equal to No. The table already exists in a table collection. Invalid object name. Second level data source in query of union type can have only exists/notexist join mode. Datasource name cannot be blank. Datasource name is not valid. View cannot be used as query/view datasource because a circular dependency is detected. The specified concurrency model is not valid. Query cannot be used as view datasource because a circular dependency is detected. The query with specified name cannot be found. Set property failed. Property name validation error. The view already contains a datasource. Query property can't be set. Cannot edit property when element is not checked out. Field and EDT types mismatch. Relation cannot be created. Table Collection membership rules do not allow this table to be added to the table collection. Table Collection is already associated with a virtual company. Please remove that association first. The specified query cannot be used a base query because the query is a composite query or it would introduce circular depen Unable to rename %1 %2. The application object is checked out. Select Undo checkout to discard your changes or change the Rename is not allowed on layer split nodes. OK Cancel Close Help Global functions Basic edit functions Navigation functions Editor functions Report generator functions Spool manager functions Screen print functions Form functions Security control Help functions File management Debug functions QE functions Development Line Column Formatting document... Element is not runable &File &Edit &View F&avorites &Tools &Command &Windows &Help &New &Open &Print &Modules &Apply filter &Filter &Sort &Delete Filter More... The maximum amount of favorites in the menu has been reached Field name Type User type All fields Are you sure you want to exit Microsoft Dynamics? The database needs to be synchronized. Do you want to exit Microsoft Dynamics anyway? %1 (not synchronized) Import file: Save As Close %1 has been changed. Save changes? Query Close You have made changes to Save changes? Overwrite File %1 already exists. Overwrite? Select Close Discard changes to %1? Go to page: Page %d/%d No default printer has been selected. No printers have been set up on the server. Use of printers on the server is not allowed. No data written to file. Would have overwritten it. An attempt to create a report previewer on the server was made. Unable to print report to printer, could be because of missing access rights to the printer. Will write job '%1' to the Print archive instead of to the screen. The last window opened must be the first one closed. Attempts to run report in the tree No report or design to run Indent value %1 in %3 is out of range. Max. value allowed is %2. Invalid field This control cannot compute a sum No current block Method classFactory::createViewer() unable to create object Method reportDesign::lookupLabel called with too long an argument (%1) in report %2 Method reportRun::design() should be called with a reportDesign, or the name of a report design, as an argument in report %1 Call of reportRun::generateDesign() is invalid when a generated design containing auto declared variables already exists Method reportFieldGroup::fieldNumber() called with invalid argument Method reportSection::addFieldGroup() called with invalid dataset Method reportSection::addFieldGroup() called with invalid fieldGroupName Call of method %1 is only valid if a reportRun object is available The margins in the report are bigger than actual page size allows A section in the report is higher than the actual page size allows Section overlapped pageFooter section (maybe because the section is too high) The height of the page header plus the height of this section is more than the height of the page All files (*.*) Unable to create the dialog Unable to open file %1 Select an ASCII file Text files (*.txt) Report.txt Select an HTML file HTML files (*.htm) report.htm Select an RTF file Rich Text Files (*.rtf) report.rtf Select a PDF file Portable Document Format files (*.pdf) report.pdf Unable to create queryRun Unable to create report Unable to create reportRun Unable to create MenuFunction object Please expand the node to view the properties. Object not found in AOT. This is a placeholder. Warning No more '%1' resources. Close some windows. %1 - Editor AOT Project Close Close the editor without saving the changes? Variable Type Scope Value Field Type Value Variables Value Entry Type Value Breakpoints Enabled Line Path Debugger Incompatible query confirmation. The new query is not compatible with the existing form data sources and the following artifacts and their subcomponents are to Data source: '%s'; Data source field: '%s.%s'; The list of artifacts may have been truncated if it is too long. Do you want to continue? Incompatible query warning. The query has changed and is not compatible with the form data source. The following artifacts are missing from the new quer Please make the changes necessary and refresh the query. Confirm delete Confirm remove Delete Remove this application object application objects All view fields will be deleted as well. The following views might be affected:Confirm Modification Do you want to drop this query on the view '%s'? The existing view will be dropped. Do you want to continue? Cannot delete the query object because there are still objects depending on this query. Check the dependent objects node un Text definition The search expression has not been defined. Text definition The name has not been defined. Generating %s Generating index file %s Text file message The shared file is read-only. Text file message Cannot change the text file Text file message Cannot open the text file Generation of label file Illegal label %1 Generation of label file The label file has not been generated. Generation of label file Syntax error: %1 Generation of label file Wrong label ID %1 - should be %2. Select label file Create the new label file %1? Label update Edit the existing text? Label update A label file is defined by three letters. Generation of label file The alias label %1 does not exist. Generation of label file Recursive definition of %1. Translation of names - [language - %s] Query From: Search text for basic language To: Search text for target language Find now Find From To Select translation Update From: Word from source language To: Word from target language Translation file: Select a file for insertion of the new translation Insert Insert the word, and close Close Close dialog without inserting More... Handling of the translation file Delete Delete the translation from the database Update Modify the translation or insert a new one Help Help Generation of translation file More than one translation from '%1' in module %2. Generation of translation file More than one translation for '%1' in module %2. Generation of translation file %1 cannot be opened. Generation of translation file Illegal syntax: %1. Generation of translation file The shared file cannot be opened.\r\nThe translation file has not been generated. Compilation The translation file cannot be opened for writing. Compilation The shared file cannot be opened for writing. Compilation One or more translation files cannot be opened for writing.\r\nThe database will not be generated upon exit.\r\nCorrections are Compilation The translation has not been defined. Compilation A translation file is defined by three letters. Compilation Delete translation '%1' to '%2'. Microsoft Dynamics Client/server communication Error initializing communication Microsoft Dynamics Client/server communication No Application Object Server instances for Microsoft Dynamics could be found using the current client configuration. Debugger Cannot apply the new value Field %1 does not exist in table: %2 Wrong version of created Could not create updated Compiling Successful No compilation errors found Compilation errors found Informational messages issued No informational messages issued Confirm save Application object ‘%1’ has changed Do you want to save it? Menu item Separator Submenu Menu reference Reference to %1 Sub module Open Add to Favorites Places Common Forms cm inches characters Field from %1 Field Group from %1 Design's top margin Design's bottom margin %d%% Page Width Whole Page Copy Form Report Home Properties Fields Arrange Help New Type:%1 Label update A language is defined by one to five letters (or -) Language selection Create the new language %1? Filter Cancel filter Find value Go to the main table Help Hide Show All Sort ascending Sort descending What's this? Setup Infolog Information Warning Deadlock Error Internal Break DDE error Sequence generation Clr Interop error Code Access Security error Update Conflict Update Conflict Not Recovered Duplicate Key Duplicate Key Not Recovered Common Virtual companies Company data Table collections User Information Groups Group/user relationships LastValue Metadata table Group rights Print job information (job-level) Print job information (page-level) Application Model Old Application Model Application Model Old Application Model System Documentation Application Documentation Application Model Locks Table list Database parameters Record ID generation Database storage parameters Configuration keys Database statistics Domains Companies in domain Database logs Application Developer Documentation Record level security Business connector proxy Clients set to use breakpoints All breakpoints Current AOS instances Current client sessions Concurrency configuration SQL Server Reporting Services permissions Encryption key Time zones list Time zone rules SubQuery Database sync information Page Formatting Printer Setup Generate Specs From Query Generate Design Report is empty, View Go to page: %1 Show grid Hide grid Snap Don't snap Right click to choose link destination Development Data Dictionary Classes Forms Reports Queries Menu entries Menus Internal help Macro Jobs AOT low level files Labels Identifiers Admin User info User/group relations Security System configuration Sequence numbers Last value Unlock other users' application objects Company accounts Print archive Financial series Trade series Logistics series Production series Change other user's password Project series Resources Master planning Warehouse management Advanced ledger Application Object Server tools SQL Database Administrator Tools Terminate other sessions Vertical Solutions Business Connector for Microsoft Dynamics Internet Server Integration Jobs Classes Records Update records Insert records Delete records Select records Other record methods Access fields Domain (Group of company accounts) Database log Routing management Employee Self Service Web - Project Shop management eCommerce Native (ISAM) mode Electronic banking Warehouse management Advanced Fixed Assets View to all domains Table ID for the table Field ID for the field Index ID for the index Type ID for the type Enum ID for the enum Class ID for the class User ID ID for the user Time of day Record-ID Unique ID for the record in the database Modified date and time Last date and time of the day on which the record was modified Modified Time Last time of the day on which the record was modified Modified By Record was last modified by user Modified ID Record was last modified in the transaction with this ID Created date and time Date and time of the day on which the record was created Created Time Time of the day on which the record was created Created by Record was created by user Created ID Record was created in the transaction with this ID Company ID for an area of data Company ID for the company you can select Company ID for a virtual company Sequence Number Internal count ID for the record Name Unique name for the ID Domain ID ID for the domain Name Name Group ID for the user group Feature Key ID for the feature key Amount in monetary standard (national currency) COM interface Handle of a COM interface Record Version Version of the record in the database UnionAll Branch Id Indicates the row branch number for union all queries Row number Indicates the row ordinal for a row when position based paging is enabled Discard changes to %1? Unable to save %1 %2 Could not delete %1 %2 Do you want to reload %1 %2? Function %1 already exists The version on the server is newer Version of %1 %2 on the server is newer %1 %2 already exists. This version of %1 %2 belongs to a lower application object layer Unable to lock %1 %2 %1 %2 is locked by %3 The application object has already been locked %1 %2 is locked by another user Discard changes to %1 %2 This version of %1 %2 belongs to a lower application object layer To remove %1 %2 from the current application object layer, you need to delete the changed subelements individually method Lock Insert Overwrite it? Reload Close Save application object Could not delete Pass %1 complete Errors found in %1 application objects Errors found in the following application objects Insufficient rights to save %1 %2 Access Denied: You do not have sufficient permissions to perform the requested operation. Unable to save %1 %2. Id out of range (1 - %3). Unable to save %1 %2. Id %3 already exists. %1 %2 already exists in another layer. Proceed with import? the form Microsoft Dynamics Error An illegal directory structure for Microsoft Dynamics has been detected. The sub-directory %1 does not exist. Resource ID not found, load failed Unknown image error Failed load of icon/bitmap resource (ID: %d) The debug mode is changed to 'When Breakpoint'. Debug Warning Note that all forms and reports must be exited before breakpoints take effect. Error during entry Invalid object name: '%1'. Not enough rights to use table '%s' (%s). Find record The search found no records. An error occurred during the loading of the form background image: Method called with unsupported parameter type. Rename menu Rename tab New tab Remove tab Delete menu Menu tab Tab1 User menu already exists No Record New Record ActiveX Error Unable to create ActiveX control.\r\n%1 \r\n( ClassId: %2 )\r\nIs not found on the system, please check if the control is correctl Line %1 Go to the first record Go to the last record Error during entry Invalid object name.\r\n'%1' is a reserved keyword. ActiveX Error Unable to create ActiveX control.\r\n%1 \r\n( ClassId: %2 )\r\nNo valid license information has been found on the system.\r\nPl ActiveX property error The form containing this ActiveX control must be open in the visual form designer before you can use the custom property edit ActiveX property error This ActiveX does not support a custom property editor. The form '%s' does not exist, unable to go to main table. Changes have been made to the currently active field.\r\nDo you wish to close the form? The form '%1' cannot be saved when loaded in run mode. Unable to import Trying to import %1 %2 with ID %3 ID already held by %4 %5 The breakpoint(s) could not be saved to the system registry. Ensure that you have write access to the HKEY_CURRENT_USE The Debugger for Microsoft Dynamics was not found. Install the Debugger. An error occurred while connecting to the Debugger for Microsoft Dynamics. An invalid version of the Debugger for Microsoft Dynamics was found. Reinstall the Debugger. The external debugger for Microsoft Dynamics should be used when you debug X++ code that is running on Application Objec X++ debugging is not enabled for code running on Application Object Server. X++ debugging is not enabled. You must close the last window opened before you can proceed with this operation. ActiveX Error Unable to save the custom properties of the ActiveX control. The job is empty, The text content within the chosen entity is larger than %d characters. The trailing characters will be truncated. Microsoft Dynamics license problem Microsoft Dynamics cannot be started using the current configuration and license codes. Number of companies in the system exceeds the allowed number (%1). Please load the 'Company Account' license code. Please ensure that the body sections, in the section template, have the same Map property value - otherwise there will be com Microsoft Dynamics Client/server communication No simple mode connection could be made to an AOS via Active Directory. Too many menu levels detected, possibly due to circled menu references. Reduce the menu levels. Max. menu level is: %d. Critical error occurred. HTML page will not be exported. The method insertCRNLintoString returned false. Cannot start Microsoft Dynamics. Error detected in the cache file. The problem might be solved by deleting the *.auc files on this computer.\r\nContact your adm Critical error while fetching records from database. Please contact your administrator to resolve this problem. VCS does not allow to rename documentation item: %1 VCS can't rename documentation item: %1 VCS does not allow to delete documentation item: %1 VCS can't delete documentation item: %1 Unable to load data for documentation node: %1 Unable to load the specified language (%1) Unable to find labels in the specified layer (%1) Microsoft Dynamics Error Error detected. The problem might be solved by deleting the *.auc files on this computer.\r\nPlease contact your administrator isVirtual alwaysNative Time Zone Security Identifier Preferred time zone Preferred calendar Time zone mismatch notification 1 unread notification %1 unread notifications Fatal error: ClrBridge is not loaded. Fatal error: AOT root node is not found. Clr object is not initialized. Invalid type of argument. Error during initialization of ClrObject. Clr Interop Marshal: Unsupported type. CLR object cannot be marshaled to Microsoft Dynamics anytype. Microsoft Dynamics anytype cannot be marshaled to CLR Object. ClrObject static method invocation error. Fatal error: References node is not found. Failed loading assembly %1 Assembly containing type %1 is not referenced. Gac: fatal error : fusion.dll is not loaded. Cannot enumerate .Net GAC. Gac: fatal error : CreateAssemblyEnum is not found in fusion.dll. ClrBridgeLoader : fatal error : Microsoft.Dynamics.ClrBridge.dll cannot be loaded. ClrBridgeLoader : fatal error : DllEnsureInit is not found in Microsoft.Dynamics.ClrBridge.dll. Parsing symbol to CLR enum failed. %1 Null could not be obtained. Url property error Error in Url property error Url property error WSSPortal record is not found in the WebSiteTable table The 'RunAs' function is not supported on the client. Failed to create a session; confirm that the user has the proper privileges to log on to Microsoft Dynamics. Failed to copy Infolog entries. Fatal RunAs error. The server-side impersonated (RunAs) session tried to invoke a method that is available for client-side processing only. The company %1 does not exist. Confirm that you have typed the company name correctly in the RunAs command. The language %1 is invalid. Confirm that you have typed the language ID correctly in the RunAs command. The language %1 is not supported by Microsoft Dynamics AX. For a list of supported languages, see Microsoft Dynamics AX O API disabled by configuration key Area Contains links to all forms in this module Windows View Help Minimize Restore Down Close Company not found. No module selected. Go to {0} Refresh Travel History Forward to {0} Forward Back to {0} Back Copy Paste Edit Places Forms Content Pane GDI+ generic error. Invalid parameter. Out of memory. Not implemented. File not found. Access denied. Unknown image format Unexpected pixel format, 32 bpp will be used. CaptureScreen() failed. Invalid input parameters were specified. CaptureWindow() failed. A valid window handle must be specified. Method width() no longer handles argument _realSize Crop() failed. Invalid input parameters were specified. Crop() failed. No image was specified for crop. Wrong resources ID. Unable to get module handle. CanLoad() failed. The file name must be specified. Too many forms are currently open, close some forms and try again. &Windows... Select Window Window Workspace OK Cancel Invalid mode string. File name is too long. The byte sequence %1 at position %2 in file %3 is not valid in codepage %4. The Unicode substitution character U+FFFD was Invalid file name. File was not found. Invalid code page. Using file names as DOS device name or as a directory in the system object manager's namespace is not allowed for read mo Error in trying to enumerate domains Error in trying to enumerate users in the domain Error in trying to get user information Invalid parameters passed to getUserSid Invalid Perimeter Network parameters in database Array index out of range Error in getting SID Could not obtain Fully Qualified Domain Name for the domain '%1' Failed on save design node. Invalid code access security operation Invalid permission argument Invalid permission object type '%s' Multiple calls to CodeAccessPermission.Assert Request for the permission of type '%1' failed. The container used in %1 must contain at least %2 elements. Invalid container content. The second element must be a valid type id. The method %1 cannot reference objects on different tiers. The initialization of crypto service provider failed with error code '%d'. Microsoft Dynamics AX must close. The random number generation failed with error code '%d'. Microsoft Dynamics AX must close. Access Denied: You do not have sufficient permissions to perform the requested operation. Client does not have sufficient permissions to modify metadata. Session ID: %1 No default help is set in the system. User '%s' is not authorized to update a record in table '%s'. Request denied. User '%s' is not authorized to insert a record in table '%s'. Request denied. User '%s' is not authorized to delete a record in table '%s'. Request denied. User '%s' is not authorized to select a record in table '%s'. Request denied. User '%s' is not authorized to select a record in table '%s' with update lock. Update permission is required. Request denied. Failed to generate a password. Invalid element type code. Invalid layer code. No element IDs available for the specified layer, type and parent element. Parent element ID not allowed for elements of this type. Invalid label file ID. Parent element ID out of range. Parent element ID required for elements of this type. Invalid ID. ID already allocated. ID is not allocated. Type code required when parent element ID is specified. Label file ID already registered. Label file ID not registered. No label IDs available for the specified label file ID. Already connected to Team Server. Not connected to Team Server. Team Server internal error. There are %d element ID(s) remaining available for the specified layer, type and parent element. There are %d label ID(s) allocated in the current label file. Team Server connection error. Team Server error. Team Server warning. Failed to retrieve Team Server connection information. Failed to return rejected IDs to Team Server. Client was temporarily disconnected from Team Server due to aggressive IDs allocation. Please contact your system administrator to resolve the issue. Unsupported version of Team Server. Cannot resolve version of Team Server. Version table was not found in Team Server database. Cannot resolve version of Team Server. Version table is empty. Browse for Page Select a Page '%s' failed with error code '%s'. Update conflict detected while executing the following (with parameters): Cannot delete the project node. Please use the project window to perform the action. Cannot create instance of CLSID_VSSDatabase. Check that Visual SourceSafe client is installed properly. Cannot get IVSSDatabase interface. Check that Visual SourceSafe client is installed properly. Cannot get root project '%s'. Either it does not exist or client cannot connect to Visual SourceSafe server. Check your VSS set '%s' - is checked out. Skipped. '%s' - is missing in the global repository. Cannot use history of '%s' for '%s'. Cannot copy file '%s' to '%s'. Communication error The server is unavailable. The client will try to connect to other servers in your configuration. Communication error The server is unavailable. Check your configuration and network connection and try again. Communication error The server has terminated the session. The client will now close. Communication error The server couldn't be reached. This can be caused by a version mismatch between client and server or a network problem. T Communication error The connection with the server has been lost. The client will now close. Communication error The server needs to free resources. Your session has been terminated. Communication error Access Denied: You do not have sufficient permissions to perform requested operation. Communication error Microsoft Dynamics AX cannot connect to the specified Application Object Server (AOS) instance. This error may be caused b Communication error The server has terminated a background job. Communication error The server couldn't be reached. This can be caused by a version mismatch between client and server or a network problem. A Communication error The connection with the server has been lost. A background job was terminated. An error occurred while obtaining new RecId value for the table. Unable to allocate sequence numbers for TableId:%1, CurrentNextVal:%2, NewNextVal:%3 An error occurred during the upgrade of SystemSequences or SqlSystemVariables tables to new RecId allocation scheme. AO Detected duplicate entries in SystemSequences for the following table(s): %1. Fix the problem and restart AOS. Table %1 is approaching a limit of available RecIds. %2 percent of RecIds are already in use. RecId generation has been suspended for Table: %1. Release the suspension before requesting the next value. RecId generation has not been suspended for Table: %1.Suspend the RecId generation before reserving RecId. Your request to fetch RecIds for Table : %1 failed. Please use reservation scheme for bulk allocation of RecIds. RecId you are trying to insert is not in the reserved range. Your request to remove RecId suspension failed. You cannot remove RecId suspension for table id 0. Your request to suspend RecId failed. You cannot suspend RecId for table id 0. The query associated with this favorite does not exist. The system cannot hibernate while Microsoft Dynamics is running. Exit Microsoft Dynamics and try again. Memory allocation error constructing Binary object. Invalid buffer size %d. Class binary constructor expects argument to have type int or str. The system cannot hibernate while Microsoft Dynamics is running. Exit Microsoft Dynamics and try again. The destination node is the same as the source node. The node already exists. Cannot access parent node. Add-Ins Drop Fields Accept to continue, or cancel the deletion. An action you have taken requires that one or more fields be dropped from the Microsoft Dynamics AX database. This can be However, because the fields listed below contain data, you may want to\r\nback up your database before the fields are deleted 1% Drop Partition Yes to continue, or No to cancel the synchronization. You are trying to drop the partitioning key(s) from the index %1. This action will drop the partitioning scheme\r\nand re-create a Drop Global Partition Yes to continue, or No to cancel the synchronization. Index %1 is globally partitioned. Dynamics Ax does not support synchronization of global indexes. The partitioning\r\nscheme Drop Partitioned Index Yes to continue, or No to cancel the synchronization. Index %1 is partitioned. The action you have taken will drop the partitioned index. If this is a clustered index, \r\nyou need to m Table re-creation Yes to continue, or No to cancel the synchronization. The action you have taken will drop and re-create the table %1 and all associated index. This can be caused by renaming a fie Object ID Allocation This warning is to notify usage of the limited resource, IDs. If this allocation is intended, click Yes, otherwise click No. You are about to reserve an object ID from the pool for '%1' on a shared Team Server, which is a limited resource. You will ge If you do not intend to have the new object(s) under version control at this point in time, click No, disable version control and re If you do want to have the new object(s) under version control and are importing many objects, you may want to click No to ab Are you sure you want to continue? Time zone mismatch The local machine time zone does not match your preferred time zone setting. Would you like to use the local machine setting A database error occurred when retrieving the count of time zones. A database error occurred when retrieving the count of time zone rules. An error occurred when retrieving the time zones from the database. An error occurred when retrieving the time zone rules from the database. An error occurred when inserting time zones in the database. An error occurred when inserting time zone rules in the database. An error occurred when building the time zone enumeration. Synchronization of the time zones stored in the database is done. New system time zone version is %1. Inconsistency in the time zone data in the database. No time zone rules found for time zone enumeration %1. Local Machine (GMT+04:30) Kabul (GMT-09:00) Alaska (GMT+03:00) Kuwait, Riyadh (GMT+04:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat (GMT+03:00) Baghdad (GMT-04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada) (GMT+09:30) Darwin (GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney (GMT+04:00) Baku (GMT-01:00) Azores (GMT-06:00) Saskatchewan (GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Is. (GMT+04:00) Yerevan (GMT+09:30) Adelaide (GMT-06:00) Central America (GMT+06:00) Astana, Dhaka (GMT-04:00) Manaus (GMT+01:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague (GMT+01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb (GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia (GMT-06:00) Central Time (US & Canada) (GMT-06:00) Guadalajara, Mexico City, Monterrey (GMT+08:00) Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi (GMT-12:00) International Date Line West (GMT+03:00) Nairobi (GMT+10:00) Brisbane (GMT+02:00) Minsk (GMT-03:00) Brasilia (GMT-05:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada) (GMT+02:00) Cairo (GMT+05:00) Ekaterinburg (GMT+12:00) Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is. (GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Kyiv, Riga, Sofia, Tallinn, Vilnius (GMT+03:00) Tbilisi (GMT) Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London (GMT-03:00) Greenland (GMT) Casablanca, Monrovia, Reykjavik (GMT+02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul (GMT-10:00) Hawaii (GMT+05:30) Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi (GMT+03:30) Tehran (GMT+02:00) Jerusalem (GMT+02:00) Amman (GMT+09:00) Seoul (GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic (GMT+02:00) Beirut (GMT-07:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada) (GMT-07:00) Chihuahua, La Paz, Mazatlan (GMT+06:30) Yangon (Rangoon) (GMT+06:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk (GMT+02:00) Windhoek (GMT+05:45) Kathmandu (GMT+12:00) Auckland, Wellington (GMT-03:30) Newfoundland (GMT+08:00) Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar (GMT+07:00) Krasnoyarsk (GMT-04:00) Santiago (GMT-08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada) (GMT-08:00) Tijuana, Baja California (GMT+01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris (GMT+03:00) Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd (GMT-03:00) Buenos Aires, Georgetown (GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito, Rio Branco (GMT-04:00) La Paz (GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoa (GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta (GMT+08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore (GMT+02:00) Harare, Pretoria (GMT+05:30) Sri Jayawardenepura (GMT+08:00) Taipei (GMT+10:00) Hobart (GMT+09:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo (GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa (GMT-05:00) Indiana (East) (GMT-07:00) Arizona (GMT+10:00) Vladivostok (GMT+08:00) Perth (GMT+01:00) West Central Africa (GMT+01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna (GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent (GMT+10:00) Guam, Port Moresby (GMT+09:00) Yakutsk (GMT-03:00) Montevideo (GMT+04:00) Caucasus Standard Time (GMT-04:30) Caracas Gregorian Hijri Um al-Qura Cannot add this element. The workflow template and the workflow element are configured with different documents. Cannot add this element. The workflow template already contains this workflow approval. The name is already registered. Duplicate names are not allowed. Unable to kill sessionid %1, a database error occurred. Failed to update session information for session id %1 in the database. VCS does not allow properties change. Object is not checked-out. Failed to call method: VersionControl.create. Failed to call method: VersionControl.undoCheckOut. Failed to call method: VersionControl.checkOut. Failed to call method: VersionControl.checkIn. Failed to call method: VersionControl.getLatestVersion. Failed to call method: VersionControl.getItemHistory. Failed to call method: VersionControl.allowCreate. Failed to call method: VersionControl.allowDelete. Failed to call method: VersionControl.delete. Failed to call method: VersionControl.allowEdit. Failed to call method: VersionControl.rename. Failed to call method: VersionControl.allowRename. DataSet is not initialized, "run" must be called before calling "pack". DataSet is already initialized, "unpack" can only be called on uninitialized DataSet. DataSet name '%1' does not match the name stored in the Pack '%2'. Invalid DataSet Pack. Failed to load DataSet '%1' The query returned more rows than the form data source can handle. Consider adding filters to the query to reduce the size of Invalid object name. Subnode already exists. Unable to create node. Call to function '%s' failed. Insufficient rights to modify data in table %1 (%2); operation requires open domain access. Insufficient rights to insert record outside of your domain(s) in table %1 (%2). Insufficient rights to update record outside of your domain(s) in table %1 (%2). Insufficient rights to delete record outside of your domain(s) in table %1 (%2). Insufficient rights to delete a user that belongs to domains outside of the domains you own. Couldn't delete files in folder %1. SHFileOperation returned %2. Couldn't open file %1. Error code %2. Couldn't read file %1. Error code %2. Couldn't write file %1. Error code %2. The '%1' field data type changed from %2 to %3. The '%1' field case sensitivity changed. The '%1' field string length changed from %2 to %3. The '%1' field justification changed. Add field named '%1'. Drop field named '%1'. Rename field from %1 to %2.\t The '%1' field string length decreased from %2 to %3 which could result in data truncation. Add table. Drop table. Rename table from %1 to %2. The index named '%1 has changed. Create index named '%1'. Existing unique index named '%1'changed may cause unique index violations. New unique index named '%1 may cause unique index violations'. Create view. Drop view. Recreate view. Rename view from %1 to %2. This grid is empty. Send an E-mail Message Call Available Busy In a Call In a Conference In a Meeting Do Not Disturb Urgent interruptions only Away Be Right Back Inactive Busy (Inactive) Offline Presence unknown Blocked %1 (%2) %1 is %2 Out to Lunch Out of Office May Be Available The maximum number of workspaces is open. Inactive Running Ending - Waiting for AOS Ending - Blocked User Business Connector Worker Web User Time transactions DELETED First function on start date with regard to end of interval Account/Group number Futures Use combination cost price Record ID of transaction involved in the current line Variance Default lead time or lead time in number of days Payment number Period Note Total of operating credit transactions in the period Estimated consumption in the inventory unit Terms of payment Denmark Transaction date Adjusted profit & loss account Balance Cash Run-dependent cost amount of line in number of inventory units Calculate Specification of employee's user name. Copy BOM Sales order, consumption Vendor telex number Specifies customer/sales-order price group. Quotation journal Total of operating debit transactions in the period Additional units Current specification code used for references Unlimited BOM consumption unit Payment identification used for the payment of invoices Order line no longer exists. Have backorder sales been recorded for the current invoice? Run-dependent price per unit. Change current job status Fixed assets, debit Mode of delivery Terminated Change the automatically generated budget transaction. Pct. 2 Pct. 1 Starting time for execution Work in process Voucher %1 does not exist. Payments Rate of return Production issue Select on-hand inventory Account relation Pro forma quotation Ledger balance Number of records Adjustment before change of interval end Feedback type Vendor phone number. Customer Week Category quantity Job priority Options Selection Statistics Name of enumerated type Date for posting sheet transfers. Contact's telephone number Inventory profit Price/Discount List Quantity of additional units per inventory unit, used for Intrastat. Ledger account for debiting cash discount Unpaid amount of the transaction for the current collection letter Work center number on which feedback has been made. Illegal reference between production line and production Multiline Starting time attached to the record. Number of units on the packing slip Quantity that is not yet cost accounted in the BOM unit. Create and compose serial numbers automatically. Finish must be greater than start. Transfer customer information? Packages Specify code for item in the current statistics Period start date Forecasting for the current group without specifying customer Account received On-hand Updated Queue time before value proposed for jobs processed for the group Edit Print the current balance. Series %1 does not exist Sales balance Valid date of highest level Serial number Transaction type Dispatches Specified help Columns Sequence Order lines Customer account to be invoiced on the sales order Invoice posting Note for budget transaction. Movement Date for project creation. Country/region for the customer who caused the collection letter. Adjustment after change of interval start Quantity: Inventory quantity, Balance: Amount Voucher %1 is already used as of date %2. Unit identification. Interest note number. Accumulation Credit note as correction Adjustment Process Total of confirmation lines after line discount Customer transaction Specific Project - Invoice number. Sales order - Credit note Purpose Factor which the marked columns will be multiplied by. Activate futures message for items? Good quantity items Normal Format Formula Coming Marks the account as reconciled. Project - Credit note, Ledger Property Derived material requirements Invoice number, if any, of the transaction for which a collection letter is being issued. From and To dates must be within the same fiscal year. You may not split more than what is financially open. Vendor account invoicing the delivery Specify the posting of the current line Piecework Time sheet Cost category for time Date of any external document Cash flow forecasts Year/quarter Voucher number used when updating the current collection letter Currency requirement Duty Forward from tomorrow Command Cash discount amount included in the payment. Rejected Specification type Mark discount in the current statistics. Cancel if balance is exceeded Ledger - Penny differences in default currency Requisition number attached to the order. Total Per date for which the action is posted. Payment Specify code for the period. Address of the company accounts. Account type, for example profit & loss, balance, header or total. Fee category that the line is attached to. Department Code for cash discount on invoice. Consumption Lines Amount currency Customer that the project is assigned to. Warning Invoice register Will be transferred Total discount attaches the vendor to a total discount group. Discount percentage 1 Discount percentage 2 Attachment to the next job. Total order discount on purchase, in percentage Print Write up Cost category Date for confirmed delivery. Opening Code %1 does not exist. Account name Specify the account the misc. charges apply to. Offset account for transfer Project transactions Tax exempt number Specify mode of delivery for the current delivery. Group identical inventory transactions concurrently? Profit & Loss account Inventory Has the transaction been posted to the purchase ledger without being approved? Vendor's credit limit to us. The amount is specified in default currency (0 = No maximum). Run-dependent sales amount of line in number of inventory units Calculate run time Route job journal Date calculated from 01.01.1980 to be used when sorting Date on which the current collection letter is updated in the accounts receivable and general ledger modules. Specify any additional units Item or group that the misc. charges apply to. Amount excl. sales tax Job start date Scrap Max. quantity allowed for operation in the module Change Criteria Import Job Canceled Conversion factor between From unit and To unit (To = From x Factor) Number groups Index Transactions Calculate Operation number that reserved the capacity. Never Line discount total on the confirmation Multiples of %1 only Capacity update Purchase/sales prices Sales order - Packing slip Class Production - Work center issue Vendor %1 is stopped. Column 3 Price (sales) Hours Voucher number of ledger transaction to be closed by the current transaction. Production progress with this feedback Number of transactions for arrivals Specify whether invoices should be combined for payment. Number sequence Purchase description Item number to allocate to Sales price of line per price unit Groups Factor Phantom Column 2 Create production order Type Project - Credit note, Customer Change of interval start date in number of units How should item be coverage planned when requirement calculation is made? Record ID of ledger transaction closed against the current transaction. Number of days over the specified terms of discount Key Level at which the line is included in the calculation. Amount on account in %1. Log error messages Sales tax rounding Solvency ratio Specify posting of credit transactions. Other Inventory transactions Marking Include all Edit script Indicate type of current key-figure account. Ledger - Accounting principles Delivered Period transactions A: Highest Vendor's tax exempt number for extracting statistics Close inventory Column 4 Quantity reserved of the physical quantity Order line is locked None Transfer realized balances to the budget. Cost category for quantity Transaction amount in standard currency Vendor - Payment, Vendor Amount on which interest is calculated. Cash discount terms for the current confirmation Forms Interest lines Account number in customer table if vendor is also a customer. Edit and inquire in the current closing sheet. How far has payment come in the payment schedule? Proposed value for scrap of jobs processed for the group Cost price per hour. Category %1 does not exist. Name of journal Consolidation account Currency code %1 does not exist. Item/Customer statistics Odd Discount granted Efficiency Code for current, operating or fiscal transaction Calculate setup time Item's ABC-code for contribution margin Transaction text for use with the new transactions Update quantity Terms of payment used with forecast coverage plan for the group Bank account Quantity not yet released in the inventory unit Commission calculation Empty periods Purchase order prices/amount Specify mode of delivery for the current order. Credit limit Total disc. (Sales) Item number related to the settlement Exchange rate of payment currency (%1 = 1.0) Customer invoice journal Item's ABC-code for inventory value Show production with the same reference. Address of the customer who caused the collection letter. Ledger close Attention Total of current credit transactions in the period Start/End Copy requested with an incorrect parameter Half year Order invoice rounding Budget balances Number of days the transaction is delayed. Round-up multiples Unit in which consumption is specified. Unit conversion Capacity Unit Row Purchase table Freight Inquiry Group for automatic batch number allocation Balance in default currency Currency for the current requirement Coverage planned Manager Customer's reference Activity Scheduling status Posted Inventory by inventory dimension aging report Interval for category C cannot be less than 0. Interval for category A cannot be less than 0. Total of transfers for the sheet. Specify current level of allocation Receive now Diskette Misc. charges must be credited to an account. Specify paper format for the current report. Released Setup time Employee's extension at work. Misc. charges groups Dependencies Automatic creation of a series of ledger accounts Ledger account for offsetting use tax Purchase invoice rounding-off Illegal specification Dispatching Open customer transactions Project - Credit note Record ID of transaction that generated the item. Receipt account for items in process Sales, discount Ledger account for inventory issues when inventory items in process are posted. Specify mandatory transaction (debit/credit). Cash discount is calculated on amount incl. sales tax Change, copy, and delete budget transactions. Change of interval end date in number of units Should posting of item consumption primarily follow accounts receivable or product? Payment amount Invoice number on which the commission calculation is based. Rounding-off of invoice amount in the accounts receivable module BOM line Budget model Post journal Name of column in printout. All/Even/Odd Account totals Account number Expression A setup error exists because inventory must update the general ledger module automatically. Start time. Debit account Measurement Purchase, packing slip Min. quantity is %1 Specify terms of delivery for the current order. Action message Ledger balance Down No New No. Zero Item must be a bill of materials. Editing Validate Clear Error quantity Inventory, loss Closing date of the current period Transaction voucher number Total feedback setup time will be negative. Order packing slip Line description Total good quantity from the operation will be negative. Ledger account for crediting cash discount Scrap percentage Per line Error quantity items. Project - Invoice Filter Price used when budgeting quantities. Invoice lines Start date Describe the current specification. Determines vendor/purchase line-discount group %1 cannot be picked because only %2 is/are available from the inventory. Setup Created by Describe the mode of delivery Backward from scheduling date Customer who received the current collection letter. Country/region code in tax exempt number. Exchange rate loss Specify code for customer/vendor in the current statistics. Select Currency code applicable to line. Purchase delivery date Cost value of invoice content. Scheduled end Validate the User field when posting to the account. Information Journal that the current transaction is attached to. Transaction date. Purchase line must be invoiced first. Customer account statement Illegal sign for update quantity in the inventory Payment identification used upon payment. Material consumption Batch processing Add Run-dependent consumption of line Specify debit type. Fixed assets, credit Currency proposal for recording on current account in journal Work center capacity or reservation Modes of delivery Account selection Delete order after invoicing Physical quantity available Transactions Inventory closing Item/Vendor statistics Date of invoice. Adjust item receipts to standard cost price? Cost category for setup time Misc. charges group applicable to vendor Futures message Describe the current number sequence. Current address type. Employee who received order Approval Tool Edit Date is not indicated. Amount of discount per purchase unit Assets Should interest note stop customer? Order item Commission The requisition's total number of units. Vendor with whom the purchase order is placed. Registration Equal Log Specifies the pool that the production is attached to. Transaction texts Sales amount of the line (incl. discount). Capital Annual budget Employee responsible for the project. Direction of the item transaction (Arrivals/Dispatches) Document date On-hand inventory may not be adjusted to a negative value. Text Lot transactions Incorrect rounding of amount Not active Compile business statistics Year-end result Finished item number for the production Show source code Order number cannot be changed. Purchase order - Invoice, Ledger Purchase misc. charges Sequence number Current number sequence code to be used with references. Backward Working time applicable to the work center On-hand inventory must be selected first. Lock Both Unspecific Payroll Executed by Job management Personal details Production offset account picking list With futures messages Descriptions Relation type Period for To date %1 not specified Giro money transfer slip Voucher number used when posting transfers. Reference to operation where item is consumed. Vendor transactions Date of posting in ledger. Gross Name of project group. U.S. Customs Service Left Vendor on supplier lines. If the field is blank, vendor is retrieved via work center. Amount by which the line contributes to the budget. Ledger transaction Fees Journals Counting Revenue Biannually Routing number of the bank. End time attached to the record. Rounding-up Operations scheduled Curr.Qtr. Item number included in the line. Item copied to is not a bill of materials. Ledger transactions Specifies multiline discount group of customer/sales order. Credit available Update invoice in general ledger/accounts receivable after printing? Records Update Include the line in BOM calculations? Exclude the created budget transaction from allocations? Quotation status Total number of units on the invoice All items General Rounding-off of invoice amount. Allocation key for ledger posting Show graph Cost price per unit Commodity codes Trial-balance column total for the sheet. Start Canceled Update, print, edit and inquire in connection with invoice. Seconds Line amount (incl. discount). Any additional text for offset transaction. Issues account for work center consumption A work center group must be specified because %1 work centers are required for the operation. Fixed start date, if any, for the current interval Work in process Scheduling direction Cost amount Year/week Sales rep. Length Quantity Reset Overwrite Bills of materials Liquidity account for payment. New voucher number Price/discount groups Delete purchase order automatically after complete invoice update? Journal voucher Sales order - Packing slip, Ledger Rate of quotation amount Date of last exchange adjustment of the transaction Date of the amount printed on the on-account invoice. Manages the customer's total order discount when invoicing. Specify typical transaction (debit/credit). Show cash flow forecasts for the current account. Vendor invoice Describe the interest terms Total to Inventory transactions Profit 2 Profit 3 Profit 1 Delete transaction? Scheduled production quantity Fixed-price Definition Vendor/Item statistics Production cannot be post-adjusted. Validate the Currency field when posting to the account. Settle account Consolidations Shows any transactions in other modules that generated the transaction WIP issue Item type Simulation Number group %1 does not exist. Department to allocate to (blank: department specified in journal line) Private Archive Search Payroll category Purchase offset account Status of the current quotation Specify the order number that the line is attached to. Load Settle period Text 1 Text 2 From key Currency code Clean up log Absence Profit and loss Specify transaction type for the current sheet. Multiline disc. (purch.) Financial statement rows (name) Project journal Balance list Forecast purchase for the current item Language - Item description Last date for acceptance of the quotation Inventory settlement A critical error occurred when posting a %1 transaction. Payment identification Number of units the quantity applies to. Estimate run time? Account interval Quantity in which cost price, sales price and consumption is specified in and calculated for. Revenue/Margin Deselect Quantity ordered Approved by Customer group %1 does not exist. Total amount Inventory model for managing the item cost price Open transactions Transaction has not been approved. Date of expected movement Forecast turnover for the current item group Production - WIP Employee's education. Vendor invoicing the purchase Task group Scheduling time Current quantity Balance Phantom explosion with measurements in several levels is not supported. Quantity criteria for line discount or order balance for total discount Revenues Action message period, in number of days calculated from today's date. Allocation key to be used with budget reduction with regard to volume of orders Inventory turnover - forecast and current No financial data is being updated in the inventory unit. Turnover ratio of the capital Vendor base data Record ID reference to inventory transaction related to the settlement BOM unit Customer turnover ratio Cost estimates and costings Purchase order - Packing slip, Ledger Default warehouse for the module Misc. charges %1 does not exist. Is the current transaction a reversing entry? Sales amount for quantity Customer involved in the current budget transaction Activate quantity-related increase actions. Adjust Journal type that determines what the journal is used for. Commission rates Cash discount in percentage of amount. Deadline Record ID Accept overdelivery New posting profile when canceling Free text Allocation keys Inventory account used for floating items Ledger account for invoice settlement in connection with cash sale/purchase Drive and file name Printer Data/hour Vendor aging report Home phone number. Executed Sort BOM Number sequence list Total accounts Location Before line discount Intercompany accounting Group Transfers Define import/export groups Invoice approval journal Line delivery date Describe the current currency/exchange rate. Transport Integer Inquiries Fields Waiting Interest Production report Capacity reservations Line disc. (purch.) Period journal Post transfers for the current closing sheet. Ledger posting Cost category for run time Project group Financially entered quantity Misc. charges groups Form number First account in interval covered by the total. Date of profit & loss accounts for the trial balance. Delete all Interrupted Posting date used Credit account Only corrections Activate automatic report as finished in connection with transactions for the item. Item groups Print reports Total good quantity reported as finished for the production will be %1. Required location in the ledger, that is, unposted, balance sheet, and profit & loss. Structure Quantity and amount must have the same sign. Extension of the database where the job is to be executed. Unit price Reduce the lines automatically during packing slip update? Customer top 100 Total of current debit transactions for the period Close databases Continue search using other combinations? File Quotation deadline Identify vendor's bank account. Management Bold Five Period Periods From Voucher series Unit %1 does not exist. On-hand Unit for change of start date in the interval Loading Sorting Telex number Terms of payment for the current quotation Item consumption Fix error Quantity on order Clean up As of Update, print, edit and inquire regarding confirmation. Update City for ZIP/postal Code. Project - Payroll allocation Language to be used in forms Ledger account for work center consumption. Auto Route Allocate misc. charges to lines Rate Purchase journal Deleting Deleting jobs Deleted A negative quantity cannot be reserved. No records were found. Interest journal Period budgets Category hours Find misc. charges for line Supply capacity On-account invoicing Before Cost Replace Positive on-hand inventory Purchase unit applicable to line System Copy orders Only objects fulfilling this Regular expression will be a part of the result. Total weight of the delivered items. Terms of payment for the current invoice. Update forecast for the current customer. Update forecast for the current vendor. Total discount group Post the purchase journal Accumulated total of periods Department that the transaction is attached to. Posted inventory value by inventory dimension Constant scrap in BOM unit Person in charge Sales orders Adjust to a specific value. Last report as finished date Has the journal been posted? Cash discount Quantity started in the inventory unit Production Type of relation between inventory items and customer/vendor Giro number has wrong check digit. Cancellation Mark the operation as finished when the production is reported as finished? Misc. charges transactions Validation Start time Error quantity in the inventory unit reported as finished Ledger offset account to be used in connection with movements Column 1 Received Recipient Amount in default currency. Austria Item group %1 does not exist. Account allowed Delivery Discontinue date Group description Category that the price is attached to. User ID Operation DMY Purchase status in terms of receipt and invoicing Project Date of last consolidation for the period Account number in parent company used for consolidation. Day Vendor top 100 Purchase pools Ledger - Closing Sheet Chart of accounts How many units of code is the jump per transaction? Inventory, issue Application modules After total discount Shows where in the system the account is used. Curr.Week Terms of interest Cause of scrapping the defective items Consumption total C: Lowest Good quantity Start Accounting period Maximum number of days that inventory may have positive coverage. No financial updates are made in the transaction unit. Ledger reconciliation Used for sorting (COUNTER) Started Pro forma invoice Employee Price groups Reread Turnover qty., number of units of raw material used in the finished item Invoice number Customer %1 does not exist. Compare Release Output Period status Voucher number upon change of status. DYM Quarter Start date of the desired period Payment amount of this payment. Correction Describe the terms of delivery Started Find main misc. charges Unique name of the import/export definition Confirm Unit to convert to Delete opening transactions during transfer Arrivals Graphics setup Import file Budget model %1 is locked for changes. Date for document. Feminine Print current invoice with the original print management parameters Voucher transactions Route groups Edit budget transactions Factor that may be used in formula. Insert rounded-up quantity? Quantity returned exceeds updated physical and financial quantity Language used in invoice, etc. Shortages Density Adjustment to fixed cost price Date of last estimate Item group Interest incl. in payments Header Order pools Create or update period allocation keys. Settlements Exchange rate Physical quantity in inventory when the counting journal was created. Country/region type controls item receipts and statistics. Class %1 does not exist. Vendor - Penny difference, Vendor Vendor offset account Show zero lines Drive and file name of the file to be transferred Number of hours consumed Account number of ledger account with deposits Weekday Identify the job attached to the record. Exchange rates Warehouse %1 does not exist. Quantity now being delivered in the inventory unit Ledger - Consolidation Available Overlap quantity Number of vouchers Ledger account (liquidity) for receipt of payments. Total volume on invoice, in cubic meters Scheduled start time. Date of total settlement of the transaction Create journal line. Consolidate the company transactions? Batch/serial number group Tax exempt number for import (arrivals) related to statistics. Calendar month Task groups Production WIP issue Factor used for multiplying Strokes/hour Are the current company accounts a consolidation of other company accounts? Total on-hand inventory Min./Max. Status for number sequences Transaction has been changed. Planned purchase orders Voucher for collection letter covered by the current line Vendor's price group used for price proposal upon purchase Sales journal Primary vendor for planned purchase order Efficiency percentage applicable to work center Brief description of transaction. From date Post collection letter note Remaining amount from invoice after it was paid. Monday Maximum number of decimals unit is calculated in. Physical quantity delivered without packing slip Time in seconds to be scheduled for the work center Giro Four Page View Compression of Intrastat Profit Find Hour Terms Error text Complete Original Route consumption Item %1 does not exist. Printed Minimum Validate Posting field when posting the account To unit Comments Date from which interest is calculated. Expected Processing percentage To item number Maximum Specify format. Line total Print confirmation Purchase price per price unit Financial updating quantity must have same sign in the posting unit and the inventory unit. Requisitions Ledger account for revenue transactions Item name Posted quantity Alternative By One Margin Ratio Margin Calculated turnover ratio Yes ID OK OK Up Nine New Set up liquidity-related effects, etc. (cash flow forecasts) User id of the user who ran the task Two cm Quantity now being released for the production in the inventory unit End time Posted correction of item consumption resulting from the settlement Transaction journal and Estimated consumption in BOM unit Years Good quantity (excl. scrap) in the inventory unit reported as finished/cost accounted Account number of account (sum, if any) used for calculation of key figures. Weekday of the current date Coverage time fence Remain status Meters/Hour Vendor referred to Order fee Sales misc. charges Number of units in the individual interval for the transaction. Extended data types Copying from the same production number is not permitted. When? Date of transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Department that the budget transaction is attached to. Currency code of default currency in the current company accounts. Brief explanation of how prices are established. Purchase, packing slip offset Work center name. Date of generation of the current file BOM calculation Vendor account statement Interest date Has the current packing slip been printed? Giro account Item %1 has no parameters for %2. Microsoft Dynamics Identification To account Currency the purchase is invoiced in. Cash flow forecast Voucher number BOM date used Cannot find the opening fiscal year for date %1. Interrupt updates with errors when using error account? Sales price Total volume of delivered items. Totaled Number of days past specified terms of payment Column Total error quantity reported as finished for the production will be %1. Sort by Invoicing Marking Date for the current requirement Specify desired formatting of comma-separated values. Oper. No. Ledger balances Net requirements Balance Journal has been posted. Misc. charges group attached to the order Code for cash discount on invoice received Quantity that price and misc. charges are applicable to. Close period %1 E-mail Account number of ledger account with interaccount debit transactions. Time for start of job Commission percentage Account's contribution to equity. Payroll - Updating, Ledger Quotation Misc. charges group Identify alternative work center Misc. charges posting Sales tax Forward from today Employee's user name Change Round confirmation amount License information Basic Use document date for vendor Price agreements Type %1 does not exist. Quantity received without packing slip Posting Estimated Dimensions Cash discount is calculated on invoice amount incl. sales tax (that is plus sales tax). Selected Name of vendor group Use Identify property. Confirmation lines Date financial Start time Current All fields Break-even sales Specify which column the percentage is to be calculated for. Credit correction Format Describe the production Time of job was ended Include sales quotations Customer transactions Methods of payment Post Project category Month/day Misc. charges category applicable to the line Configuration group Void Project - Confirmation Multiline disc. (sales) Inventory journal Unexpected error Post the sales journal Giro number has illegal characters Journal names Qualify account number as customer or vendor Price per hour Sales order - Credit note, Ledger Select information from invoice account? Lbs./hour List Order offset account packing slip Cost estimate quantity? Extended Status that the transaction is attached to. Identify the production order. Mark amount in the current statistic Allocation key Sales tax group for automatic tax. Start date Purchase, consumption Item's ABC-code for sales Multiples quantity during packing or production Description Should the collection letter stop the customer? Configuration groups Only open EU trade Name of current closing sheet. Equity Inventory value per item group Balance Lowest requirement when choosing an alternative work center Forecast quantity in the inventory unit Vendor balance list with credit limit Customer account to be charged for the delivery Unit the item is sold in. Line status with regard to delivery and invoicing Terms of delivery End date is used with per code. Reference field in a different table. Materials Level of dimensions/headers Set up settlement transactions for ledger budgeting for the account. Warehouse Inventory loss Next Used Group that determines how a requirement is calculated for the item. Total discount Our account number with vendor Overlap Total quantity of this item released Wednesday Quantity to be produced before next operation may begin Customer invoice Aging report Specify normal mode of delivery for vendor. Scheduled or reserved property Line discount percentage. Sales order, revenue Insufficient inventory transactions with status picked Intrastat Reverse sign for interval before totaling in sum account? Criteria for continued search for discount combinations Levels Automatic settlement Indicate posting of current account The requisition's total weight in lbs. Known value Terms of delivery Employee's job description Estimated process consumption in hours Production group that production is attached to. Accumulated amount in % of total Incl. in unit price Work task %1 does not exist. Profit-setting used in determining sales price Ledger - Report On order 'From' period may not be greater than 'To' period. Vendor account where purchase has been ordered Quantity ordered cannot be reduced because there are not enough open inventory transactions with the Ordered status. Action Name of project Production scrap Number of units for the transaction line Round-off invoice amount in the project module. Status of cash flow forecast for the current transaction. Days of grace (number of days payments can be delayed without interest). System values Sales price per unit Controls the multiline discount over several invoice lines. Tuesday Thursday Human Resources Activities Currency the line is invoiced in Include on-hand inventory How many units is the jump for (per transaction)? Determines how production should be posted to ledger. Empty header Budget change Result Vendor group that the invoice is attached to. Journal Primary discount posting Schedule Production lines Closing date in a previous fiscal year. Add... On-hand inventory in quantity Vendor fax number Reports Collection letter date Route group Open transaction On-account payments Form Cost Record Copy Adjustment Net amount Confirmation journal Ledger account for interest earnings Code Jobs Backorders Zoom Amount Allocate misc. charges Company information Last date in period Released Save journal Current Amount settled in foreign currency. DB/CR proposal Warning Cannot find closing fiscal year for date %1. Describe the key. Street name and number or other Cost price of line by inventory unit Set up lines in current chart of accounts. Capacity per hour in capacity unit Not included Should receipt transactions primarily follow vendor or item? Last date for a periodic transaction Adjusted balance account Project - Quotation Width Friday Months Vendor's item number Credit Sales, packing slip offset Gantt chart On-hand inventory Describe the order Ledger account for posting lines in special receipt account. Misc. charges percentage on regular cost price. Remaining quantity Collection letter fee Session Criterion, if any, for debit or credit transactions. Reservation Warehouses Physical inventory by item group Error when loading comma-separated value file Unit the turnover quantity is specified in Line discount group used for purchase Customer account Total amount for period Scheduled start date. Line status Date used for calculations Last packing slip Recalculation Ledger account for item receipt On order How should the To unit be rounded? Copy route Generate diskette for EU sales list Unique identification of job Adjustment before changing the start of the interval Identify the working time Sales price per unit. Multiline discount percentage Period for futures messages, in number of days calculated from today's date. Illegal inventory transaction Print quotation Specify the line discount group of the customer/order. Identify the production pool. Edit Delete purchase order after invoicing Specify automatic allocations of journal lines to the account. Voucher number employed Subcontractor work Calculated BOM level on latest requirement calculation ABC-code revenue ABC-code carrying cost MAX(Line,Multiline) Collection letter fee in collection letter currency, excl. any sales tax Should setup time automatically be consumed in connection with route group dependent start or report as finished? Create new fiscal year Working times Account number for current account type. Collection letter code Specify posting of debit transactions. 100% column is not specified or is incorrect Payroll - Reversal, Ledger Handling in closing sheet, that is result, balance, capital Invoice Date Date when price was last modified. Collection letter note Table identification Withholding tax Exchange rates As last scheduling Total Settlements in the transaction Daily Exclude the current transaction from the allocation? Name Date Data Rate Path Item Currency of the original transaction which a collection letter is being issued for. Fixed Profit before taxes Days Page Masculine Country/region Bank Sales order Select Total From item No. Journal page Subtotal Purchase freight Per qty. Item transactions must be for warehouse %1. Production, picking list Vendor Incoming Item cost price used for posting Calculation Due date of invoice amount. Illegal item reference Periods in interval already exist. Starting date of project. Default sales tax group suggested when the account is used. Addresses Check for voucher used Currency Description Balance after Total quotation amount Specify which module the misc. charges group is attached to. Pick negative Advance Graphics Profile Reserved Unit name Adjustment with a percentage Parameter ID Relations to the current number sequence. Terms of payment for the current confirmation Last scheduled Interrupt in case of error account Quantity price Should the current forecast transaction be coverage planned in ledger? On account Reservation Physical remaining quantity and total quantity must have the same sign. Selection Line discount (Sales) Alt. delivery Accumulated quantity in percentage of total Specify type for current line. Cost accounted consumption Journal for entry of expenses Job status FUNCTION IS INCLUDED, BUT HAS NOT YET BEEN IMPLEMENTED. Number of sequences run Go to main table Proposed value for setup time of jobs processed for the group Balance due Number of series No further help is available All accounts Activate date postponement actions. Customer base data Without transactions Line amount for current line Parameter Parameters Production, issue Dispatch Bank giro Work tasks Service Number of payments must be other than 0 (zero). Reports Quantity started Sales order/project Inventory by item group aging report Disc. pct. Gantt chart name Sales price per unit for the budget transaction. Per Specify item's line discount group in module Status for quantity in relation to issues Pro forma confirmation Date of the requisition. Optional Bills of materials are not used with item %1. Number groups Units Telephone Editing with an amount Fax Batch or serial number Calculation As on BOM Task group for searching for alternatives Delivery address Order, packing slip System accounts Terms of cash discount for the current invoice. Round quotation amount Dimension in company involved in intercompany accounting. Estimate setup time? Not used. Total from Customer %1 is stopped. Vendors' turnover ratio Terms of invoice payment Form Make diskette for Intrastat Delayed Project categories Pool %1 does not exist. Has the current number sequence been stopped? Started-Released Equity financing Commodity code Vendor Cost group Configurations Quantity ordered in the inventory unit. Profit & Loss account applicable to transaction in connection with item transactions Consumption is Total error quantity reported as finished will be negative. Employee who 'sold' the line. Include customer Credit note Customer/Item statistics Round-off Work task table Liquidity ratio Production, receipt Sent Lowest valid street number for current street name. Alternative item number Number of lines Vendor/Ledger reconciliation Blank item number, that is item number not printed on external documents. Quantity %1 cannot be received because items have already been returned. Employment Scheduled start Effective date Interest note When should alternative item number be used? Language used in item names and for printing external journals Determines multiline discount of the item for several invoice lines in the module. Totals Print prices and amounts on purchase order? Change of status Interest code Show Import data into the Microsoft Dynamics AX database. Production, report as finished Ledger account Ledger accounts Capacity Description of the warehouse. Production number Direction Origin on which the commission is calculated. Marking cannot be completely canceled. Accumulated quantity Operation number %1, %2 has not been reported as finished. Misc. charges Internal interest must be greater than zero. Specify number of units for project transactions. Reference to a higher production level which includes this production. Safety margin in days for issues. Describe the pool. Purchase number that the invoice is attached to. Payment lines Document number Cash-discount administration Parent project Adjustment date Remaining quantity EU Multiline disc. group Symbol Titles Load Misc. charges percentage on regular sales price. Field Error Six Operation number consuming item Discount method (net, current month, current quarter etc.) Updating... To warehouse Job is finished Employee who 'sold' item consumption (commission). Voucher number used when posting Purchase that the current line is attached to. Record ID of vendor transaction. Valid Cost value Printing date Reference lot Processing Current assets Date of external document or voucher Delete order lines Transaction quantity in the given sales unit Account to allocate to Quantity of internal units per purchase/sales price Planned order Calculate period allocation keys based on realized balances. Largest quantity Employee %1 does not exist in the database. Shows the bills of materials where the item is used. Specification of physical quantity Date posting was processed. Item relation Check balance Identify the warehouse. Collection letter 2 Collection letter 3 Collection letter 1 Collection letter 4 Adjustment to value: Started production quantity Such a large quantity of this item cannot be reserved. Hard Locked Job scheduled Quantity ordered in the sales unit Mode Specifies whether the Intrastat transaction is a partial shipment Multiline discount per price unit Account number of customer for whom interest has accrued Debit/Credit Time Reversal Periodic Load Cost price for current line by inventory unit Vendor cash discount Inventory, profit Illegal time interval Transfer Primary giro account of the company accounts. Details Print Criteria Number group Members Include line in estimate? Time To Tmp Loss Three Terms of payment for period from due date to payment. Order lines not invoiced Page header Table Status of quantity in relation to receipt Account number for posting in ledger. Job-manage job? Date of rate Fixed closing date, if any, for the current interval Adjustment of cost amount. Inventory, receipt Multiline discount used to control discounts across several purchase lines Attachment type to next job. Text with detailed description of task. Explosion principle Describe the current invoice line Open quantity Our ref. Requirement profile Return on equity Constant Tax exempt number Posting in connection with coverage planning Are job reservations exclusive from start to finish? Specification Quantity cost estimated Post editing Print interest notes. Customer interest fee Locked end Employee is not specified. Price list Confirmed Operations Journal Production is locked. Contribution ratio Liquidity account for settling payments Account's contribution to the balance sheet. Journals Activities for analysis Sales order - Confirmation Overview Formatting Test route? Posted value Home address. Allow reservations on items that are ordered only? Debit in period Subproduction is set up incorrectly. Price unit Position Invoice line amount, excl. sales tax in invoice currency Processing completion time Relation Base data Describe the current period interval. Specifies total order discount group of customer/order. Class Automatically report quantity as finished when route dependent start or report as finished? Customer revenue Fee Discount per sales unit Bill of materials position referred to Date criterion code for the current column. Primary consumption transaction Collection letter lines Manual Total Phone number for current address. Determines vendor/purchase price group. Cash discount received. Vendor group Operation completed Run Purchase Gender End date for the desired period Physical quantity received, but not posted From unit Explosion Customer transactions Period 1 Material Profit-setting Queue time before operation Accept item transactions only for the warehouse of the module. Status column total for the sheet. Has transaction been approved? Actions Country/region %1 does not exist Sequence number of transaction in current journal. Reset page SWIFT Address Identify the work center. Line number From account Customer balance list with credit limit Total amount of confirmation Balance in current currencies. Apply cash flow forecasts to the current budget model? Customer account to be invoiced Now counted Project transaction Dimension that the transfer is to be attached to. Purchase postage Specify terms of cash discount Inventory unit the prices apply to. Vendors Proposed value for transit time to next work center Requisition Vendor Invoice amount Delete selection File ID for table referred to Job updating Employee number. Standard Day, week and month Debit Depth Serial numbers Adjustment with amount Debug Calculation type Cancellation Sales order - Credit note, Customer Credit % Delete line? Specify delivery address, that is none, company, project Closing sheet Physical value Transfer accounts with respective trial balance. Delete transactions Mark inventory transactions related to current lot. Insert Reported as finished Telephone number. Net weight of inventory item for one inventory unit Payment %1 does not exist Development Continuous number of the item transaction in the dispatch Account name Number sequence references Misc. charges group attached to the purchase Purchase forecast Cancel collection letter note Purchase lines Module and number referred to Proposed value for production time of process quantity Due date of the transaction which a collection letter is being issued for. Tables Operator BOM line applies as of this date. Automatic addition Print the current quotation with the original print management parameters Sales order Reset status Debited amount in the general ledger module Ledger - Exchange adjustment voucher Positive days Production orders Operator Last Language used in forms to the vendor Operation number consuming items Account %1 does not exist. Downward Conversion Complete specification of how prices are composed. Field type Invoice/credit note Voucher %1 has been posted. Transfer sales tax, if any, to the other company accounts? Line+Multiline Line*Multiline Show budget by period for the current account. Specify sum on account for on-account invoice from Project. Purchase prices and discounts Specify end date when 'by' code. Analysis Line type Marking Administration Line description To be invoiced Production offset account receipt On-hand inventory in cost value Invert sign Maximum number of days that inventory may have negative coverage. Work center group there has been feedback on. Line discount Model Enter start of fiscal year Date totals Sales order - Invoice, Customer Amount of interest for this transaction. Module Job type Invoices Fee in currency Close inventory according to FIFO, LIFO or Avg. Cost. Ledger - Company accounts cover page Budget model %1 does not exist. Annual report Error in period for date %1 Total discount for quotation Work center groups Transaction amount in default currency Penny difference in default currency. Cash report This is a serious error. Run \"Check\" on ledger transactions. Journal Key %1 does not exist. Vendor groups Calculate quantity Disc. date Production offset account issue Purchased Date of confirmation Week number of the current date. Operations scheduling Statement Revenue Next month Misc. charges group %1 does not exist. Date %1 %2 Page %3 Interval for category B may not be less than 0 Load factor must be between 0 and 100% Accepted Auditor Round off Executing Executed Specify requested period allocation Group that the task is attached to Split YMD Total of fiscal debit transactions in the period Sold Consistency check Balances Balance Percentage of maximum capacity assigned to the work center. YDM Approved Route jobs Settlement Transaction amount in specified currency Ship date Wage debit account File type Remaining quantity Print packing slip Always allocate quantity independent supplement on the volume? Quantity should have the same sign in both the posting unit and the inventory unit. Special report Reference to sales/production/purchase/project, or planned-order number Date for delivery of the orders Futures time fence Interest of invoices Order cash Last date of payment to qualify for cash discount. Journal line amount to be credited to specified account Closing sheet has been posted. EU SALES LIST INFORMATION Origin Work in process Adjusted Budgeting Delete Transaction quantity in the inventory units of the item Sign for quantity in process may not be changed. Customer packing slips Discount in percentage Form number is incorrect Price or discount amount Correction +/- (Debit/Credit) to transaction Functions Properties Should posting of discount primarily follow the customer or the item? Specify desired sequence in date format. Scheduling date Reserve the transaction in the inventory. Work centers Raw material date Purchase misc. charges insurance Selected date Module that parameters apply to. Budget for the period Quantity counted Quantity here is %1 Hourly rate Delete purchase lines automatically after complete invoice update? Adjustment after changing the end of the interval Fax number for current address Number of attached purchase Transfer Interest of interest notes Age Curr.Mth. Ledger - Auditor report Quantity factor Calculated quantity in for this operation Update all Category in module (header, line) Sheet that the current transfer is attached to. ABC-code value Date the rate applies from. Summary account without group Production overview Set up batch processing Internal interest in % Company accounts Line amount Curr.Year Pool Number of work centers included in the group Item arrival Hours/time Transaction is financially closed and may not be split. Exploded budget transaction Version control Pick quantity Item number cannot be changed when item transactions have been generated. Delete order line invoiced in total Project - Packing slip Transaction list Current Calculation date Delete purchase lines History Text for line Work center Real Modifications in field Date attached to transaction status Transaction type Total assets Action message for items? Combined cost amount of transaction Project invoice Returned quantity exceeds the updated physical quantity. Cannot delete because quantity exists for the on-hand inventory. Sent Critical on-hand inventory MDY Sales unit applicable to line. Select the language for the current text. In use Production Sequence Ledger balances - Dimensions Company account %1 does not exist. Max Cost value that has been financially settled. Line discount total on the quotation Physical quantity available including ordered minus ordered reservation Invoice number that the transaction is attached to Run-dependent consumption of the line in number of inventory units Customer payments Edit now Shipment batch number in Intrastat. Terms of payment for period between invoice date and due date Adjust Item allocation Quantity reserved on quantity ordered Item number %1 does not exist. Delete period Select an aging bucket and a date principle Interest Cost value for quantity. BOM line Reference to transaction that the current interval belongs to. OPEN VENDOR TRANSACTIONS Specify periodic check in number of units Balance accounts Balance account MYD Mark number of units in the current statistics Production, receipt offset Include transaction when reporting? Account for investment tax Use invoice document date when entering vendor and sales tax? Quantity that has been settled financially. Total line discount on the invoice. Shows inventory transactions on same voucher. Triangular/EU trade Group name Quantity in quotation for issue Floating value The transaction type cannot be changed because the transaction has been fully or partially updated. Accumulated scrap percentage for this operation Column 2 Column 1 Normal EU trade Total capital column for the sheet. Posting layer Quantity scheduled Financially open quantity Discount amount Specify posting for current transaction Specify standard terms of delivery for the customer Currency used for the collection letter (fee, etc.) Highest valid street number for current street name. Advance+Decrease Validate the Purpose field when posting to the account Financial statement rows Ledger - Exchange adjustment Manually enter material profit for this item for a production? Name of production group Minimum amount to be processed Employee who took the order Number of transactions for dispatches Ordered, not invoiced Days of grace Name of period Key-figure transactions Stopped Include inv. transactions Sales price per unit Year/month Vendor - Exch. adj., Vendor Inventory turnover forecast Necessary property for production Quantity must be negative when moving it Average Date to load this journal. Cost price per unit for the budget transaction. Reference table Journal transactions Posting status Sales order - Quotation Ledger transaction type Compile statistics automatically in combination with periodic counting? Specify payment Quantity-price per produced item Number used currently with specified status. Per voucher Microsoft Dynamics Specify expression for calculating column. Difference Specify normal mode of delivery for customer. Number of months past the specified method of payment Offset account Ledger account for item issue Type for this feedback Operator name Purchase quantity Purchase cash Sales order, issue Quantity of units on invoice. Cost value of quotation contents Purchase number Project %1 does not exist. Entry Quantity that can be produced in the run time. Posted transactions to the account Item inventory Source Exclusive Recalculated amount posted to ledger Quantity in process in the bill of material unit Latest start or order date Accumulated requirement of current currency Country/region for the customer to whom the interest note has been sent Delete period No errors were found. Today's date Name of employee. Customers Automatic Show account balances by period. New posting profile for the transaction when reopening Offset transaction There are transactions in journals for current period. Should posting of discount primarily follow vendor or item? Percentage of profit to be added to cost price when calculating sales price Is the operation to assign an external work center? Requirement Municipality Lowest unit for rounding, for instance 0.01 Project - Posting, Ledger Specify street name's validity, that is all, even or odd numbers. Created EU sales list Fixed costs Specify conversion of date fields for periods. Multiline discount Issues account for work center consumption in process. Payment ID Default offset account suggested in daily journal. Terms of cash discount for the customer Month Total misc. charges Specify payment handling for the current method of payment. Termination Date of financial transaction Specify standard terms of delivery for vendor. Signature Alternative inventory number is used for order entry. Primary sales posting Voucher number used when posting to ledger. Vendor balance Total of the invoice lines after line discount. Create or update periods. Packing slip Vendor's address Brief description of activity. Read Should use of calculated cash discount be 'unspecific' or 'specific'? Weight Sales tax specification Select Total list Interest incl. in credit notes Collection Enumerated text Start date of current period Base data type of company accounts dimensions other than the first. Specify quantity, if any, for the posted amount Tariff number Purchase, receipt Quantity now being released to production in the BOM unit Last invoice Amount settled Conversion Not posted Size All Quantity for which a packing slip has not yet been received in the inventory unit Value open Category Ledger account for interest payments Purchase misc. charges, freight Summary account Where-used Capacity ratio Total for report Date transaction was financially closed. Use consolidation accounts for consolidation? Ready Value Vendor group %1 does not exist. Unit price Scheduled Customer Check BOM Key word for current parameter record (report name, etc.) Leave Picking list Session date Liquidity accounts System name Accounts Customer cash discount Vendor %1 does not exist. Gross amount Discount Order No. Vendor concerned by the current forecast transaction Calendar Consume run time automatically when route group dependent start or report as finished? Invoicing date of the sale Profit after taxes Requirement Time of requested/actual job start Price Name of person Purchase order - Credit note, Ledger Journal line amount to be debited to specified account. Activation Find what: Customer group Table Stop explosion at this item? Quotation amount ISO country/region code for Intrastat ABC-code margin First date of validity of the current exchange rate Account code, that is account, cash discount group, or all Unit Account the current allocation applies to Working time How often should account statement be sent to customer? Payroll Credit account Sales quantity Identification relating to line Group Time for production of process quantity Password Your ref. Max. number of days between receipt and issue without postponing action. BOM journal 0 (ZERO) Net profit ratio Number of purchase units that the price is specified for Customer tax exempt number for statistics extracts from statistics Production, issue offset Vendors Receipt status Print current packing slip with the original print management parameters Lead time in days Short-term debt Specify posting layer for current financial statement. User information Result column total for the sheet. Open transaction editing Invoice Report total Purchase misc. charges duty Delete journal transactions Propose item as phantom item in bills of materials? Item has automatic serial number allocation. Release Number of decimals. Transaction must specify a quantity. Value attached to the misc. charges category Commission transactions Delete all budget transactions with the given criterion Lead time Purchase time Last account in interval included in the total. Value of delivery in %1 Order line type Operation name Amount Save Default currency Record ID of reference transaction. Work center %1 does not exist. Account code Ended There is more than one closing operation. First issue Vendor account number Period start day Specify delivery mode for current purchase Validate the Department field when posting to the account. Insert accounts Eight B: Middle Italics Pcs. Voucher number Training Ledger chart of accounts Stop Customer/Ledger reconciliation Misc. charges must be debited to the item Category is not specified. Voucher Number of work centers the operation is to be scheduled for. Illegal operation number Item's ABC-code for inventory carrying cost Summary number for inventory transactions Quantity now being received in inventory unit Work center or work center group to be assigned. Exchange rate for invoice amount. Execute Bank registration number for current account code Identify job attached to the record Method of payment, for instance net, current month or current quarter. ZIP/postal Code Reserve items automatically? Variable Optional description of period Cancel Year/Month/Day In stock Date of document that created this transaction Date principle Number status Fixed asset - Posting, Ledger Items in process Print currency codes with exchange rate on specified date Confirmation Start Costing Working time %1 does not exist. Purchase price Profit before interest Note for specification of payment schedule Standard cost price of the transaction, converted to cost value Queue time after Fixed assets Enumerated text %1 does not exist. Discount code Identify the cost group that the profit applies to. Specify field to be shown in individual columns. Danish Printout Export payments Transferred Reconcile with ledger Should posting of sales primarily follow customer or item? Employee proposed for transactions Production, picking list offset Total amount of invoice. Printing in thousand/million units of standard currency. Purchase order - Requisition Quantity ordered may not be reduced because there are not enough inventory transactions with 'on order' status. Customer item number. Number sequences Created Work center number or work center group Negative days Setter Setup Account for offsetting vendor invoices that have not been approved. Mark Determines total discount group of vendor/purchase. Number of sales units the price is specified for Production %1 does not exist. Date intervals Specify credit type. Specify units for periodic transactions. Customer account to invoice project. User authorized to carry out posting to current account Planned production orders System uses system date as today's date. Retrieve journal Date of physical transaction Report as finished Number of months Cancel Ordered items Report text ZIP/postal Codes Reserve ordered items Argument string for current process etc. DB/CR requirement Offset voucher Exceed amount Name of item group Method of payment code for vendor payment proposal Select transactions to be adjusted. Settled amount in standard currency. Item number Journalize transactions Sales order table Vendor invoice journal Pro forma packing slip Cost percentage Outdated Balance currency Sorting Allocation Posting Copy Interval Open receipt list Delete existing accounts Table restrictions Posting Total invoice discount Ordered quantity may not be reduced by %1 because the available quantity then will be negative. Show issue lots for item number. Print invoice Automatic reduction, packing slip Inventory value Counting list Total weight in lbs. on invoice Identify item. Prices Explode BOM All lines Quantity of receipts in quotation Misc. charges codes Asset number A Saturday Sunday Cost-accounted quantity reported as finished Correction Price group Adjustment cannot be completely allocated to open transactions. Specify period balance for the module Specify transaction's start date. Specify text in current language. Number of units on quotation Next number to be released from an automatic number sequence. Calculating prices Purchase number that the line is attached to Criteria Voucher number of offset transaction. Cost price Field validation MIN(Line,Multiline) Calculated commission on current invoice line Right Employee responsibilities Activate number allocation in the MRP module. Height Period 2 Subpurchase has been set up incorrectly. Estimated consumption Report as finished Date of cancellation A quantity cannot be picked. Specification of any periodic processing Project - On-account invoice Transfer Start date for specification of periodic budget transfers Insufficient inventory transactions with status Received Currency exchange rate for 100 units. Ledger account for posting of exchange rate profits. Max. percent of daily capacity to be operations scheduled per production Purchase, discount Specify column with 1st operand in leading expression. Postpone+Decrease Vendor transaction Update list with field references in database. Discount pct. Fiscal year Item %1 is on hold for transactions in %2. Backward from futures date Ledger account for posting revenue to the current line Consolidate Labels Ledger account for posting lines to a specific sales account. Route group %1 does not exist. Transfer text to be entered in daily journal Sweden Primary receipt posting Company Agreement number of price/discount agreement Ledger Name of contact. After line discount Names Cost categories Reverse sign in balances without negative change? Settled currency Statistics calculation Physical Quantity that has been physically deducted, but not posted. Identify the route group. Program Form Order line must be invoiced first. Is the job attached to a primary or secondary operation? Purchase order - Credit note, Vendor Create diskette for Intrastat Vendor group that the purchase order is attached to. Cause of scrap Copy miscellaneous charges Autoreservation Vendor account that placed the order Deleted Activate number allocation in the accounts payable module. Date of generation of payment file. Net/Current Order, freight Account for posting vendor invoices that have not been approved. Amount to be transferred. Misc. charges transactions Scrapped qty. in BOM unit Sales order - Invoice, Ledger Prompt Forward Specify terms of delivery for current delivery. Calculate liquidity based on cash flow forecasts. Design County Sort BOM Price/Discount applying until this date Feedback for the last operation is %1 in total Sales prices and discounts Settle automatically when posting journal? Issue status Describe items LIFO FIFO Transaction text Primary Sales tax list Query Production groups Change Your Efficiency percentage in time interval Error in file loaded Code used when specifying current interval Multiply column with specified factor? Automatic reduction invoice Scheduled end time Specify terms of delivery for current purchase. Price applied when recording quantities. Order number/project number. Item table Daily Item number in order line Movement Value %1 Stopped Forecast Original Investment tax percentage Vendor table File format Primary bank account of the company accounts. Sales amount Item+Category Job end time Scrap account Credit limit granted to customer. The amount is specified in default currency (0 = No maximum). Terms of payment for the received invoice Trade agrmt. Key figures Order status as to delivery and invoicing Cost List of collection letters relating to the current customer Basis for calculation of commission Remaining inventory Activate date advancing actions. Project number or project group. Feedback time Final amount of the requisition. Update route jobs for production Shortage Order number is not specified. Number Totals Updates Note Postpone+Increase Transfer Checking Illegal splitting Unit applicable to line Vendor account that generated the invoice. Check credit limit Cost center Spain Net Timeout Price/Discount applies from this date Collection letter BOM line applies to this date Error cause Realized Date which the budget amount applies from. Updating ABC categorization Configuration Does the work center operate with limited capacity? Abbreviation of the company accounts where the current line is to be posted. References Due Company accounts Date to update statistics Released items must be reversed first. Period allocation line Enter close of fiscal year Vendor account Vendor - Penny difference, Ledger Tax exempt number for export (dispatches) related to statistics. Account number in vendor table if the customer is also a vendor. Item %1 Settled quantity Job list Weight of shipment in kilos Print column in balance? Totals Other customer, if any, to address invoice to Specify item number in forms, for instance packing slips and invoices. Quantity ordered in purchase unit Contact ID Customer/vendor group that the transaction is attached to. Production line Write to file %1. Backward from action date Arrival Invoice Invoiced Liquid assets Calculated Discount used Backorder sales Main Transaction has already been posted physically. Update purchase Specify allocation in percentage. Quotation issue Quantity not yet released in the BOM unit Database User script Jump Soft Quantity-independent misc. charges on cost for the line Gantt transactions EFTA Final discount on the requisition. Message Oper. No. Printed Level where production refers to the reference Create Validate the Cost center field when posting to the account. Delayed Accumulated Sales discount End Closed Line discount total of the invoice lines Greatest quantity is %1 Vendor - Payment, Ledger Date of the current collection letter Level Delete Item Summary account to be used when cash flow forecasting without information on customer group. Dimension that the transaction is attached to. Ready Plan Block All Mark cost value in current statistics. Misc. charges pct. Conversion factor to hours. (Factor * Time) = Time in hours. Production, report as finished offset Norway Scheduled date for material consumption Terms of payment for the project. Batch Variances Posting date Subscription Queue time after operation Period balances Unit to convert from Production offset-account, report as finished Help Status %1 does not exist. Cost category for quantity must be specified. Sales price per hour. Controls line discount when invoicing. Transit time to next operation Unit which the module is run in Carrying cost External item number Order number, project number, production number, etc. Contact Contacts Total of quotation lines after line discount Categories Annually Check route Quantity Active Always Second function of start date as regards the end of the interval Due date Period Summary number/Lot ID for transactions attached to the same inventory transaction. Sales unit Contribution of the account to the profit & loss account. Cost accounted cost amount Specify percentage of progress with this feedback. Measurement turnover quantity Accept error Describe the terms of payment. Total of misc. charges on quotation for lines and header 1st operand for expression is not specified or is incorrect. Empty date Consolidated company accounts To date Define totals for the current account. Scheduled end date Work center type, machine, personnel, tool or subsupplier Lead time Account statement Group %1 does not exist. Requested date of delivery or finish report Street name for ZIP/postal Code, if needed. Period for From date %1 not specified Transaction origin Location Backward from ship date Alternative number to be used for searches, etc. Round off requisition amount, if required. Proposed value for quantity that can be produced in run time. Access Requisition lines Purchase order - Invoice, Vendor Current sales Accept duplicates Illegal combination of relation and item code Client Edit data (import, export, etc.) Gantt table Unit price for current line Volume in cubic meters of an inventory unit New posting profile when approving Sort summation lines. Triangular/Prod. on toll Capacity profile Transaction has a status which does not allow it to be updated. Fixed asset transaction Closing transactions Safety margin in number of days for receipts. End time. Contents Cause Export to Internet e-mail address. Delete order lines automatically upon complete invoicing? Has the current model been stopped for changes? Cost value of contents of confirmation There is no end operation. Closing->Opening Scrap from this operation Due date for customer/vendor transaction. Ledger budget Start number Dimension Create or update alternative addresses Price (purch.) Total disc. (purch.) Discount code %1 does not exist. Currency table Last start date Employee number Payroll allocation Where in the process is the form? Number of days/months for current interval Forecasting for the current group without specification of vendor Status that the budget transaction is attached to. Physical inventory by inventory dimension Form name Identify task group. Internal Variable Allocated Current job status Incoming work centers must be deleted first. Status types Triangular trade Number of the user who has used the number. Sales forecast Total volume of the requisition in cubic meters. Start quantity Fee amount for this addition of interest Order %1 does not exist. Currency used for invoicing Collection letter journal Activate number allocation in the inventory management module Total of fiscal credit transactions in the period Production receipt Method Order number Project - Budgeting, Ledger Total of misc. charges on invoice for lines and header. Report Total sales tax deducted Number of gaps Sequence number of line in the invoice approval journal Proposed value for 'Queue time after' for jobs executed on the group Priority Production on toll Customer or vendor account number Ledger - Note Balance account used for the transaction in connection with item transactions Cost and sales amounts must have the same sign. Recalculate period balances External Transaction Reduce lines automatically during invoice update? Date when the current collection letter was printed. Close Calendar year Reference Pro forma, on-account invoice Number of the record that the current line is attached to. Date/Time Voucher number in ledger. Terms of payment for vendor Agreement Issue Work center - Job Delete order automatically upon complete invoicing? Customer account that generated the order. Allocation and settlement of budget transactions based on setup Telephone list Due date of the transaction. Employee who 'ordered' the lines. In/Out Value of %1 = %2 is not allowed in account %3. Requirement in current currency Currency code cannot be changed when order lines have been entered. Close Project budget Time sheet Cost groups Seven System Unit in which the item is purchased. Advance+Increase Pcs. Chargeable New page Liquidity Title Code for current closing sheet. Domestic Entry Queue time before Delete line and recreate it with the new item number. Split transaction Action time fence Vendor packing slips Posting profile of the transaction when closing. Ledger account number is attached to invoice account: Estimated setup time in number of hours Derived requirements Exchange rate of invoice currency (%1 = 1.0) Print checks Font Quantity added to the unit on conversion. Work center group Budget Unit for quantity Line Lines Error log Work task Any department the current allocation applies to. Category that the budget transaction is attached to. No price calculation has been made for subproduction. Find next Currency code for fee Dispatch job that reserved the capacity. Project groups Paper format Creation of collection letter Profit percentage Job feedback Quantity %1 cannot be returned because items have already been returned or marked as open transactions. Total order discount shown in % Settled portion of the amount in foreign currency Describe the current model. Summary Summation Set up derived budget transactions for the current account. Direct Operation list Company name Company accounts data Change Voucher number that the transaction is attached to. Determines the customer's price group when invoicing. Items Our Rounded up to %1 Paid Locked start Property name Line No When moving, specify the dimension number moved to. Safety stock Invoice journal Requirement coverage Specify financial statement rows to replace search in regular chart of accounts (optional). Item number %1 has not been completely released. Interest per transaction Number of voucher statements Project - Invoice, Customer Terms of cash discount for current quotation. Purchase %1 does not exist. Write Active Action Feedback run time in total will be negative. Project name Terms of cash discount on invoices from the vendor. Customer collection letter fee Description of the working time Percent Specify column with 2nd operand in leading expression. Specification of action taken. Select company accounts Multiples Has transaction been corrected? Update, print, edit and inquire regarding packing slip. No basis for allocation is specified. Quantity - not yet packing slip delivered - in the inventory unit Purchase order Inventory transactions have not been generated for the line. Languages Closing date of profit & loss accounts for the trial balance, and date of balance sheet accounts. Series How should the transaction be posted in the budget (unit for time interval)? Specify quantity, if any, for the budgeted amount. Profit/Loss Voucher number incl. attached ledger transactions. Versions Production pools Closing Transaction quantity in the given purchase unit Blank item number in forms Period amount Identification of the misc. charges Illegal date interval Check Intrastat Text file Decrease Line discount in amount per price unit. Name of Gantt chart 2nd operand for expression has not been specified or is incorrect. Specify code that indicates the period between delivery and invoicing. Credit in the period Report number Does the work center operate with limited properties? Receipt Sales tax group for the given transaction (blank = all) Trial balance Reservations Code for the current chart of accounts Date of period's close Deducted Picked Last date Debit account Open Offset amount on next invoice? Line discount total of the lines Day/Mth Total discount for confirmation Field name Max. number of days between receipt and issue without advance action. Account number of ledger account with liquidity Allocation key used for reduction of budget with regard to realization when calculating cash flow forecasts. Delivery date Compute the BOM calculation. Warehouse the item is to be picked from. Describe dimension. Work center type Invalid table name Check for duplicate voucher numbers in journals? Summation Quantity reported as finished exceeds the quantity started. Activate quantity-related reduction actions. Group/Work center Sales order - Invoice Adjustment Extension Error account Lot ID Values Vendor - Exch. adj., Ledger Quotation lines Base total Version To be filled in Ledger budget models Inventory is closed for physical and financial transactions until %1. Cover page Finished Previous Accept underdelivery Inventory forecast End date of job Production status Project - Invoice, Ledger User Specify the module that generated the transaction. Update cost value when closing inventory. Quantity purchased Release Working time table Quantity to be posted Unique identification of contact. Forward from scheduling date Copy Purchase fee Description of the misc. charges Margin Check settlements Copy Lot Operation number %1 does not exist. Module type Activate number allocation in the accounts receivable module, normally turned off. Unit for changing the end date in the interval Employee referred to Ledger account for posting of exchange rate loss. Machine Ordered Date reported as finished Specify discount group module, that is, inventory, customer, or vendor Transit time Receipt account for work center consumption in process Rate of confirmation amount (%1 = 1.0) Number of the current collection letter Shows the on-hand inventory for the various inventory dimensions. Tertiary Load type, capacity or reservation Cost accounted Order confirmation Date of project end. Cash discounts Postpone Job scheduling Estimation Last date of transfer of periodic transactions. Purchaser Run time Allocation key, if any, according to which transaction is allocated. Transaction status Item number of the inventory item to be posted Report Transaction type that is attached to profit & loss account Item+Work center Account %1 is of type %2. File name Print file Date to end period Allocation key used for budget reduction as regards purchase level Counted Employee that the price applies to. Customer groups Approve Netherlands Receipt Key-figure accounts Key-figure account Quotation receipt Offset End job Misc. charges group that the customer is attached to. Deliver complete line? Return Project - Periodic posting Line discount group Previous month Routes Quantity that sales price and cost price are specified in and calculated for. Total good quantity reported as finished will be negative. Postpone margin Budget settlement Edit Specify inventory value Purchase header Element Cancel editing Volume Delete records based on user-defined criterion ID of customer transaction being paid. Principle Specify misc. charges group for the item in the module. Has the current invoice been printed? Inventory unit Fiscal year %1 does not exist. Date of payment Method of payment %1 does not exist. Payment specification for the selected payment. Description of the price/discount group Code for price/discount group Voucher date Quantity is not specified. No item number is specified. Posting date for physical item picking. Date of posting is not specified. Start date of period Date of update Feedback date Quotation date Date of settlement Voucher posting date. Date of the transaction that a collection letter is being issued for. Date interval %1 - %2 Date principle in case of exchange difference Customer is not specified. Customer balance Customer interest Vendor balance Vendor interest Sales order revenue Sales order consumption Sales order discount Sales order postage Sales order issue Customer account number Customer address Customer fax number Customer phone number Customer telex number Customer name or company name Customer group that the customer is attached to. Customer group that order/customer is attached to. Customer group that invoice is attached to. Customer group that confirmation is attached to. Customer group that transaction is attached to. Customer group that quotation is attached to. Customer account %1 does not exist. Order line has been moved. Order line has been deleted. Currency %1 does not exist. The individual allocation percentage of the total amount Change is not specified. Name of journal is not specified. Only the last active close may be canceled. Misc. charges on item cannot be used. Posting is not permitted in an opening period. Profit & Loss posting According to what settlement principle has the transaction been generated? A stopped period can be opened, but a closed period cannot. Is specification a percentage or an absolute amount? Has futures message been activated for the transaction? Has the voucher been posted to ledger? Is the action currently valid? Has item consumption been updated for cost accounted productions? Is the customer a one-time customer? Have further deliveries and invoicing been stopped for the customer? Has the current transaction been posted to sales value? Is the current transaction a credit? (no = debit)? Has a commission been calculated in the current invoice line? Have route jobs been generated for the production? Is consumption variable or constant? Is change specified in days, months or years? Is the job finished? Is the job locked for rescheduling? Has dispatching of job been canceled? Is the vendor a one-time supplier? Have further orders, deliveries and invoicing been stopped for the vendor? Is the line a production receipt? Is the line a BOM consumption? Is the line locked? Is operation finished? Is operation primary or secondary? Is the transaction generated automatically, based on budget allocation? Has the post been approved by the specified employee? Is the transaction open in terms of quantity? Has the transaction been cost accounted? Is the transaction a BOM line? Is the transaction financially open? Is the production locked for rescheduling? Has the record been transferred to the journal? Is the work center a group? Has the settlement been canceled? Is the item on hold for transactions? Factor is not specified. Factor/constant is not specified. Invoice proposal Invoice specification Invoice rounding Amount of invoice, incl. any sales tax Fixed misc. charges on purchase price, which are independent of quantity. Fixed misc. charges on price, applied once for each invoice. Fixed misc. charges on sales price, which are independent of quantity. Fixed misc. charges on cost price, which are independent of quantity. Enumerated text values Field is not specified. Ledger account %1 does not exist. Company accounts ID Abbreviation of the company accounts where the current line is to be offset. Warehouse proposal for the customer Warehouse proposal for the vendor Cost category proposal for quantity Cost category proposal for setup time Cost category proposal for run time Proposal for route group From date is later than To date. From inventory dimensions and To inventory dimensions must be different. Advance margin Packing slip date Packing slip number Packing slip update Fee account Giro number does not contain 7-8 significant digits. Group type: price, line discount, multiline discount and total discount BOM elements What is the purchase coverage planned for? Discounts to affect the calculation of commission Factor for conversion of the transactions (No conversion = 1.0) Order type Purchase type Module the invoice is generated in (Sales order, Project, or Accounts receivable). Module the packing slip is generated in (Sales order, Project, or Accounts receivable). When should minimum inventory be achieved? Illegal specification of account relation Illegal specification of item relation Is the item included in the calculation of a combined total discount? Purchase type in purchase line and purchase header is inconsistent. Intervals for categories A, B and C must equal 100 Job %1 has not been reported as finished Task can be run only by the user who ordered it (applicable only to client tasks) Table is not specified. Table the transaction refers to. Production the line refers to. Form processing Cash discount granted when payment is made before a given date. Journal number %1 does not exist. Journal is OK. Transaction type attached to the balance account Account that the fee is posted to Account that opening transactions are transferred to. Account reference %1 on order %2 does not exist. Account number %1 does not exist. Account number or account group Account number or account discount group The account number that the current accounting rules are attached to. Chart of accounts %1 does not exist. Cost group %1 does not exist. Cost value must be negative upon issue from inventory. Lowest requirement to be met when selecting. Vendor account %1 does not exist. Vendor group that the purchase is attached to. Vendor group that the vendor is attached to. Vendor group that the transaction is attached to. Job will be updated and subsequently printed. Queue time after must not be negative. Queue time before must not be negative. Inventory issue Inventory receipt Inventory turnover ratio Deliver now Name or company name of delivery address. Line number for sorting Remaining status of the line. List code to be used with the EU sales list. Lot ID is not specified. Primary operation is not specified. Employee to whom the record is attached. Employee identification. Employee who approves the transaction. Employee's tasks in the company. Minimum quantity operated with in the module Lowest unit of the present currency all amounts are rounded to. Minimum amount Module-specific item sales tax group Module that the current application object is attached to. May the physical inventory be negative? May the transaction be canceled? May interest be calculated on the transaction? May a collection letter be issued for the transaction? May transaction be settled automatically? May the transaction be edited manually as an open transaction? Measurement conversion factor for the depth dimension. Measurement conversion factor for the height dimension. Measurement conversion factor for the density dimension. Name of the reconciliation category that the current line is attached to. Name of customer who caused the collection letter Name of customer the interest note has been sent to. Address of customer to whom the interest note has been sent. Name of table referred to Name of table Department number. Cost center number. Number of the table that the current line is attached to. Number of the table that the current coverage plan is attached to. Number of the journal that generated the transaction. Number of the order, project, production, or purchase referred to Number of the record that the current coverage plan is attached to. Number of the document that generated the voucher. Number of the document that generated the transaction. Current column number. Number sequence %1 has been exceeded. Necessary work center property when processing the job. Necessary work center property when processing the operation. Cost category for time is not specified. Category that the line is attached to. Category that the transaction is attached to. Project that the transaction is attached to. Update ledger Update productions Cancel settlement Create attached purchase order Work center setup or creation date Setup time may not be negative. Set up method of payment Generate payments Sales order %1 has no invoice account reference for the customer table. Sales order %1 has no account reference for the customer table. Order that the current line is attached to. Discrepancy in order type between order line and order header Original start date with regard to periodic batch jobs Original start time with regard to periodic batch jobs Transfer balances to budget Transfer sales budget to ledger Transferred balance from ledger accounts. Lot %1 does not exist. Lot ID that the line is attached to. Lot ID attached to the production. Lot ID referred to. Lot ID that the settlement refers to. Period for %1 does not exist. Period for %1 is not open. Voucher transactions Account transactions As of date has not been specified. Close inventory up to Primary operation %1 does not exist. Production priority. Higher numbers have higher priority. Specify, in percentage, the job production progress. Process quantity must be greater than zero. Run time may not be negative. Backorder sales status for the production. Production group %1 does not exist. Production number is not specified. Production line %1 does not exist. Report layout Reference List Reference to data in table or external file Reference %1 does not exist. Change to item cost price? Interest percentage for revenue, for example an invoice or interest note Interest percentage for an expense, for example a credit note or payment Work center is not specified. Work center quantity must be greater than zero. Work center number is not specified. Route group definition applicable to the operation Route group is not specified. Sequence for information item. Invoice account reference %1 on order %2 does not exist. Purchase forecast Price/Discount type Price/Discount group type Rounding form BOM consumption Settlement model Weighted avg. Secondary 1 Secondary 2 Secondary 3 Secondary 4 Secondary 5 Route/job type Queue before Queue after Valid for Unprocessed Processed Planned order type Calculation expression Column type Current currency Current default currency Budget currency Budget default currency Cash flow forecast currency Cash flow forecast default currency Included Reported Adjustment type Settlement type Complete adjustment Adjustment of balance Specifications Codes Journal number Tax exempt number for extract of statistics. Number of units in each period. Session ID For program-internal loop-counter variables. Statistics procedure Name of application object. Current allocation level Number of the document that generated the transaction Origin Country/region of origin of the current inventory item Has the adjustment been posted to ledger? Trade Specify means of transport for the current order. Port ZIP/postal Code in delivery address. County of delivery address. Country/region of delivery address Specify transaction code for the current order line. ZIP/postal Code for delivery of the current purchase Country/region to be delivered to Specify transaction code for the current line. State that the current line is delivered to. Weight/unit Specify net weight per unit of the current item Number of units included in the current line Misc. charges on amount in order to arrive at gross amount Invoice number, if any, from which the current line originates. Packing slip, if any, from which the current line originates. Item number included in the current line Container transport Supplemental code for direction Extended statistics code Code describing the relation between the importer and exporter Delivery forms a part of the current agreement. Posting profile used as a default Port where current delivery is loaded. ZIP/postal Code pertaining to the delivery address. EU sales list Budget model number. Yes = include the amount, No = do not include the amount. ZIP/postal Code pertaining to the address County pertaining to the address Round off amount of invoice in the accounts payable module. County pertaining to the delivery address Country/region for delivery Specify state for delivery of the item Enter quantity Person responsible for the finishing of the application object. Inventory, Ledger posting Ledger posting setup First function on the calculation date concerning the start of the interval Second function on the calculation date concerning the start of the interval Action message Priority of the transaction: the lowest number has the highest priority Requirement date Include purchase forecast Include purchase forecast? Include sales forecast Posting profile being processed. Trade code Describe the current transaction code. Specify port for the current means of transport? Price/Discount Header Load diskette with payments Job must be called with a journal. Transaction has been returned on a packing slip and cannot be changed. Create serial numbers Ledger journals Stop Create journal Creates transactions in the counting journal based on on-hand inventory. Overview of sales price setup for costs. Test printout Customer %1 is stopped for %2. Voucher %1 has not been approved. Account %1 cannot be deleted because there are transactions in the account. Voucher %1 is out of the voucher series range. Date %1 is not in an open period. Journal %1 is being used by %2. Journal %1 is locked for posting. Journal %1 has already been posted. The unit of %1 %2 being posted to account %3 is outside the current penny rounding threshold. Value of %1 = %2 is not allowed in account %3. Account %1 is credited. Account %1 is debited. Quantity must be specified in both the purchase unit and the inventory unit in purchase line %1. Quantity must have same sign in both the purchase unit and the inventory unit in purchase line %1. Update has been canceled. Status date has been incorrectly updated. The field 'Value open' has been incorrectly updated. Closed date is incorrectly updated. Direction has been incorrectly updated. Receipt status has been incorrectly updated. Issue status has been incorrectly updated. The item number has not been correctly updated on the transaction. The operation number or vendor must be specified for line type %1. The deletion was stopped because the on-hand inventory contains Delete Deleting production is not allowed by production status. Discrepancy between purchase number in production line and purchase line. There are not %1 work centers in the group. Group cannot be deleted because it is used in the trade agreements. Canceled in function %1. Collection letter job There is an error in the file loaded. %1 transactions were loaded, but there must be %2. File name is not specified. File %1 already exists. Called without valid buffer. Offset voucher %2 in account %1 has not been approved. Offset voucher %2 in account %1 is closed. File %1 does not exist. Canceled by check in function %1. Specified purchase line has been moved. Continue Coverage planning of item %1 has been canceled because receipts meeting the requirement cannot be found. Class in function %1 not initialized. Unknown result of minimum requirement Negative on-hand inventory or on-hand inventory without a specified quantity cannot be adjusted. Copying has been interrupted. Quantity must be specified in both the posting unit and the inventory unit. Transaction must be a receipt. Update has been canceled. Date of posting must be greater than or equal to the financial date of the transaction. Close Adjust Adjust transactions No transactions have been specified. Adjustment of on-hand inventory There is no open quantity which the adjustment can be allocated to. Adjustment cannot be updated because the open quantity or value has been changed. On-hand inventory can be adjusted only on the date until which the inventory is closed. No on-hand inventory has been selected. For dimension %1, posted quantity should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, financial cost amount should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, picked should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, received should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, reserved physical should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, reserved ordered should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, ordered should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, on order should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, quotation issue should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. For dimension %1, quotation receipt value should be %2, but %3 have been incorrectly updated. Vendor %1 specified in the production line does not exist. Job network is in disorder. Unrecognized attachment between jobs Production is scheduled, but there are %1 unresolved conflicts. Job is locked. Consequently, start cannot be moved forward to date %1, time %2. Job is locked. Consequently, start cannot be moved back to date %1, time %2. Oper. No. is not specified. Oper. No. %1 has already been entered. Write to file %1. Find and replace Function is not supported. Method %1 must be overridden. Cannot find start of fiscal year for date %1. Inventory is already closed until %1. Editing has already been canceled. If you want to cancel the selected close, all subsequent closes must be canceled first. Close cannot be canceled because the on-hand inventory has subsequently been adjusted. If you want to cancel the selected close, all subsequent adjustments of the on-hand inventory must be canceled first. Only updates posted after the last close may be canceled. So, if you want to cancel the selected update, all subsequent closings must be canceled first Country/region is in EU, but invoice %1 is not included. Does not support %1. End date must be a closing date. The closing date of the year is %1. Date after %1 must be an opening date. Account for transferred result must be a balance sheet account. Total of the transactions in the year is not %1. Total is %1. Item %1 is included circularly in the bill of materials. Validate budgets Execute validation specified for the account concerning budgets? Customer payments, account length Number of characters in payment ID for account number concerning bank giro payments Maximum penny difference Specify maximum penny difference for settlements. Invoicing period Specify code that specifies the period between invoicing. Item number in forms Period between delivery and invoicing Invoice quantity. Total of the marked transactions is %1. The total must be 0 (zero). Skip zero Specify ledger account containing 100%. Account type cannot be changed from the transaction account when there are transactions on the account. Compress Form %1 requires an active buffer of type %2. Report bill of materials as finished. Transactions have already been selected. Counties Closed transactions Mark Transaction cannot be created because it already exists. Incorrect data field Empty Specification level in general ledger module. Specify state where the item originates from/is delivered to. Is the journal locked? Split post Budget model %1 is locked for %2. Currency code %1 is not specified in account %2. Ledger account %1 is locked. Ledger account %1 is of type %2. Period %1 is not open. Subpurchase for production line %1 does not exist. Parameter record does not exist. Status field in buffer for cash flow forecast is not specified. Voucher %1 has not been posted because of the above-mentioned error. Journal number is not specified. Offset voucher %2 does not exist in account %1. Transaction %1 does not exist. Purchase %1 has no account reference for the vendor table. Account reference %1 for purchase %2 does not exist. Purchase %1 has no invoice account reference for the vendor table. Invoice account reference %1 in purchase %2 does not exist. Currency code %1 for purchase %2 does not exist. Transaction cannot be adjusted because the quantity financially open is zero. If the general ledger module is not updated, differences arise between the inventory and the general ledger modules. Adjustment %1 does not exist. Number sequence error when picking purchase order number Function %1 has been used incorrectly. Job exceeds the maximum job lead time of %1 days. File %1 could not be opened. Buffer for call of %1 is not specified. Item %1 is not a bill of materials. An unknown sorting criterion was used and sorting has, therefore, been canceled. Copy purchase File cannot be opened. Compression is possible for only one month at a time. Group Item number cannot be changed when item transactions have been generated. Delete line and create a new one with the new A critical error has occurred in function %1. Class %1 cannot be instantiated. Ledger class not initialized when calling %1. Post now Parameters are incorrectly set up. Update quantity Updating has been interrupted because there is an inventory transaction with the status %1. ABC classification Transfer terms of payment from invoice account? Deletion has been canceled Select company accounts Date of posting is incorrect. Calculation has been canceled. Override dimension Project that the budget transaction is attached to. Project that the line is attached to. Project %1 already exists. Project the on-account transaction is attached to. Project to which the price is attached. Project group that the project is attached to. Summary number for finished-item transactions Safety margin for estimation of order date. Safety margin Are projects with this status to be chargeable? Search for posting with project or category as first choice? Consider customer credit note as correction to invoice? Consider sales credit note as correction to invoice? Consolidate the companies' budgets? Delete old transactions in Intrastat. Compress selected Intrastat transactions. Illegal production reference Illegal reference %1 is of account type %2 Physical updating quantity in the inventory unit %1 must be other than zero. Physical updating quantity in the unit %1 must be other than zero. Physical updating quantity in the unit %1 must have the same sign as the quantity in the inventory unit %2. Decimal rounding of the physical updating quantity in the inventory unit %1 is incorrect. Decimal rounding of the physical updating quantity in the unit %1 is incorrect. Physical remaining quantity in the inventory unit %1 must be other than zero. Physical remaining quantity in the unit %1 must be other than zero. Physical remaining quantity in the unit %1 must have the same sign as the remaining in the inventory unit %2. Decimal rounding of the physical remaining quantity in the inventory unit %1 is incorrect. Decimal rounding of the physical remaining quantity in the unit %1 is incorrect. Window must be called with a table. Split quantity Split quantity must have the same sign as the transaction. Standard order quantity Standard order quantity or series size used in the module Start date is not specified. Sales order Fixed assets Create or update chart of accounts. Print chart of accounts. Ledger transactions in chronological order. Journal list Balances List transactions in chronological order Opening transactions Update and report data for INTRASTAT Journalizing Adjust ledger accounts at current exchange rates Set up intercompany accounts for transactions in other company accounts. Create or update miscellaneous account numbers to be used for automatic transactions. Set up financial statements Compose financial statement rows for use with financial statements. Set up parameters for the general ledger module. Enter free-text invoice Customer table Open Specify invoice with contribution margin, etc. Print account statement Reconciliation between customers and summary accounts in ledger List of updated quotations List of updated confirmations List of updated packing slips List of collection letters List of interest notes Exchange adjustment of customer transactions that are open on a Considered date. Interest calculation Price/Discount Edit price and discount groups. Terms Create and update terms of delivery. Create and update modes of delivery. Create or update terms of payment. Payment of vendors Reconciliation between vendors and summary accounts in ledger List of updated invoices Exchange adjustment of vendor transactions that are open on a Considered date. Edit vendor groups and link to control accounts in ledger. Edit interest rates and link to control accounts in ledger. Create or update sales order Order headers, including information Print order lines that have been delivered, but not invoiced. List of sales order lines in backorder Table Create or update purchase order Forecast/Forecast Print budgeted and realized revenue Customers Specific General Specified Logistics ABC classification Create or update cost groups for BOM calculations. Profit Percentages Create or update warehouses. Create or update inventory units. Create or update conversion table between units. Set up and update business statistics. Gantt chart List of productions Transactions - Project Transactions - Hour On-account invoice Change project number. Create or update project journal names. Change of employee number System log Locations Create or update journals. List of all tasks within the job Start up the computer as a batch server. Create or update currencies and exchange rates Create or update country/region codes Check the internal structure of the database, incl. error correction Administrator Configuration Screen Balance sheet posting Status that the line is attached to. Status of transactions in this journal Greatest possible value for the current number sequence. Least possible value for the current number sequence. Total of good and error quantity may not be zero. Total of misc. charges for confirmation in lines and header Text to appear on the on-account invoice. For temporary storage of CSV For temporary storage of text. To hours must be greater than zero. To date in column with period type From-To. From date in column with period type From-To. Relation of table ID %1 with table ID %2 is unknown. Item commodity code Total costs Transaction number attached to settlement transactions Transit time may not be negative. Type (source) for requirement Settlement period must be within a fiscal year Print details Print journal Print an account statement for the selected account. Print report Print the current confirmation with the original print management parameters Print cost categories with relevant data. Unrecognized journal transaction Inventory transactions are not supported for this posting. Currency for amount in foreign currency Currency that prices/discounts are expressed in. Currency specified in the confirmation Currency used for invoicing Currency to be used for invoicing Currency specified on the invoice. Currency normally used by vendor for invoicing Currency for invoicing of transaction. Currency in which the project is invoiced. Currency expressed in the quotation Currency code %1 in order %2 does not exist. Currency code %1 has no exchange rate. Discrepancy between currency code in the purchase line and the purchase header. Discrepancy between currency code in the order line and the order header. Item that the conversion formula applies to. Item group that the budget transaction is attached to. Item code (item, group, all) Account code (account, group, all) Item code (item number, item discount group, all) Item %1 is on hold. Item allocation percentage of the total quantity. Item number %1 does not exist in the inventory table. Item number or item group Item number or item discount group Item number that the parameters apply to. Item type (item, BOM, service) Variable scrap percentage (must be specified in percent) Set up parameters for the inventory management module Edit the terms of the cash discount with related ledger accounts. Set up parameters for the accounts receivable module. Set up parameters for the accounts payable module. Edit company name and related information. Set up the ledger posting table. Does the transaction concern items that have been returned on an invoice? Does the transaction concern items that have been returned on a packing slip? Show all transactions. Shows all settlement transactions attached to the transaction. Create, update and configure configurations for the item. Shows unposted transactions in account, from all daily journals. Value that the dimension applies to. Value %1 is not valid. Change category Change the type of an item Open-transaction editing in several currencies. Calculate liquidity in the individual currency. Transfer the closing balance of one year to the opening balance of another. Edit and report data for the EU sales list. Create or update commodity codes for Intrastat. Consolidation of other companies requires that 'Yes' is selected for consolidated. Create or update number sequences. Customer transactions, that is, invoices, payments, etc. Register and post invoices that have been received, but not posted. Approve and post invoices that were previously posted, but not approved. Purchase with the date of forms and totals Print a comparison of the inventory forecast from two periods. Sales budget to ledger Transfer sales budget to ledger budget, that is, sales and consumption ABC categorize items according to selected model Batch tasks Translation Export database. Import database. Total of invoice line amounts, incl. line discount Total of line amounts, incl. line discount Cash discount code for subsequent approval. Purpose number. Job number Customer invoice discount File path and name. Transaction type Specifies whether an open transaction has been corrected. Invoice number, if any, from which the current line originates. Value of the invoice in default currency Number of the reporting (one total update). Initialization job Mobile phone number Route transaction type Arrival Route card Job card AND OR Unknown Production journal type. Addressee - Enter address and ZIP/postal Code; the rest will be inserted if the postal code exists in the postal code table. Offset account used when posting costing to the ledger. Receipt account used when posting costing to the ledger. Cost category attached to the feedback Route transactions Routing journal transactions BOM journal transactions Production journal table Journal table Invoice %1 Country/region %1 is not established as an EU Member State. Delete Delete period %1, status %2? A closed period cannot be reopened. Interest job Misc. charges code %1 does not exist. Normal Credit limit exceeded: Balance before %1, Invoice %2, Balance after %3, Credit limit %4 There is no amount to allocate. Journal %1 does not exist. Journal has already been posted and, consequently, is not open. Function %1 has been canceled. Cancel interest note Post interest note Interest note %1 has already been posted. From customer Posting profile Print interest note Posting has been canceled. 100% Account %1 does not exist. Note cancellation date Number sequence from which the current interest note number originates Is the line which made the reservation locked? Offset account used when posting WIP to the ledger Receipt account used when posting WIP to the ledger Voucher number used in costing in the general ledger module Amount posted to ledger Date of WIP posting to ledger WIP date Voucher number used when posting WIP to the ledger Date used when posting costing to the ledger Period start date may not be changed in the interval %1 - %2. Enter new period between the two dates %1 - %2. Period must lie between the two dates %1 - %2. The start date must be the day after last day of the last year or the end date must be a day before the first year of the calendar End date must come after start date. Save changes? Journal %1 is locked by user. Journal %1 is locked by system. Journal %1 is not locked by system. Update has been canceled because of an error. Intercompany posting with %1 missing. Transactions in an opening period are not allowed. Interest note is not specified. Contact information Groupings Inventory model ABC Item coverage Related accounts Inventory quantity Lots Return Work center alternative Scrap Default values Payment specification Settlement status Payment account Bridging account Smallest Largest Other External reference Method of payment Payment per Bridging posting More Marked Scrap type Route number Route code Route relation Process qty. Consolidated Period balance Debit accumulated Credit accumulated Ledger and sales tax Sequence Identification of item configuration. Selected Company address Collection letter sequence Interest and collection letter Date of the account statement Multiple Date of price First Order activation Purchase activation Inventory activation Production activation Expand ID Derived Locked by system Lot ID referred to at higher BOM level. Discount principle State in a country/region State State name State of delivery address. Identification of state. Specifies a county within a state in the current country/region. Identify a country/region. Identify ZIP/postal Code district. Item identification Bank accounts Copy from production %1. Copy from bill of materials %1. Copy from route %1. Invoice account List code Scheduling Production type Production qty. Bill of materials %1 does not exist. Show balance Create Daily journal transactions Configuration %1 does not exist for item number %2. Shows total accounts that the account is included in. User who has locked the journal. Date of creation Journal voucher series Orderer Edit lot reservations Document Sales tax code Code that identifies the sales tax. Percentage or amount per unit Minimum sales tax Minimum sales tax amount charged. Maximum sales tax Minimum limit Lower limit for sales tax calculation. Upper limit Upper limit for sales tax calculation. Pct. exempt from sales tax Portion of sales tax which may not be deducted Special rounding-off for sales tax Origin from which sales tax is calculated Marginal base Basis of sales tax limits. Method of calculation Specifies whether sales tax is calculated for entire amounts or for an interval. Name of sales tax settlement period. Account group Name of ledger posting group for sales tax. Write on invoice Write marking on invoice. Print code Code printed on invoice Sales tax amount per invoice line Sales tax is specified per invoice line. Sales tax on total Sales tax is specified on invoice total. Sales tax on sales tax Sales tax is based on this other sales tax Unit for calculating per-unit amount Taxable purchases Field number for reporting taxable purchases Use sales tax module as US tax system Sales tax module is not processed as a value-added system, but only as tax on sales according to the U.S. method. Sales tax group Name of sales tax group. Use tax State States Sales tax code in the item sales tax group Item sales tax group Full name of item sales tax group Authority Authority that period sales tax is reported to Version number for reporting sales tax for period Account number of sales tax authority. Sales tax receivable Sales tax payable Account number for sales tax payable Use tax expense Amount origin Original amount that the sales tax is calculated from. User group Mandatory configuration Item alternative Route %1 does not exist. Table group Inventory calculation transactions Inventory calculation table Sales tax group %1 does not exist. Item sales tax group %1 does not exist. Financial Sales tax code %1 does not exist. Price calculation Sales tax codes in the group Item sales tax groups Price calculation has been canceled Default configuration Price quantity Min. order quantity Start date cannot be changed because there are transactions in the period. End date cannot be changed because there are transactions in the period. Stop explosion Vendor %1 is stopped for %2. Start date is within the existing interval. End date is within the existing interval. There is an interval between the start and finish date. Temporary sales tax transactions Order account Physical quantity All/Selected Order administrator Discount/Misc. charges Production status %1 does not allow updating. Production status %1 does not allow deletion. Origin of transaction. Quantity that the calculation of sales tax is based on Calculated sales tax Sales tax to be included in the cost price Sales tax is automatically calculated or specified by user. Calculated Production status %1 does not allow reporting as finished. Has the journal been reported as ready? Has approval of the journal been rejected? Reported as ready by Journal %1 has not been approved Delivery name Voucher series Posted by Posted on State for delivery Closed date Reopen Production status %1 does not allow posting the journal. Last settlement Mandatory Opening account External account Consolidation account Crediting Production status %1 does not allow inventory update. Minimum is greater than maximum. Both dates in the period must be filled in. Date interval cannot be created because rows have been created without dates. The interval limits are overlapping an already defined interval. \nTwo amount intervals must be disjoint. Module status Debit % Production status %1 does not allow releasing. Production status %1 does not allow start. Production status %1 does not allow job scheduling. Production status %1 does not allow operations scheduling. Transfer vendor information? Document status Voucher series used Parameters have already been created. Fixed item sales tax group of the company accounts Inventory journal table First ledger account where transactions may be posted. Last ledger account where transactions may be posted. Profit & Loss, balance sheet or all. Bank account that payment is made from Bank account that payment is made to From bank To bank Route network Inventory journal lines Production status %1 of subproduction %2 does not allow change of quantity. The referenced work center cannot comply with the work center quantity requirement of the route. Identify financial statement. Name of the financial statement. Specifies whether or not a cover page should be printed. Date interval Production status %1 does not allow copying. Copying is not allowed from the same bill of materials. Copying is not allowed from the same route. Ledger balance Base operation of operation number %1 for item %2 does not exist. Transfer balances Date updated BOM line qty. replaced Date scheduled Settlement accounts In which periods is the current period specified? BOM quantity Consumption calculation Subcontractor Group authorized to approve the journal Finish Times Misc. charges on cost Bank BOM lines BOM position Payment status Amount of rate difference Date of import Specify account for intercompany posting. Setup category Run time category File generated on Create or update misc. charges groups Customer settlement Open invoice transactions Rejected by Item allocation transactions BOM calculation transactions Job for reversal of status has been canceled. Production status %1 does not allow reversal of status. Mark the journal as private or public. Journal is approved for posting. Report the journal as ready for approval. Report as ready Internet address WWW address for Internet homepage. Address Packing slip offset Production status %1 has no prior status. Status may not be reset for production with the production status %1. BOM/route Feedback of error quantity cannot be made for jobs of type %1. Feedback of good quantity cannot be made for jobs of type %1. Feedback of hours cannot be made for jobs of type %1. Route transaction has already been cost accounted. Feedback of quantity can be made only for primary operations. Production status %1 does not allow calculation. Production status %1 does not allow price calculating. Configuration rules Configuration selection Reverse items that have been reported as finished Reverse material consumption Reverse reservations Reverse derived productions Unreconciled Closing accounts Reconciled Desired status City Production %1 already has %2 status. Status cannot be forwarded for %1 production. Company telex number. Company WWW address. Debit amount in given currency. Credit amount in given currency. Sorting has been canceled Exchange adjustment amount Amount of the transaction exchange adjustment. Ledger accounts - WIP Ledger accounts - Costing WIP account Currency that the sales tax is expressed in and must be paid in. Accounts - WIP Accounts - Costing Fixed sales tax group of company accounts in item line/journal line Set up posting control for journal. Route times Route cost categories Finite capacity Finite property Group work centers Read BOM date BOM number Bill of materials used when creating production Route used when creating production Quantity not yet reported as finished Reference number Item type cannot be changed to %1 because inventory value has been posted for the item. First set inventory value to 0. Create a new voucher number in the journal. Updating on-hand inventory Route overlap Changes in amount Amount = Amount * Ledger account number %1 does not exist. Physical date Estimated date Packing slip return Invoice return Physical voucher Physical account Physical offset account Coverage code Coverage period The journal is rejected because it contains errors. Reject Job %1 was called without a table. Country/region Ledger posting - WIP Ledger posting - Costing Posting WIP Posting - financial Sales tax codes Sales tax groups Sales tax settlement periods Bank account codes Posted Voucher journal table Physical reduction Automatic BOM consumption Automatic route consumption From Oper. No. To Oper. No. Invoice remainder Accounts - financial Accounts - physical Available physical Reserved physical Reserved ordered Customer - Collection letter number Customer - Collection letter voucher Mandatory warehouse Requirement sorting Sales/purchase statistics Purchase parameters Sales parameters Sales tax authority %1 does not exist. Futures days Action days Action quantity Description of statistics Examination of business statistics data Statistic %1 does not exist. Total discount % Fixed receipt price Max. order quantity Inventory, fixed receipt price profit Inventory, fixed receipt price loss Fixed receipt price profit Order posting Fixed receipt price loss Inventory posting Delivery location Ledger journal name Date of the final journal entry Journal type Method BOM copying Form %1 requires an active type %2 class. Routing number Locked by Sales tax codes in item sales tax group Journal name %1 does not exist. Requested production status Print route card Print route card? Print route job Print route job? Fixed receipt price value Production journal Schedule references Synchronize references Finite material Cancel setup Cancel process Cancel overlap Cancel transport Cancel queue time Reserve now Configuration group %1 does not exist. Copy BOM Form %1 requires an active type %2 or %3 buffer. Check Bank statement number. Prefix Specify the character that separates fields. Separator Address format Name of part of the address. Name of account in financial institution. Delete checks Type %1 if you want to delete Payment reversal Payment reference Financial cost amount Financial date Financial voucher Financially closed Scheduled start/end Realized start/end Feedback A B C Date interval Show data Business statistics data Value must be greater than or equal to 0. One-time supplier ABC model %1 is unknown Class %1 requires an active type %2 class Total value is 0.00 %1. Window must be called with parameters. Creation of check Physical cost amount Only a sales tax code that is limited by amount incl. sales tax is allowed. Only a sales tax code calculated from all amounts, incl. all other sales tax amounts, is allowed. Separate the current field with a forced return? Check Production %1 is already specified in the report. Estimation for production %1 has been canceled. Multiline discount % Deliver remainder Identify address format. Name of address format. Amount entered in the journals includes sales tax Note for reference transaction Record ID of document value table record, which is the key to the document. Brief description of the current document Type Document references ID of table which contains the reference transaction. Reference table ID Reference record ID Document code New Options Print Attach Document types Create or edit document types. Description of the current document type. Code for the current document type is used as a reference. Directory, if any, in case the file is not in the archive, but reference is made to it. File name of file saved in archive File type of file saved in archive Document type that the table belongs to. ID of table that data is to be retrieved from. Document tables Table ID Query ID of the field in the table that data is to be retrieved from. Type that the field belongs to. Field ID for query Used if a specific field sequence is necessary. Document fields Table ID of table that can refer to the document type. Name of bookmark, variable, etc. in the template used External program Data value Alternative configuration is used in order entry. Export document types and actions to comma-separated value file. Import document types and actions from comma-separated value file. Set document type Set the document management system for these company accounts. Options Document handling List of references to the active form Link User setup of the Document handling Show transactions with references to the current document. Share Function %1 has been called without a record ID for the document reference transaction. Function %1 has been called without reference to the referencing transaction. Calculated sales tax amount. Sales tax amount Document file counter Last payment Check number Inventory proposal Inventory consumption Used discount Unused discount Test print Void Collection letters Interest notes Canceled payments Days, payments Latest collection letter Collection letter amount Latest interest note Amount of interest Highest balance Average invoice Period statistics Determines whether to show the type when creating a new document reference. Form %1 requires an active buffer. One-time customer account One-time customer account used for one-time customers Illegal start quantity Address type Work center issues UPS zone Credit rating Customer credit rating. Statistics group Does the owner belong to a minority? Minority owned Is the owner a woman? Woman owner Configuration table Inventory transaction Identification of UPS zone. Grouping for the purpose of statistics. Automatic consumption, run time Automatic consumption, setup time Automatically report quantity as finished Period code Route-reported Information Create closing period on %1 Sales tax values Divide period Sales tax Show quotation Check number method Free Check layout Print bank name? Bank name Print bank number? Bank number Print company name? Print company logo? Company logo Name of bitmap file with logo Company logo name Print bank account number? Print A code? A code B code C code Route consumption journal Specify the number of the column in which the account or dimension should be printed in balances. Specifies the number of columns to be printed for a logical column when moving out totals. Number of columns Item reserving Scrap method Delete fiscal year %1 - %2. Show invoice Specify whether opening transactions are to be included in the balance. Sales tax cannot be calculated. Print C code? Signature 1 Print signature? Signature 2 Calculation number Show confirmation Bank transaction type. Bank deposit Closing balance Opening balance BOM versions Form %1 must be called with a table containing a BOM number. Limitations To date is earlier than From date. Synchronize database Route versions Sales tax limits Set up start After Form note Specify default address format when entering addresses. Internal account statement Vendor account statement Customer interest note Customer collection letter 1 Customer collection letter 2 Customer collection letter 3 Customer collection letter 4 Customer collection letter 5 Function %1 has been incorrectly called. Reported as finished offset account Picking list offset account Issue offset account Receipt offset account Limitation Set up job scheduling Height * Constant Height * Width * Constant Height * Width * Depth * Constant (Height * Width * Depth/Density) * Constant Form has not been called with a customer Max. scan Allocation in model Set up estimation Set up release Last settlement voucher Set up report as finished Reverse Derived purchases Derived production Items reported as finished Set up Reverse status Set up price calculation Form %1 requires an active class. Transfer realized balances to the budget Form %1 must be called with a table containing an item number. Item %1 may not have routes. Report operation as finished WIP voucher Costing voucher Operations minus tax End date Actual start date Actual start time Actual end date Actual end time Job number type Primary job number Secondary job number Job identification Quantity category Return cost price Specifies default native country/region in connection with addresses. Customer/Vendor Misc. charges category Debit type Debit posting Credit posting Form has not been called with a vendor Import payments Description of the method of payment. Collection letter sequence has not been established for customer %1, collection letter code %2, currency %3, posting profile % Voucher number %1, %2 Generate collection letter for transaction? Issue collection letter Specifies whether the application object should be expanded from a code, if possible. Expand Errors detected Sales tax Processing date Route date Order line Sales tax direction Specify whether sales tax calculated on the account is sales tax or use tax. No specification is given as to whether the BOM and/or route should be copied. Route number to copy to is not specified. BOM number to copy to is not specified. There are no work centers in work center group %1. Set up columns for ledger balances Purchase calendar Fulfill minimum Action date Futures date Overdelivery Underdelivery Purchase line Coverage planned for Issue margin Receipt margin Coverage status Route updating Ledger account for posting use tax Sales tax - currency Journal type must be %1. Set up operations scheduling Inventory journal names Cost price total Sales price total Cost amount misc. charges Sales amount misc. charges Actual cost amount Consumption per unit Misc. charges amount Form was called incorrectly. Purchase unit Include the notes? Journal contains %1 vouchers and %2 lines with errors. Journal has not been posted. Sales tax payment version Summary BOM inquiry Complete BOM calculation Customer reference One-time customer Calculated sales tax amount Customer payment Vendor disbursement Only one transaction may be created in %1. Creation has been canceled. Has the transaction been posted? Voucher has already been posted. Transaction has already been posted. Payment schedule Free text invoice Fixed quantity Number of intervals (months, days) after the first due date Number of payment installments included in the plan Amount per payment Ledger - Items Ledger - Work centers Work center issues, offset account Production creation Mandatory cost category for quantity Mandatory cost category for hours Production route Production journals Packing slip must be specified for purchase %1 Invoice must be specified for purchase %1 Rules Derived group Derived configuration Session log Lot ID Qty. change Payment journal Check number Batch group Fixed amount Number of payments Number of units Number of periods between due dates Designated transactions Form has not been called with a ledger account. Recursive Trade code %1 does not exist. Last exchange adjustment Last receipt Last purchase Last positive correction Last shipment Last negative correction Quantity available List of all active, locked and released numbers in the current series No item number is specified. Journal control Create or update transaction texts Scheduling method Geography Container Current agreement Partial consignment Offset account proposal for journal lines Deselect Selection of specific orders Calculate cash flow forecasts Sequence number Code for method of payment concerning customer payment Delete purchase order line invoiced in total Date of reconciliation Create checks Date of payment Account identification Unique identification of account. Identification of collection letter sequence. Lot ID for the production not specified Primary tax exempt number Code used for reporting to the authorities. Packing slip journal Default sales price Sales tax calculation method Whole amount Percentage of net amount Percentage of gross amount Percentage of sales tax Amount per unit Net amount per unit Net amount per line Net amount of invoice balance Gross amount per unit Transfer invoice to EU sales list Invoice total incl. other sales tax amounts Check EU sales list Gross amount per line Module which sales tax is attached to Corrected Purchase invoice Order invoice Sales tax payment Sales tax direction Sales tax receivable Sales tax payable Tax-free purchase Tax-free sale Sales tax transaction Amount in currency. Percentage/Amount Posted sales tax Include the transaction in the calculation of interest? Due date of the transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Online Extract data from subsidiaries to external comma-separated value files Currency code for journal line or invoice Amount of interest Property scheduling for work center groups is not possible Language texts Separator StartStart EndEnd EndStart StartEnd Bookmark Example Submodel Specifies whether the model is a main model or a submodel Recalculate price Currency code must be specified ABC models Information Today's date Name of the bank account code Specify whether normal transactions are to be included in the balance. Specify whether closing transactions are to be included in the balance. Include closing Include normal Include opening Percentage column Use factor Cost accounted amount IIP/WIP amount Bank statement Active Account 100 pct. Function %1 was called with an illegal value. Address application object Check status Date format Investment tax Production offset account, work center issue Production offset account, scrap Main line Update orders Update On-hand inventory has already been selected. Base data, Production Days Months Days, Months, or Years Create or update sales tax codes Sales tax authorities Misc. charges type Ledger posting groups Application module Sales & Marketing Included in sales tax groups Included in item sales tax groups Country/region type Overlaps with version with the interval %1-%2 Wage type Module, Customer or Vendor Multiline purchase Business statistics Proposal by cash discount Proposal by due date Period type Discount level BOM sorting Item account Specifies whether sales tax on invoice is calculated per line or on invoice total. Currency code %1 is without exchange rate after %2. Period interval Validate user Validate dimension Validate currency code Our, your or both Value criterion Terms of payment Field number for reporting taxable sales Update run time from %1 to %2. Taxable sales Taxable import Field number for reporting taxable import Delete orders Field number for reporting tax-free sales Field number for reporting tax-free purchases When an order is deleted, it is marked as voided. Voided Mark whether the order has been voided Field number for reporting sales tax on purchases Use tax Field number for reporting use tax Offset use tax Field number for reporting offset use tax When a purchase is deleted, it is marked as voided. Mark whether the purchase has been voided. Date dimension Delete check Item identification cannot be changed when inventory transactions have been generated. Delete fiscal year Unspecific or specific Checks exist in the interval with status other than %1. An incorrect text has been entered. Sales tax group, if any, for specification of sales tax on the current budget transaction. Is the invoice for a one-time customer? Length of payment identification in bank. Payment ID length Correct field Model %1, date %2, comment %3 Code printed on the voucher. Submodel %1 refers to another submodel. Budget model cannot refer to itself. Function %1 has been called with the wrong table. Company ZIP/postal Code Budget model %1 is a submodel of model %2. Delivery ZIP/postal Code Name of the financial statement rows Ledger date Load in pct. Binary Unknown production status Date 1980 Automatic purchase on the basis of %1 is not supported. Customer requisition Decimals Efficiency in percentage Property value Unit quantity Invoice No. Allocation percentage Allocation value Packing slip No. Street name Street No. Aisle Bank giro number Purchase pool Purchase misc. charges Label text shown in the user interface Inventory factor Buffer not specified for call of %1 Ledger reference Descending User group authorized to record voucher in the journal. Reference type that generated the reservation Number of the reference that created the reservation Advanced Marked for deletion Today's date + procurement time Journal lines Validate journal Period, in number of days from today's date, where planned BOM is to be exploded. Explosion time fence Period, in number of days from today's date, where the planned BOM is to be capacity-scheduled. Capacity time fence Period, in number of days from today's date, during which created planned orders may not be changed. Freeze time fence Period, in number of days from today's date, until which inventory is coverage planned. Coverage time fence Requested purchase number Purchase has been created in purchase number %1. Time fences Main record ID Record ID of table referred to Requirement calculation of production %1 Requirement calculation of order %1 Update reference list Select planned order to be firmed. Journal name, Production Account reference Allow negative picking in physical inventory when posting? Automatically reduce item consumption to physical inventory in case of stockout? Firming date Quantity, amount or cost value Accept missing feedback for work center and item consumption. Last production reported as finished The account has been reconciled and check %1 cannot be canceled. Unit must be specified when the origin is based on a unit. Sales tax code must be specified when the origin is based on a different sales tax. Vendor is not specified. CBS code Title BOM level System ID System account name Production group Production pool Log text Measurement dimension Commission rate Note line Number sequence code Key value Interest percentage Rack Route level Order number Param. int Param. name Alternative No. Param. text Project relation Employee or item number. Period start Person ID Scheduling percentage Transaction status code Checklist item Validate voucher only Validates the current voucher. Updating journal Misc. charges value Education Item number, item group or item discount group Deposit slip Auto-update Is the production updated automatically? Journal ID cannot be changed after the transaction has been created. Group dimension, which may be used when consolidating. Function %1 has been called by search without a block. Function %1 has been called by searches with various blocks. Function %1 has been called by an uninitialized class. Allocation terms Settlement terms Job ID cannot be changed after the transaction has been created. Production may not be changed after the transaction has been created. Accumulated quantity In connection with balance Is the approval system activated? Bank transactions Price calculation can be activated only from form %1. After journal Before journal Account reconciliation Cost price per unit when calculating the standard series amount Sales price per unit when calculating the standard series amount Cost amount per unit of the top item Variable item contribution to one unit of the top item Constant item contribution to the top item Sales amount per unit of the top item Column text Text describing the column Date in X dimension Cannot delete transaction. SWIFT code Misc. charges code Additional quantity Counter Document value Liquidity cash flow forecast +/Net weight Production journal transactions All/User All/Unreconciled/Reconciled All/Open/Posted Balance as on Forecast type Purchase accounts Active/All Show open only Transactions/Budget Price base Discount base Read/Write Receipt/Expenditure Voucher number %1 imbalances with %2 Commission item group Commission customer group Commission sales group Commission sales rep. Customer relation Customer code Sales rep. relation Sales rep. code Sales group Commission group Sales, commission Sales, commission offset Commission offset Period in days from today's date, where planned orders are to be firmed automatically. Firming time fence Sales groups Firming Freeze Validate posting Method of payment is not specified Account for payment of sales tax Account number for sales tax receivable Settlement account Transfer to journal Function %1 must be called with an enumerated text type. Voucher %1 has not been transferred. Remittance lines Line details Select one of the defined dimensions. Change model? Change account? Change dimension? Transferred by Transferred on Transfer date of voucher. The marginal base must be calculated upon total because the sales tax calculation principle is total on invoice. Method of calculation may not be %1 when sales tax codes exist where the marginal base is calculated upon line or unit. Positive lines Negative lines Price adjustment Discount adjustment Latest corrections Corrections By dimension Delete not allowed. Use cancel. Generate budget transactions Allocate selected budget transactions? Group number %1 does not exist at level %2. Level %1 does not contain any groups. Number of attempts to allocate budget transactions that are created during allocation. Item data Total cost amount Total sales amount Error in container in function %1 Index %1 does not exist in group %2. Coverage group Item coverage groups Item coverage - Setup Necessary property when producing the item Quantity independent misc. charges on sales for the line Configuration proposed for item transactions Negative inventory Box code on the 1099 form that the total amount is posted to. Unit price 1099 box Report 1099 Create 1099 form for purchase from vendor. Federal Tax ID Registration number with federal authorities for 1099 reporting. Number of series contributing with constant misc. charges Amount to be reported in 1099. Date of 1099 reporting. Reporting date Minimum amount Minimum amount to be reported Physical update Financial update Status date Transactions on item Shows inventory transactions on the lot. 1099 report number Number of the 1099 report. Number of program sequences 1099 amount Reporting year Calendar year for 1099 reporting Reporting on 1099 forms Financial open Show only financially open Variable cost contribution Constant cost contribution Minimum amount for 1099 reporting Total cost price per unit Variable sales contribution Constant sales contribution Field number on 1099 form to be printed when reporting. Box number Account number references Import ZIP/postal Codes Alt. address Default currency On-hand Shows on-hand inventory in relation to the current transaction. Physical inventory Budget date Sales price - Allocation on cost groups Cost price - Allocation on cost groups Sales prices Purchase prices Cost prices Journal line Offset account type Error in setup of payment schedule %1 for invoice %2 Payment schedule %1 has not allocated %2, update is canceled. Companies Ledger transaction list 100% Manual Misc. charges allocation Configuration rule method Vendor settlement Set up cash flow forecasts Included in total accounts Round off order Round off purchase Default journal name used for type when nothing else is specified. Default journal names Credit rating of vendor. AmountQuantity Amount must be positive. Credit type Requisition Exclude Specify amount Reconcile account Account specified: Balances of periods Select value Physical update of the transaction is not possible. Intermediate dimension Journal Total debit Total credit Consider vendor credit note as correction to invoice? Account number of ledger account with credit intercompany accounting. Copy lines Check layout Marked transactions exist. Remove them? Ledger account for posting unrealized currency exchange rate profit. Unrealized profit Ledger account for posting unrealized exchange loss for the currency. Unrealized loss Realized loss Realized profit General round-off Document management Tools Bank reconciliation Ledger journal Journal names, Inventory Price calculation Journal lines, Inventory From date Adjust profit & loss accounts Adjust balance sheet accounts Original document Check Printed 1099 forms Payment by check Consolidation, Export Consolidation, Import Consolidation, Online Purchase slip Currency for the transaction Check number is not filled in Activate price/discount Select configuration Summary order Number of blank checks Group similar inventory transactions. Several configurations with the given values exist. Select one. Account has been reconciled and payment %1 cannot be canceled. Account number is not specified. NSF Several configurations exist. Select one. Split Print checks Total currency requirement Requirement per currency General ledger Profit & Loss accounts Account for transfer of year-end result Transfer method Check %1 already exists. The job has been canceled. Quantity is not specified. Next number must lie between lowest and highest number. Highest number must be greater than lowest number. Other party Max. levels Specify maximum number of BOM levels allowed Forecast purchase for the current item group Forecast turnover for the current item Default item allocation key Selected Page %1 Is the transaction a cancellation of a previous adjustment? Summary purchase Show packing slip Closing and adjustment One-time vendor account used for one-time supplier One-time vendor account Firm Purchase number %1 is already in use. Posting profile is taken from Updating is not specified Specify whether field contains the same characters as the previous separator. Special ISO Company phone number. Company extension, if any. Company mobile phone number, if any. Company fax number. Company e-mail address. Company registration number. Company tax exempt number. Illegal posting combination The specified definition group has already been created. Sales tax address Address type that determines sales tax zone because item changes owners Journal approval Account relation should not be specified. Currency amount Check table Customer bank accounts Customer - Payment schedules Customer parameters Interest fees Collection letter setup Collection letter transactions Document management parameters Ledger parameters Vendor bank accounts Payment schedule lines Vendor parameters Inventory texts Inventory parameters Price parameters 1099 fields 1099 form Sales tax period description Sales tax parameters Positive figure must be specified. Relations Customer ledger accounts Vendor ledger accounts Total available Illegal efficiency percentage Blank Comma Point Space No sign Preceding number Following number Include parentheses Sign Show zero Thousands separator Decimal separator Negative adjustment Max. BOM level Accepted underdelivery in percentage Accepted overdelivery in percentage Printing balance Auto-misc. charges Remittance lines Offset-transaction text Void check Auto-generated Specify whether the configuration has been autogenerated New voucher Generate payments Consolidation account %1 does not exist (company accounts %2). Consolidation account for account %1 in company %2 is not specified. Journal account type that may be used in the journal. Bar code type Type of bar code Bar code Bar code digits Item number %1 Configurable Configure the item upon selection? PAY TO THE FOR ORDER OF DOLLARS Configuration creation Employee mobile phone number. Select item configuration Employee fax number Employee e-mail address. Employee WWW address. Employee telex number. Create Print the account or dimension in bold? Print the account or dimension in italics? Underline the account's or dimension's text fields when printing? Underline the account's or dimension's amount fields when printing? Leave a blank line before the account or dimension? Leave a blank line after the account or dimension? Line above Line below Underline amount Underline text Print account numbers for sum accounts? Print account numbers for transaction accounts? Print account numbers for headers? Print account number Transaction accounts Sales tax reporting Print Options No sales order line exists for the inventory transaction. No purchase order line exists for the inventory transaction. No journal exists for the inventory transaction. No production BOM line exists for the inventory transaction. When payment before %1, %2 %3 is granted in cash discount. Specify whether configuration selection has been autogenerated. Primary operation %1 does not exist. Base operation %1 does not exist. Price calculation for item %1 has been canceled. Job does not exist. Auto-create Validate department Validate cost center Validate purpose Name for the configuration. 'From' and 'To' dates must fall within the same fiscal year. Desired length of period Unknown table %1. Create table or edit definition file. Error in field-definition record Unknown field: %2 in table: %1 Unknown record type in loaded file, %1 Table definition for table %1 has not been loaded. Load in number of hours Load profile Load type Reference type Percentage/Hours Exchange adjustment Include the account in exchange adjustments from the general ledger module? Dimension type Financial update of the transaction is not possible. Quantity has been allocated. Job ID must be specified. Payroll category for quantity must be specified. Payroll category for hours must be specified. Employee must be specified. Operation must be specified. Operation number must be specified. Sales tax payments Invoice copy Currency requirement date Packing slip copy Quotation copy Confirmation copy Export called without definition group. Criterion - Work center group Criterion - Work center Criterion - Date Min Negative Ledger balance Show balance by currency. Show account balance Date must be specified. Posting profile must be specified. Original session date was %1 1,000 Set up terms of balance. According to posting Select setup According to account type Proposal for release in the inventory unit Last release Proposal for release in the BOM unit Whole quantity Bill of materials version, item number %1, on %2-%3 does not exist. Third country/region Intercompany dimensions Master schedule explosion Receipt quantity Issue quantity Print archive From page Account/Selection Account Allocation principle Current on-hand inventory value must be positive. Current on-hand inventory quantity must be positive. Account has been reconciled There are no receipt transactions to be edited. Percentage adjustment On-hand total must be positive. Do you want to void check number %1? This payment/check cannot be voided. Summary account for cash flow forecasting without information on vendor group This check has already been voided. Are you sure? Time and date must be specified. Cash flow forecast job Calculate cash flow forecasts? Date of exchange conversion Graduation of interest is not specified in posting profile %1. Payment reference not specified. Fee is not specified for interest code %1. Posting quantity must be positive. Currency code may not be changed once misc. charges have been entered. Transaction amount must be positive. LedgerBudgetTotals Transactions must be selected first. Settlement from %1 Settlement to %1 Show capacity Include job scheduled Include operations scheduled Invoice number is not filled in Our account number Sales tax %1 is calculated based on all other sales tax codes, including this one Table reference when importing to table %1 not specified, so the imported reference to table %2 is kept. Functions for calculating adjustment amounts C.O.D. Our delivery number Company's number with the mail delivery service used. Expense account and tax account on use tax cannot be identical. Should C.O.D. payments be in cash and not by check? Cash payment Exempt Specifies that sales tax is not to be calculated. Mandatory credit limit Control number Preprinted control number from C.O.D. label Minutes Class %1 must be called with a Gantt chart. Mode of delivery must be specified when terms of payment include C.O.D. Report setup Use tax payable Voucher not specified Data export/import Picking list can be printed only from a release journal Other journals Sell-to-customer. Open order Reference to a specific payment. Report as ready, approve or reject the journal. Whole journal Formula used for calculating consumption Bank account Move Definition group Copy a periodic-type journal to the current journal. Print labels for C.O.D. orders Cancel payment Route relation must be specified. Item relation must be specified. Sales tax charge Requested production status when production planned order is firmed automatically. Total amount reports in 1099 form Bank account must have check method %1. Periodic journals Set up periodic journals %1 %2 does not exist. Incorrect setup of automatic firming Production status %1 is illegal when firming is made automatically. From item group To item group Credit note copy Pro forma credit note To customer From customer group To customer group From vendor To vendor From vendor group To vendor group Withhold Minutes Hourly Change status Show status A payment schedule cannot be specified when the selected terms of payment are C.O.D. ZIP/postal Code %1 does not exist. Minimum amount when reimbursing overpayment. Minimum reimbursement Field is not used in address. Reimbursement Time-out in %1 minutes Run job %1 ordered by %2 in database %3. Class ID Field must be filled in. Job with record ID %1 does not exist. Collection letter code to be included in collection letter Starting time must be less than %1. Bank account is not specified. Check number is not filled in. Original start date Original start time Planned-order reference Summary reference Item reference Route type Production line makes no reference to a purchase line. Application objects Cross-reference Exception Class description Update not specified Possible exception in case of error Function %1 has been called with an uninitialized class. Job with status %1 cannot be changed to status %2. Active Job may not be deleted. Show only interval Create or update language texts Create or update form notes. Create or update the bank accounts of the company accounts. Create or update bank groups. Create or update payment schedules Create or update customer groups Update ledger posting from customer Create or update collection letter sequence Batch-journal jobs Status %1 Ledger transaction text RMA number Returned order %1 = date, %2 = form, %3 = voucher, %4 - %6 = Key1 - Key3 (optional) Customer Form %1 requires an active type %2, %3 or %4 form. Select job Class name Class %1 does not exist. Print the current picking list Number must be specified. When summing up currency amount, the requested currency code is specified here. When summing up budget amount, the requested budget model is specified here. Week %1 Quarter %1 Dialog Physical open quantity Mark now Reference number must be specified. Inventory posting Payment schedules Posting profiles Form notes Customer posting profile Insert page break between each account? Start printout on page 1 for each account? Specify summation level Print empty periods for time specification? Print accounts with no transactions? Vendor posting profiles Coverage groups Configuration route Rule Configuration may not be entered when configuration group is specified. General coverage group. Used when no specification is made for item. Coverage group %1 does not exist. Range Zero balance Planned order %1 does not exist. January February March April May June July August September October November December Week Type cannot be changed. Number of days shown in the Gantt chart Gantt chart setup Print transactions? Configure item %1, level %2 Accumulate periods? Journal cannot be posted because it contains errors. Voucher cannot be posted because it contains errors. RMA number is not filled in Pct. of budget Criterion for department. Criterion for cost center Criterion for purpose Variance percentage Specify if voucher should be settled. Commission shares Account number for transaction type %1 does not exist. Type name Cannot create productions for the current item type. Sales tax rounding Rounding in relation to sales tax amount of invoice End page of the current journal. Debit amount for journal. Credit amount for journal. Balance by currency Balance by dimension Ledger journal End page Total tax deducted. Configuration route for BOM %1, configuration group %2, does not exist. Journal lines Journal sequence number BOM %1, configuration group %2, item %3 selects configuration %4, item %5 which is deselected. Search has been canceled Confirm deletion Configuration group %1, item %2 does not exist in BOM %3. Date used when date in periodic journal is empty Copy or move journal Comma BOM %1, configuration group %2, item %3 deselects configuration group %4, item %5 which is selected. Mark the current transaction for settlement. Remainder not settled Fax number of bank. Phone number of bank. Name of the bank. Description of collection letter sequence Description of collection letter code Calculation of interest on payment as on Calculation of interest on invoice as on Number of sales units. Customer requisition number Number of purchase units SWIFT code, also known as BIC (Bank Identifier Code). Auto-update does not support reversal of status. Auto-update does not support production status %1. If selected, the payment amount can be deposited using a deposit slip Return action Repair Scrap Transport type UPS Simple Call tag number Number on call tag. Call tag type Rounding type for sales tax. Specify return action. Configuration group %1 has already been selected. Balance control Balance control accounts Manage ledger accounts for control of balances. Forward from previous job Backward from previous job Job is already selected from production %1. Free text invoice update Graphics setup Overdelivery of line is %1 percent, but the allowed overdelivery is only %2 percent. Underdelivery of line is %1 percent, but the allowed underdelivery is only %2 percent. No values specified. Calculate distribution basis Basis date Names/Uses Fixtures and fittings turnover ratio Indicate error when exceeding credit limit? Credit limit type None Change type Value type Invoice total. Number of payments Payment total Number of collection letters. Collection letter total Number of interest notes. Number of canceled payments. Total canceled payments. Discount not used Average number of days for payment. Number of purchase orders Total purchase orders Number of sales orders Total sales order Number of return orders Total return orders Payment schedule to be used when invoicing. Show open transactions only. Job-manage job type? Dispatch job type according to defined working time? Should job type reserve capacity on dispatching? Apply Insert all Reject duplicate Reject duplicates within fiscal year Reference level Reference production Item %1 should not be configured. Offset account type must be %1 when payment is made by check. Account number %1 Settlement period does not exist. Counting group Counting code Zero in stock Counting period Is quantity counted equal to on-hand inventory? Physical on-hand inventory by counting date Counting date Counting started Has counting been started for the on-hand inventory? Counting groups Counting history Invoice approval journal must have type %1 in change voucher. BOM has already been reported as finished. Show report transactions Voucher number is changed automatically (when balance on voucher) or manually. Continuous Continuous sequence? Create BOM BOM for item %1 has not been set up. Cyclical Change item type Number selection is canceled. Number of the BOM that the line is attached to. Configuration group from which line is selected during configuration. Date until which the BOM version is valid. Date from which the BOM version is valid. Item number that the BOM version is attached to. Number of BOM that the BOM version refers to. Name of the BOM version Type determining how the line is administered. Type determining how the item is administered. Include transaction? Standard item description. Amount is specified too detailed in relation to the rounding of the currency. Symbol Label BOM is reported as finished The report as finished is updated in BOM journal %1. Number %1 does not match format %2. Identification of the number sequence. Invalid setup of number sequence Number sequence %1 is on hold. Cost group name Cash customers cannot have a payment schedule. Profit-setting to be used to calculate sales price Date for which the calculation should be made. Remaining percentage Specify sales rep. or sales rep. group. Specify customer or customer group. Statement should apply for? Print B-code? Terms of payment Customer - Penny-rounding Total per bank transaction type Method of payment for the current payment. Include amount? Include the transaction in the account statement? Update users in the system Price misc. charges Work centers can be created only under a work center group. Base price Base price to be used when calculating sales price Update the item automatically with latest cost price? Latest purchase price Update the item automatically with latest purchase price? Latest cost price Sales price model Calculate sales price of the item by which model? Price update Contribution ratio to be used when calculating sales price Misc. charges percentage to be used when calculating sales price Create route General rounding method. Rounding type for amount Rounding type for invoice amount in sales Rounding type for invoice amount in purchase MRP - Costing MRP - Picking list MRP - Report as finished MRP - Route card MRP - Job card Inventory - Journal - Transaction Inventory - Journal - Move Inventory - Journal - Counting Inventory - Journal - BOM Inventory - Close - Adjustment Inventory - Close Inventory - Journal - Loss/Profit Error when calling lookup Transaction type must be specified when posting. Not specified in module %1. Ledger account not specified. Item number must be specified. Default language code Do not specify account number. Identification of the commission customer group Name of the commission customer group Search text was not found. Company accounts relations Specifies whether setup applies to a single item, the item group, or all items. Specifies whether setup should apply to a single customer, the customer group, or all customers. Specifies whether setup should apply to a single sales rep., the sales rep. group, or all sales reps. Total of lines exceeds 100 percent. Period interval for payment installments Name of payment schedule Sales orders Accounts payable Accounts receivable Inventory management Human resources Routing number A-code (Federal Reserve District) for check form. Routing number B-code (Bank ID #) for check form. Routing number C-code (Bank Branch Routing #) for check form. Telex number of the bank. Purchase orders LIFO date Weighted avg. date Currency must be specified when posting to account %1. Currency code must be %1 for account %2. Currency %1 not allowed for account %2. Posting must be specified for account %1. Posting must be %1 for account %2. User must be specified for account %1. Only user %1 can use account %2. Transaction amount in default currency. Unknown inventory model Minimum average quantity Quantity which minimum must be entered into average settlements. Used when zero for the item. Shows all settlement transactions attached to the transaction. Settlements for voucher It is not possible to post to the consolidated company accounts %1. Budget quantity Setup of ledger account for %1 is not specified. Offset account is not specified. MRP - Costing adjustment Item allocation keys Update keys for allocation of items. Production update Current quantity Infolog Start date of period to be consolidated End date of period to be consolidated Specify the information to be inserted in the dimension Forecast plan Is it a transfer? From warehouse Include current on-hand inventory? Include current sales orders, purchase orders, productions, etc.? Include sales quotation transactions? Include forecast plan Forecast plan to be used Fixed coverage time fence Override item set up coverage time fence? Fixed coverage time fence in days Fixed locking time fence Override item set up locking time fence? Fixed firming time fence Override item set up firming time fence? Unspecified No configuration groups exist for item %1. Fixed explosion time fence Override item set up explosion time fence? Fixed capacity time fence Override item set up capacity time fence? Fixed forecast plan time fence Override item set up forecast plan time fence? Fixed action time fence Override item set up action time fence? An exchange rate without date must exist. Fixed futures time fence Override item set up futures time fence? Forecast plan time fence Extra days to item set up issue safety margin Extra days to item set up receipt safety margin Extra days to item set up order safety margin Planned order number sequence Number sequence to be used for planned order numbers Session number sequence Number sequence to be used for session numbers Forecast plan setup Identification of forecast plan Include sales forecast? Fixed explosion time fence in days Fixed capacity time fence in days Forecast scheduling Master scheduling Inventory parameters Operation not specified. Create configuration group Specify whether setup will apply to a single account, a price/discount group or all. Balance Master plan Prompt for transfer of customer and invoice details? Prompt for customer information Plans Identification of plan Master plan %1 does not exist. Update cross-reference (w/recompile) Parameters for cost estimation are not written to the database. Net requirements, schedule %1 Gross requirements, schedule %1 Master plans or Bank management Forecast scheduling for item %1 Foreign company accounts where the voucher also has been posted. Foreign company accounts Foreign voucher Voucher number in the other company accounts. Master scheduling for item %1 Select new status Transferred to journal Which scheduling type will the plan be used for? Reduction principle According to which principle should the requirements from the forecast plan be reduced? Journal name %1 does not exist in company accounts %2. Audit trail Batch transactions Latest scheduling Scheduling date last used Scheduling direction last used Incorrect time specification Quantity reported as finished is incorrectly decimal rounded to unit %1. Journal %1 has already been posted. Parameters for master plan %1 do not exist. Parameters for forecast plan %1 do not exist. Delete plan Production status %1 does not allow costing. Req. quantity Offset company accounts Line must be delivered in total. Quantity in total to be consumed of the item On-hand settled Quantity settled by on-hand Order settled Quantity settled by current purchases, productions, etc. Planned order settled Quantity settled by planned order Highest number of days that items are delayed. Physical quantity available from the inventory Interest fee Transaction ID Show references only Select whether to show references as a default for all users or the present user Even Update must be called with parameters. Users Forecast plans Reduction key Key to be used for reducing the requirement from the forecast plan. Period in days as from today's date in which the forecast plan should be included. Reduction keys Invoice account Deposit slip number. Reported from company accounts %1 Parameter setup of current plan not specified Selected groups All groups Domains Selected company accounts All company accounts Virtual company accounts Table collections Selected table collections Remaining table collections Selected virtual company accounts Remaining virtual company accounts Selected domains Selected users All users Accumulated amount Quantity in the period Start date of the period. Budget model shown Fiscal year shown Replace all User setup Visible Edit contents Skip Save user setup Ledger - Journal batch number. Directly derived Is the planned order directly derived from the BOM line type? Activate overdelivery Activate underdelivery Determines total discount if both line and multiline discount are allocated. Allocate main misc. charges automatically for the order? Allocate line misc. charges automatically for the order? Collection letter may not be issued for customer %1. Purchase order - Invoice Activity status of the check. Requirement route Print deposit slip. Transaction has been reconciled. Prompt when specifying vendor and invoice account Prompt for transfer of vendor and invoice information? Session ID of the user who started the job. Batch groups Backward This class Compile Hide BOM not specified when creating production Route not specified when creating production Specifies number of blanks in the separator field. Number of blank spaces Number of the latest collection letter sent to the customer Loss Service Date of latest payment Date of latest invoice Name control Name control from 1099 mail label. Quantity may not change sign. Quantity cannot be reduced because the remaining update quantity changes sign. TCC Transmitter Control Code assigned by IRS/MCC. Specification on settlement Create files for 1099 for the IRS Function %1 requires an active buffer Adjustment per %1, voucher %2 does not exist BOM identification Route identification Post the report as finished now, or create it in a BOM journal only? How should incoming bills of materials be exploded? Journal name used to create the BOM journal Quantity reported as finished Factor for the measurement dimension width. Query Status Checks class %1 Planned order Futures Class %1 must be called with a document transaction. Class %1 is not inherited from %2. Work center group %1 does not exist. Table referring to account number. Include table when showing account references? Purchase order Update, print, edit and inquire regarding purchase order Show purchase order Print the current purchase order with the original print management parameters Amount of latest payment Pro forma purchase order Purchase order copy Amount of latest collection letter Amount of latest interest note Purchase order journal Highest balance the customer has had with us. Average amount of invoices for the customer Date the customer was created. Number of latest payment Date of latest collection letter Date of latest interest note Highest balance we have had with the vendor. Average amount of invoices from the vendor Date of latest receipt of the item Quantity received at latest receipt Date of latest purchase (invoice update) of the item Amount of latest purchase of the item Quantity of latest positive correction Number of latest positive correction Date of latest positive correction Cost price of latest positive correction Packing slip number of latest consignment Date of latest consignment (packing slip) Quantity of latest consignment (packing slip) Amount of latest consignment (packing slip) Quantity of latest invoice Amount of latest invoice Date of latest negative correction Number of latest negative correction Quantity of latest negative correction Cost amount of latest negative correction Mark planned orders to be firmed New period Status Description Pages Number of copies Print preview Item number cannot be deduced from the surroundings. Sales tax amount in total Commission origin in percentage Cost center to allocate to (blank: the cost center of the journal line) Purpose to allocate to (blank: the purpose of the journal line) Forecasting Master planning Route card %1 of %2 for this production Reversal cannot be executed. Circular reference The route for operation number %1 does not end in ZERO. Reverse settlements Methods Identification of the cost group Cost group the item is included in on BOM calculations. Commission group the item is attached to. Price per the number of units specified in the Price unit field. Quantity to be used when allocating the specified misc. charges on price per unit. Requires selection of the 'Incl. in unit price' f Include the price misc. charges in the unit price of the various units specified in the Price quantity field? Item %1 is not configuration controlled. Transaction Counting Posting without amount cannot be made Update log - End Update log - Estimation Control Update log - Job scheduling Update log - Operations scheduling Update log - Report as finished Update log - Release Update log - Start Working time %1 has not been specified for %2. Working time %1 refers circularly. Function %1 has been called without configuration group. Mark order as voided Mark purchase as voided Illegal quantity Budget model to be transferred to Plan %1 already exists as %2. Print without update? Summary purchase Summary number What should happen with the returned items? Fixed asset Liability User who transferred the voucher. User who reported the journal as ready User who rejected the journal User who approved the journal Difference in default currency between amount at registration rate and at payment rate Settle from model Unlock Balance+All Balance+Packing slip Summary update for Credit limit exceeded: Balance %1, Order total %2, Account total %3, Credit limit %4, Exceeded %5 Errors have been corrected Errors have not been corrected Unavailable Vendor invoice discount Search in tables again? Transaction date is in a previous period, and opening transactions are created for current year. Item group for grouping of the BOM Current average cost price or standard cost price Per date: %1 Date of receipt Invoice %1 has been posted Is this version active? Status cannot be reversed for subproduction %1. Form %1 requires an active buffer of the %2, %3, %4 or %5 type. Start references Specify the version of the sales tax report to be settled. Show standard Document handling of %1 Auto-report as finished Current processing status of the planned order Specifies whether the route should be updated. Payment calculation Invoice calculation Summary order may not be specified Summary order must be specified Invoice account Ledger balance sheet Financial statement Specific comments on payment. According to item group Bills of materials according to item group All bills of materials Marking whether the bank transaction type is used for NSF (Not Sufficient Funds) Tip on contents of a field, etc. Misc. charges have not been allocated. Bank account statement Restore Small icons Large icons Derived item number Show all icons Print archive Printer setup Delete marked Jobs in queue Find Replace Regular expression Match case Replace with: Find what: Remember to save %1 Updating cross reference for %1... Receipts list Bank payment must be reversed in the bank module. User menu Opening transactions as on %1 Closing %1 %2 Vendor parameters Post free text invoice Incorrect configuration setup of item %1 Valid base operation %1 for item %2, configuration %3 does not exist. Configuration not specified for item %1 Cost value total of invoice lines Amount total of invoice lines Quantity total of the invoice lines Only one exchange rate without date is allowed. Number of days Physical reserved Ordered reserved Posting Postings Number of vouchers posted to the journal: %1 Credit remaining quantity Oper. No. %1 Journal for entry of transactions Journal for entry of loss/profit Journal for entry of movement of items between warehouses Journal for entry of countings Journal for entry of BOM reported as finished Set remaining quantity to 0 or reverse it by credit note? Periodic journal to move or copy from Periodic journal number Set up parameters for bills of materials Type that an order must be created with automatically. Check and post journal or voucher Checks with status %1 may not be deleted. Number of pages User Time Print information Summary account for vendor account %1 in posting profile %2 does not exist. Class %1 requires an active buffer of type %2 or %3. BOM version, BOM %1, %2-%3 BOM %1 BOM version, item number %1, %2-%3 BOM line, BOM %1 Check arrivals journal Invoice %1 has no amount Check/Post journal BOM line, item number %1 Update free text invoice that has not been invoiced Level of circularity Specify when circularity check of bills of materials must be activated. Search only through intervals, specified for BOM versions and lines? Post commission Check circularity Commission posting Blank paper Partly preprinted Preprinted Search interval only BOM parameters Capacity load Balance before posting to the journal Balance after posting to current journal Plan %1 has already been created as %2. Current valid forecast plan Production parameters Create interest note Error messages reported for the voucher Date closed: %1 Voucher %1 Automatic scheduling Maximum job lead time Maximum job lead time in days Maximum conflict solution quantity Max. number of times the job scheduling should attempt to solve conflicts resulting from capacity overload. Update estimated prices in the calculation table? Specify quantity category in route and job card journals? Specify hour category in route and job card journals? Route parameters Specify next operation number in routes manually? Which scheduling method on automatic scheduling should be used? Date when allocation will start, typically the first date in the selected interval. Allocate by ledger period in the selected interval Allocate on dimensions Calculation parameters Bank account statement date is not specified. Cannot settle sales tax with version set to all versions or all corrections. Original sales tax settlement has already been created for the period. Select Forecast models Forecast model number. Period cannot be deleted because sales tax has been settled in it. Production journal lines, report as finished Production journal lines, picking list Production journal lines, job card Production journal lines, route card Balance of transactions in other journals Update has been canceled. Warning: Posting was selected while writing to the screen. Nothing to post. General journal MICR line Print MICR line? Forecast model %1 is submodel for model %2. Forecast model %1 has been locked for %2. Make ledger coverage plans for the current forecast model? Calculator Identification of calendar. Base calendar Calendar that the current calendar inherits from. Set up calendar Working time templates Set up working time templates for calendar update. Working time template Use base calendar Number of checks. First check number. Compose working times Identification number of the current return delivery Forecast model %1 does not exist. Forecast model %1 has been locked for changes. Forecast model which the allocated forecast transactions are placed in. Start date of period for forecast settlement End date of period for forecast settlement Calendar %1 does not exist. Forecast model where the settled transactions are placed Settlement period has not been specified Calendar must be specified. Ledger - Consolidation Gross requirement Forecast model number that the transaction is attached to. Amount contributed to the forecast by the forecast transaction Sales tax group, if any, for specification of sales tax on the current forecast transaction Item allocation key used on inventory forecast explosion Status of the coverage plan for the current forecast transaction. Item sales tax group, if any, for specification of sales tax on the current forecast transaction Currency for the current forecast transaction Note for the forecast transaction How should the transaction be posted in the forecast (unit for time interval)? Task group work centers Update of purchase order %1 canceled Update of sales order %1 canceled Update all Forecast balances Derived configuration for method %1 may not be specified. Is journal locked by system? Configure Consolidation account not specified for account %1 in company %2 Account number must be specified. Currency code must be specified. Included in configurations Use BOM line in the configuration? Configuration, if any, of the item The following messages are just for your information and do not require you to take any action. Read the warning messages and take suitable action. One or more critical STOP errors have occurred. Use the error messages below to guide you or call your administrator. Start menu Call tag Ledger journal totals Value/quantity Quantity for the line in inventory unit after update. Logon date Logon time Clean up free list on receipt of the number sequence? Has the number sequence been put to use? Status bar Toolbar Show Help text Show company accounts Show clock Show NumLock Show CapsLock Show activity Garbage collection limit Recently Used File List Auto-search Auto-save Database trace Trace Count of methods, application objects and lines in a selected module Vendor posting profile Vendor payment schedule Tax 1099 Incorrect call of number sequence Number has already been allocated Import All files Export Field list Configuration file Select configuration file Debug mode No When Breakpoint Map Show status bar Large Overwrite selected text Table definitions Print Bill of lading Print C.O.D. Incorrect initialization of number sequence %1 on reservation of number. Reservation not allowed for number sequence %1. Number %1 cannot be reserved in number sequence %2 because it exceeds the maximum of the sequence. Range Update contacts Posting type Contact with customer. Name of external contact from contact table Attaches a contact Released quantity Job status must be of the type Errors detected Journals of updates Telex number for contact Fax number for contact Country/region the address is attached to Title of contact Password assigned to the contact on access via the Internet. Contact's attachment to a customer Contact's attachment to a supplier User groups Update user groups in the system Check form Top Bottom History on update Started quantity What should the planned order field contain? Create lines Consumption = Proposal Production must be specified. Class %1 must be called with a work center. Class %1 must be called with a production. Show SQL status Skip counting Collection letter %1 has been posted previously. Logon time of the owner of the current transaction. Logon date of the owner of the current transaction. Journal name must be specified. Journal to be copied not specified. Line has already been transferred. Update log Reservations cannot be made in discontinuous number sequences. Options No print attached To department To cost center To purpose Change of number sequence may create inconsistency - accept? Value cannot be changed because the number sequence is in use. Changes made in the number sequence setup Specify heading for current column. Number sequence reference %1 is not attached to any number sequence. Print an aging report. Remaining quantity for the sales order line not yet packing slip updated. To page Quantity/Sales price/Cost price Specify which language the text is to be used in Lot ID not specified How should item and work center consumption used for error reported quantity be posted? Account to be used for posting to scrap account Positive No lines for posting or quantity = 0 Remaining quantity for the purchase order line not yet packing slip updated Save inquiry Go to production Use Create purchase order Production %1 Show session date Active System does not support setup 'continuous' of number sequence %1. Parameter buffer has not been updated. Standard update When extracting both number and voucher from the number sequences %1 and %2, identical setup is required. Number sequence %1 is not a continuous number sequence. Number sequence %1 is a continuous number sequence. Number sequence %1 is manual. Number sequence %1 is not manual. Method for allocation of budget transaction. Item allocation lines Identification of allocation key. Percentage that requirement from the forecast plan must be reduced by in the period Reduction lines Period key Period allocation key Unit proposed when creating items Item allocation key Period allocation keys Ledger account for items reported as finished Offset account for items reported as finished Total due Release version Build number Compile date Compile time User name Sales tax code is not allowed with debit type = item. Active node Passive node Version is not approved and thus cannot be activated Check/Fix Colors Center Grid Segment Fill factor Setup Number sequence %1 does not exist. Class %1 must be called with a version. Number sequence reference %1 has not been linked to any number sequence. Reservation of both number and voucher cannot be made. Approve version BOM version with record ID %1 does not exist. Route version %1, on %2-%3 does not exist Per series Number of errors found: %1 Number of errors corrected: %1 Number of units the quantity applies to Link type Link Route version, item number %1, %2-%3 Journal type Batch journal type Currency code has not been set up in company information. Inventory - Batch serial number Number sequence that will control the allocation of numbers. Weekends 3D layout User who has picked the current number. Gantt colors Date when status of the current number was updated. Reference %1 ID for the current session. Update BOM number Update route number Date when the current number sequence was changed. Coverage planning of item %1 has been canceled. User who has changed the current number sequence. Searches configuration rules Product configurator Field %1 must be filled in. Field must be filled in. BOM number is not specified. Item levels are not updated. Profit & Loss, posted amount Amount offset and posted to the profit & loss account Warehouse Maximum penny-rounding for a voucher resulting from currency rounding in default currency. Print picking list Report must be called with a journal Generate Not ready Jobs are not printed for production %1 - production has no jobs Route jobs are not printed for production %1 - production has no jobs Interest earnings Interest payments Contract shipment Arrival account for account %1 has not been created in posting profile %2 Offset arrival account for account %1 has not been created in posting profile %2 Freight company Expected C.O.D. receipts To order Active Application object layer Show all layers Show no layers Show highest layer Show corrected layers Show all from corrected layers Table %1 Transfer to order Transfer price Transfer quantity Pro forma, if no posting No access to account %1 in company accounts %2 because of journal setup Last modifications Order unit Application objects Type Classes Usage data Application management Remove Voucher must be posted before creating bank deposit slip. Voucher cannot be created because new voucher number cannot be picked in the number sequence. Quantity has been reduced to %1. Origin Transaction origin Now generating page of Generating... Check setup Check voucher series The remaining line quantity will be set to 0, that is the line will subsequently appear as completely updated. Realized consumption Estimated cost amount Realized cost amount Attempts are made to schedule production before today's date or before materials are available. Scheduling direction is thus automatically changed to forward from today's date. Job title Reread voucher from invoice register and loose all corrections Leading zeros Use leading zeros when printing the check number in the MICR line. Number of characters in the check number to be printed in the MICR line. Time of creation Basic version Save count Customer price list BOM report as finished Number sequences Function %1 must be called with an Extended Data Type. Overview Costing Overview Estimation Account for currency %1 has not been created. Proposal Calculating items Activating action message for items Activating futures message for items Default Cleaning-up number sequence Cash discount date Dimension invoice line Change of period Updating ledger module Canceling settlements Sort field Sort order Lists the printers that are set up on your computer. Select pages Set up print parameters for the selected printer. Run all jobs Stop at first error Batch Specifies how the journal handles errors. Has the payment been canceled? Use insert row locks Posting of order %1 canceled Offset sales tax Copy BOM/Route Existing payment lines will be overwritten. Do you want to proceed? Production posting Production papers Synchronize Posting per account Reconciliation bank/ledger Journal lines cannot be created as no attached journal exists. Tree structure Bank balance Voucher %1 is OK Reversed tax voucher %1 Sales tax expense account Account number to which use tax has been posted. Composed of - tree Forecasting File information Table label Data table Data field Template file Count of application objects in the system Error when initializing communication Error when creating new document Error when saving document Attached Is a document attached? Display options Interest note %1 has already been canceled. Initializing Use tax Cost category %1 does not exist. Vendor delivery mode Physical posting Transaction type attached to the physical account Physical offset Transaction type attached to the physical offset account Posting - physical Directory Archive directory Directory where document files are kept in archive Customer import payments Order Use posting profile from One Two Three Four Five Six Seven Eight Nine Ten Eleven Twelve Thirteen Fourteen Fifteen Sixteen Seventeen Eighteen Nineteen Twenty Thirty Forty Fifty Sixty Seventy Eighty Ninety Hundred Thousand Million Billion Indexes Batch posting Tree No file is attached to the reference. File %1 does not exist. Index ID Name of index used for search in the data table with the specified value ID of index used for search in the data table with the specified values A relation between %1 and %2 must exist, or a data value must be entered. Show subtotals per account Detail level Configuration Post packing slip in ledger Post picking lists in ledger? Post report as finished in ledger Production BOM Gross amount contributed to the budget by the budget transaction Allocation Allocation of forecast transactions (None) Shows whether allocation terms exist for the account. Does allocation term exist Transfer journal Job card journal Report as finished journal Route card journal Net difference Interest code used for interest calculation. Account type %1 does not exist. Bank account %1 does not exist. Item %1 is included circularly in the BOM. Coverage Queries %2 replacements made in %1 Max. BOM level has been exceeded. Standard document type Costing date Customer - Exchange adjustment Vendor - Exchange adjustment Ledger - Exchange adjustment Posted inventory value for services Journal cannot be rejected by this user. Only users in user group %1 can reject the journal. Data sources for the document field record and the document reference record are not identical. Category A: Note that A + B + C must equal 100 Category B: Note that A + B + C must equal 100 Category C: Note that A + B + C must equal 100 Milestone Document reference has not been created. Illegal record Creating document Initializing communication Creating file Transferring field from table %1, field %2 Saving file Allocate all (None) Incorrect file name Show links Payment amount for voucher %1 is negative. Application object type One-time supplier has not been set up under vendor parameters Start date: %1 Batch group %1 does not exist. Batch group not specified No root Removable Remove CD-ROM RAM Disk Data sources Account for posting gained difference in relation to fixed receipt price Overdelivery must be greater than zero. Underdelivery must be less than 100 percent. Account for posting lost difference in relation to fixed receipt price Account for posting item receipt Account for posting item issue Account for cost accounting item profit Account for cost accounting item loss Account for posting line discount Bank account statement date Account for posting physical receipt Offset account for posting physical receipt Account for posting item receipt Account for posting item consumption on crediting, when cost price varies from purchase price. Account for posting physical item issue Offset account for posting physical item issue Account for posting item issue Account for cost accounting item consumption Account for posting revenue Forecast model cannot refer to itself. Submodel %1 refers to other submodel. Item allocation key or configuration not specified Attach file Check table Number of Voucher %1, date %2 Save File Check and fix adjustment Common Program module Pool proposed when creating productions for the item Update %1, line %2 Online users Internal error in count of company accounts Locked application objects Named Containing text This will clear your current search. Find now New search Number of nodes found: %1 Table name Table relations Basic Series Check layout does not exist. Unlinked Texts It is not possible to delete an online user. Voided Posting profile has not been set up in accounts receivable parameters. Nothing in inventory Node cannot be inserted. Payment %1 has already been canceled. Birthday Employee's birthday. Year This will reset your configuration. Inventory sales forecast transactions Sales forecast per item Application Hierarchy Tree Invoice has been deleted. Nodes Job %1 The order has been deleted. Intrastat code Commodity code used when creating heading for commodity code. Company accounts that can be used in the journal Current forecast plan Ledger - Opening transaction Extrastat code Identification of counting group Following payment schedule has been agreed List of on-hand inventory Payment class has not been initialized. Quantity that has been or will be reserved for the on-hand inventory Total quantity Show financially unclosed lots only or all lots. Forecast model transferred from. Intrastat transactions Export tax exempt number Import tax exempt number Mark as closed Mark as reported Unknown type: %1 Checking journal %1 Posting journal %1 [[Yes]] [[No]] Selection has been changed. Cancel update? Processing line number %1 The check number in the MICR line cannot exceed twenty characters. Payment has been canceled Mark as included Inventory purchase forecast postings Purchase forecast per item Processing item %1 Forecast interval Current interval Forecast/Current To date in date interval From date in date interval Show transactions with cash discount or in currency in the report? Print balance equaling zero? Information provider: Print specification lines? Employee alias. Alias Invoice account %1, date %2 Page number Go to page EU Reporting Tax exempt number Nothing to report for the period Logon name Logon database Logon server Logon DSN Log file name Parameter Print Method name Startup project Show util layer Forecast interval 1 Forecast interval 2 Picking list issue Report as finished receipt Printing... Port has not been specified. Weight has not been specified. Country/region of origin has not been specified. Additional units must be specified. Identification of the operation Cash flow forecast status Update X-references during compilation. Editor AOT Show Help texts in the status bar Show company accounts in the status bar Show time in the status bar Show status of the NumLock key in the status bar Show status of the CapsLock key in the status bar Show client-server communication activity in the status bar Show system date in the status bar Show current application object layer in the status bar Specify a menu to be opened when starting up the application Show which application object layer application objects exist in how? Maximum length of the history list in the File menu? Maximum number of lines saved in the info window Number of seconds the keyboard is not used before auto-update runs (0 means switched off) Should the auto-update sequence check the database for new/removed application objects and locks? Should the auto-update sequence include automatic save of modified application objects? Number of application objects open before garbage collection is made Replace selection by the entered Attempt to reserve Available for reservation Highest possible reservation Adjust quantity ordered to Item %1 is included circularly in the rules. Form note must be made for this form Show which transactions, depending on their status? Movements of accounts Type of units specified in the column. Account for posting fee must be specified. Print cash report Transfer purchase budget to ledger Purchase budget to ledger Transfer purchase budget to ledger budget, that is receipt Delete previously transferred Print giro money transfer slip for sales invoice? Update purchase and sales budget Approval canceled Updating purchase forecast model %1 Updating sales budget model %1 Budget to update has not been selected. Update fully invoiced purchase order. This sales order has been fully invoiced. Do you want to modify it? Existing cross-reference information will be deleted before the update. Operation relation Offset account may not be specified for journal type %1. Invoice text Text printed on the invoice Production %1 with status %2 is attached to line %3. Search name Short name used for fast search for account name Requested date Delete order line? Bank account %1 does not exist. Transaction list by date Identification of customer's bank account. Show budget transactions expanded as they are reported Form %1 must be called with an item. Total of transfers entered. Random generator called with wrong parameters Difference between trial balance incl. transfer and the contribution of the account Specify which vouchers/journals to show from posting status Specify text for fast search Benchmark Dimension %1 must be specified for account %2. Dimension %1 must be %2 for account %3. Rating Elapsed time Arrange Operation relations Reimbursement transaction has been created. Unknown BOM consumption selection Report Wizard Wizards Sales tax code must be entered if account number is a sales tax account. License code List of transactions printed on a deposit slip. View transactions with reference to the current bank Edit check layout Default company accounts List of transactions that are reconciled in an account statement Create or update bank transaction types. Error in call of class %1. Parameters have not been specified. Update Data Model Reconciliation between bank and ledger Print account statement based on bank transactions. Reindex Error in unit of amount in currency %1. Must be rounded to %2. Lock the account from manual posting Transaction code Transaction code has not been specified. Commodity code has not been specified. Unit that should be changed. Number of units that should be changed. Specifies whether the allocation starts from the opening year. Commodity code description Transaction codes Create or update transaction codes Voucher has been transferred for approval in the pool. Check country/region Check weight Check commodity code Check transaction codes Check origin Check additional units Country/region of origin Posting profile has not been set up in accounts payable parameters. Vendor invoice lines Customer invoice lines Customer free text invoice lines Go to line Select line Line number * = Error in line Is it a compressed transaction? < Back Next > Welcome Start date for compression of Intrastat transactions End date for compression of Intrastat transactions SQL Setup End date has not been specified. Account %1, voucher %2, currency %3 Customer %1, voucher %2 Background Create or update customer's bank accounts Create or update vendor's bank accounts Create or update customers Create or update suppliers List of addition of interest related to the current customer Print balance list Reimbursement of overpayment Create or update statistics groups Vendor transactions, that is, invoice, payments, etc. Update ledger posting from vendor Print 1099 forms Tip Budgeting on all ledger accounts. Global audit trail. Create or update date codes Create or update budget models Print sales tax transactions Print sales tax list Create or update ledger posting groups Create or update sales tax groups Create or update sales tax settlement periods Create or update item sales tax groups Set up Intrastat List of C.O.D. orders Create or update misc. charges that are allocated automatically. List of updated purchase orders Print sales order lines with selected information. Create or update item groups List of contract shipment Print purchase order lines with selected information. Create or update number groups List of variances per vendor/purchase Create or update counting groups Sales prices for the individual customer Prices set up in the price/discount system Update liquidity accounts General price list Prices for specified price group, quantity, unit, currency Create or update configuration groups Create or update cost categories Create or update route groups Create or update operations Create or update properties Create or update task groups Set up parameters for productions Create or update production pools Create or update production groups Create or update reduction keys Inventory transaction posting Create or update inventory forecast models Create or update coverage groups Create or update master plans Create or update forecast plans Create or update work tasks. Set up commission calculation Create or update ZIP/postal Codes Create or update titles of persons Set up address formats Create or update dimensions. Create or update employees. Set up parameters for routes Set up parameters for item coverage List of printouts in the print archive Create or update batch groups Print work centers Print jobs Create or update work center groups Transaction type attached to the ledger account Offset account transaction type Transaction type attached to the offset account Ledger account attached to the transaction type Ledger account attached to the offset account transaction type Identification of the item lot. Print items that the bills of materials are composed of, or versions used by the items. Print bills of materials or versions where items are used. Create or update bills of materials Print routes that include operations Create or update route operations Create or update productions Print list of productions Print production groups Print picking list Print route card Print job card? Create or update customer groups for commission Create or update sales groups for commission Create or update item groups for commission Print commission transactions List of users logged on the system at present Select lines Postings Shows physically and financially posted vouchers Issue/Receipt account used for floating items Post and transfer Post the journal and transfer it to the invoice approval journal Purchase order %1 Cash payment and payment schedules cannot be combined. Specification of percentage may not exceed 100. Missing number sequence for number group %1 Posted physical value Period length must be greater than 0. Voucher %1 has been transferred. Update type hierarchy All files Physically posted Financially posted Balance of period as percentage of closing balance Number of productions Subset Incorrect setup of journal number in number sequence Select file to print Range has not been specified. Re-enter password Modified Tax 1099 transactions Show selected transactions Copy to Clipboard Single Page layout Printing not possible Value out of range Left margin Top margin Right margin Bottom margin Port Page numbers Alignment Margins Driver name Orientation Work center use, operation relations Print operation relations Operation use Operation use, routes Work centers, ledger setup Print work centers with display of ledger setup Ledger setup Quantity that has been invoice updated. Quantity that has been packing slip received. Quantity that has been packing slip delivered. Quantity that has been packing slip delivered but not yet invoice updated. Quantity that has not yet been packing slip delivered. Quantity that is delivered now. Quantity that has not yet been packing slip received. Quantity that has been packing slip received but not yet invoice updated. Contact Creates transactions in the counting journal based on items. Create on-hand counting journal Create item counting journal Counting journal has already been created. X++ Source Code Source License holder Reset to default values Oracle storage Finished Quantity setup Price/Discount setup SQL system variables for Microsoft Dynamics ODBC parameters Approved by Route %1 has been updated. Production route %1 has been updated. The bill of materials %1 was checked, and no errors were found. Work center time in hours scheduled. Report on the operation relations used by work centers Calculated time Total time in hours calculated for the job. Work center time Work center use, production routes Work center use, task groups Report on calendars ABC model Print forecasted and realized receipt Inventory receipt, forecast and current Set the parameters for the current task Inventory receipt, forecast Type A.. to find values from A and forward. Type 1 .. 9 to find values from 1 through 9. Note that you may use the utility characters ? and * in searches. Posting by account for inventory transactions Used by Composition Sub-BOM BOM number for specific sub-BOM. If blank, the active number is used. BOM number for current calculation Subroute Route number for specific subroute. If blank, the active number is used. BOM version requirement Include specified BOM number, if any, as a requirement in the coverage? Route version requirement Include specified route number, if any, as a requirement in the coverage? Select the tables to base the report on. Select fields Sort fields Select ranges Summation on fields Report layout Create report Report name Selected tables Available fields Selected fields Layout Columnar Tabular Completed Create sales order Shows data in relation to the current operation Active user Open the toolbar configuration box Large buttons Show Tool Tips Customize Toolbars Default Report Generator Method used to calculate the consumption for the line Quantity that has been reported as finished Route number for current calculation End-mark picking list Create a picking list journal with end marking of material consumption? End-mark route Create route card journal with end marking of the operations of the route? Deletes ledger budget transactions Creates ledger budget transactions Route group dependent No format Make calculation, planning and feedback for this job type? Report on working time templates Report on properties and their values Feedback for job type %1 cannot be made because activation via routing group was not specified. Report on task groups and the alternative work centers that are used Post automatically created journals at once? Create calculated route consumption automatically in a route card journal? Create calculated material consumption automatically in a picking list journal? Quantity started now Journal name of the picking list journal Journal name of the route card journal May the production be reported as finished even if, for instance, there is no feedback? Is it the last report as finished (production status changes to reported as finished)? Good quantity reported as finished now Error quantity reported as finished now Cause of error attached to the error quantity Journal name of the reported as finished journal Costing date Is it the last costing (production status changes to ended)? Ledger account used when scrap method Scrap account is selected. Release reference productions automatically? Base the scheduling on what date and direction? Time on which scheduling should be based if the scheduling direction 'Scheduling date' is selected. Date on which scheduling should be based if the scheduling method 'Scheduling date' is selected. Should scheduling observe any property requirements? Should scheduling observe capacity limitations? Should scheduling ensure (via futures message) that materials are available? Schedule previous and subsequent reference productions based on the selected one? Schedule reference productions at the same time? Skip scheduling of run time Skip scheduling of setup time Skip scheduling of queue time Skip scheduling of transit time Skip scheduling of overlap time Job, if any, the scheduling is to be based on. Foreign trade Purchase posting Posting used when approving the purchase. Total consumption for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total consumption per unit Total variable cost contribution for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total constant cost contribution for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total constant sales contribution for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total variable sales contribution for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total cost price for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total cost price per unit for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total sales price for the quantity specified for the current calculation Total sales price per unit for the quantity specified for the current calculation List of current operations No vouchers in the journal can be posted or checked. Job list List of current jobs Voucher %1, date %2, account %3, amount currency %4, amount MST %5, alternative amount %6, currency %7, text %8 Material stockout list Checking circularity List of BOM lines where materials have not been completely released Checking BOM BOM line Shows data in relation to the current BOM line Regenerate sequence numbers Sequence numbers will be regenerated. Continue? Identification of item group Item group that the item is attached to. Description of the item. Identification of the coverage group. Minimum on-hand, safety stock applying to the item when master scheduling Maximum on-hand, applying to the item when master scheduling according to Min./Max. Mode of delivery for delivery of items Use alternative Coverage period in days used when master scheduling according to the method Period. Identification of number group Code for subsequent recognition of mode of delivery Find fast name applying to the item Mode of delivery %1 does not exist. Delivery terms Code for subsequent recognition of terms of delivery Alternative addresses Address of sales tax authority, when the authority is not a vendor Table ID of the main table This field is used together with address record ID and line number to form a unique key. Terms of delivery %1 do not exist. Describe the customer group Maximum sales tax charged. Last date of validity for charge limit First date of validity for charge limit Amount limit Sales tax limit for sales tax code %1 does not exist. Sales tax details Account type Apply what level of credit limit control when invoicing? First date of validity for sales tax value Last date of validity for sales tax value Specify account type of the selected account, for instance ledger, customer or vendor. Group of sales tax codes that can be calculated for sale and purchase. Specify item or item group. Address format lines Efficiency by work center Group of sales tax codes that can be calculated for an item. Identification of the order. Identification of the purchase. Description of the batch group Description of the posting group Run job next time the journal is run? Parameters for batch job Item sales tax group %1 with sales tax code %2 does not exist. Sales tax account group %1 does not exist. Address where the items are to be delivered. Sales tax group %1 with sales tax code %2 does not exist. Name of the batch journal Name of the batch journal type Batch journal names Batch journal lines Batch journal types Customer posting profiles Posting profile %1 does not exist. Specify account/group number included in the posting. Sum account for posting. Country/region name. County name. Sales tax settlement period %1 does not exist. Mobile phone Sales tax settlement period %1 from %2 to %3 does not exist. Identification of line. Process sales tax as use tax when purchasing. Account number with bank. All street numbers Date of requested/actual job start Date/time that the job ended Current status of the job Unit for periodic processing of the job Error code, if any, that ended the job. Adjustment type that is updated. Type of the current order Note attached to the collection letter Note attached to the adjustment Commission amount in currency Commission amount Code determining when items are picked for counting. Number of days between each counting when the counting code Period is selected. Derived item number processed according to the selected method Description of the counting group Counting group %1 does not exist. Counting date of the on-hand inventory Realized hours Amount of fee for collection letter note Calculated hours Derived configuration processed according to the selected method Derived configuration group processed according to the selected method Quantity counted when counting the on-hand inventory Journal number attached to the counting Identification of the item allocation key. Sales tax group for sales tax calculation of fee amount Amount of the posting in currency Calculated sales tax amount in the sales tax settlement currency Original amount on which sales tax calculation is based. Shown in the settlement currency Original amount on which sales tax calculation is based. Shown in the current currency. Calculated sales tax amount shown in the current currency. Ledger account for fee has not been specified. Collection letter setup does not exist. Item allocation key %1 does not exist. Cross reference, type hierarchy Item allocation key proposed when creating forecasts for the item group Voucher series to be used in journals with the journal name. Identification of the journal name. Identification of the journal. Description of the journal Error log attached to the transaction. Date the journal was posted. User who posted the journal. Form %1 must be called with a table containing a configuration group. Item/Work center Run-independent consumption of the line in number of inventory units Estimated amount Cost price per unit Total sales price per unit The subsequent fee is added to transactions with this currency code Fee in currency for interest notes with this currency code Sales tax group for calculation of sales tax on interest note. Number of units the price is specified in. Physical on-hand inventory of the item Transaction date applying to the journal line. Job type of the route job Interest percentage for customer Account type that has been set up. Rename Join Percentage to be included in coverage Account to which the share of the amount is coverage planned Customer name Vendor name Record information Show all fields Print all fields Currency code for the interest note BOM name Sales tax group for calculation of sales tax on interest note. Check BOM? Posting profile used when posting interest note. Item sales tax group for calculation of sales tax on interest note Period allocation key name Requirement date attached to the transaction Quantity direction, receipt or issue Is the version approved? Employee who approved the version Requirement quantity attached to the transaction Quantity coverage planned for the transaction Order date Note on interest note Number for determining sequence in routes Quantity by which the transaction should be increased or reduced, according to the action message. Days by which the transaction should be advanced or postponed, according to the action message. Has action message been given for the transaction? Action that is proposed to be executed for the transaction. Quantity the transaction should be changed to, according to the action message. Date the transaction should be postponed or advanced to. Date the requirement can be met, according to the futures message. Vendor posting profile Record ID of referred BOM line Job number attached to the transaction Route version with record ID %1 does not exist. Quantity coverage planned via the settlement Transaction text from the transaction that formed the basis of the collection letter Calculation amount Master schedule explosion, on-hand Rename? to Join? Description of the coverage group. Number of submodel. Submodel Sales tax group for calculation of sales tax on purchase Date of working time Description of forecast plan State to deliver to Master planning parameters Number identifying the planned order Description of schedule Balance of account %1 for the period %2 starting %3 does not exist. Identification of reduction key Description of the reduction key Reduction lines Record ID of referred operation Next operation number in the route Level where the current operation is situated. Balance of the transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Amount the collection letter note is calculated from. Include the specified forecast plan in the master scheduling? Group of vendors. Description of master plan Master plan setup Vendor invoice account. Identification of the configuration group. Scheduled end date. Configuration group in the BOM selected from Item in the BOM selected, also dependent on the configuration group Configuration in the BOM selected, also dependent on the configuration group and the item number Specification of the sign to be used as decimal separator. Number of positions that negative figures should be moved to the left. Reverse sign when printing. Show the figure zero if the value is zero? Specify how to show sign for negative figures. Specify which sign to use as thousands separator. Configuration selection for item %1, configuration %2 does not exist. Max. number of positions for the column on print. Type determining what has been settled Transaction text from the transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Currency for the transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Invoice number of the transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Lead time in days. Voucher for the transaction that forms the basis of an interest note. Description of the working time Interest transactions Description of the calendar Inventory module parameters Ledger balance %1 with column %2 does not exist. Date attached to the price Configuration group name Description of the allocation method for this payment schedule. Quantity attached to the transaction Description of the payment schedule Currency, if any, attached to the item receipt Ledger balance %1 does not exist. Describe unit on which allocation of payments should be based. Confirm deletion Confirm update Header Transaction Groups Parameters Various Journal header Journal lines Voucher number attached to the physical update Customer payment schedule lines Packing slip number attached to the physical update Due date of customer transaction Payment to be transferred to customer transaction when invoicing Cash discount date to be used when creating vendor transaction. Cash discount amount included in the customer transaction when invoicing. Quantity that has been marked Cash discount amount included in the vendor transaction when invoicing. Document management parameters Posting date used when updating Movement that has been updated. Identification of document type. Settlement date for customer transaction. Execute end job? Description of statistics groups Exploded Status of the current update. Date of the execution. Amount that has been posted to the general ledger module Update references? Is the transaction created based on a settlement? Sales tax group for calculation of sales tax on invoice line Calculated sales tax amount for invoice line Statistics Description of report setup Transaction does not exist. Setup time for the operation Document table does not exist. Reduction key %1 does not exist. Document type %1 does not exist. Master scheduling setup for schedule %1 does not exist. Lines for setup of statistics Name of setup of aging report. Number of units for this column. Specify column for the information of this line. Closing sheet has been posted, so it cannot be changed or deleted. Mobile phone number. Task group %1 does not exist. Find fast name applying to customer Find fast name applying to vendor. Customer invoice account Working time %1, %2 does not exist. Specifies from where the budget transaction was created Synchronize references? Schedule references at the same time? Property %1 does not exist. Block Use which scheduling method? Warning: Update has been selected, but no print. Account %1 with dimension %2 = %3 does not exist. Transaction type is a specification of the type of transaction. Transaction type that is legal for the account. From operation number To operation number Identification of the production group Part delivery Group cannot be changed because it is used in the trade agreements. Positive figures Transaction text that has been created for the transaction. Gantt transaction Voucher number that decreased this transaction most recently. Date of voucher that decreased this transaction most recently. Transaction type specified when recording this transaction Posting profile used when creating this transaction Gantt chart %1 does not exist. Retrieve from user No configurations have been found for user %1. Configurations Name of journal in company accounts for intercompany accounting. Include Route group name Route job types Route job type group %1, type %2, does not exist. Total discount on the sales order in percentage. Payment schedule %1 does not exist. Name of the journal. Identification of the work center group. From account type To account type Type of the current purchase Description of the journal. Approval procedure Font Size Default printer font Last date of validity for the current exchange rate Description of the current journal Reference to record ID of vendor payment schedule. Reference to record ID of customer payment schedule. Form text to be written in the requested form. Specify description of statistics for subsequent recognition Group of customers. Printing specifications Business statistics lines Specify how settlement takes place. Name of 1099 form. Print medium Offset account for the transaction. Address map General specification of the transaction type. Specification of the period type Text describing the transaction. Transaction type in bank module. No tree node for %1 Description of the 1099 form Number of vendor for which 1099 information has been reported Number of the customer's mobile phone Reference to record ID of vendor transactions. Reference to record ID of customer transactions. Transaction type of the transaction when transferring from journal to journal Specify code for terms of payment for subsequent recognition Payment method Transaction type for which this text is used Bank totals Is the transaction a correction? Number of the vendor's mobile phone Vendor account used when invoicing Vendor name or company name Auto-report Ledger budget totals - consolidated Period with start %1 and code %2 does not exist. Transaction type that can be posted to, in case setup is missing Specify dimension for subsequent recognition. Address of contact E-mail of contact Person title alias Job title Locked in journal Name of the commission item group Set marking if the ledger account is completely closed for postings. Name of the commission sales group Ledger account %1 is closed. Field is an alias field and is only used in the database to make an index for a name. Trade agreements Code for the current transaction code. Description of how the sales tax is stated. Sequence transaction number. Status of the current transaction regarding reporting Change view The selected Application Objects are checked for compliance with the defined Best Practices for Application Development Check Best Practices Customer phone list Vendor phone list Name of the route Item group for grouping of the route Date until which the route version applies. Date from which the route version applies. Rout number referred to by the route version Description of the route version Cancellation of vouchers transferred from invoice approval journal. Print of phone list of suppliers Print of customer phone list Create or update the work centers to be included in the group Menu references Menu Scheduling status of the production Unit the capacity is measured in Replace syntactically Identification of the purchase order Identification of the packing slip. Has part delivery been made? Identification of the invoice. Post packing slips in ledger? Display/Edit methods Quantity that can be reserved Identification of misc. charges group Minimum quantity applying to item transactions Maximum quantity applying to item transactions Standard order quantity applying to item transactions Balance due for customers distributed by periods A group the bank can be attached to. Used for general information and grouping of accounts. Quantity in open Amount the check is drawn for. Payment specification %1 does not exist. Name of month Identification of item or work center Offset account for receipts. This is check %1 printed as a test. Post reported as finished in ledger? Post picking list in ledger Fixed contents of the MICR line in the check for the account. Update estimation for all referred productions Date the reported as finished is updated for. Identification of primary job number Identification of job number type. Identification of secondary job number. Quantity/Time Feedback of quantity or time Code used for auto-search. Updated IIP/WIP amount attached to the transaction Account %1 with check number %2 does not exist. Bank %1 does not exist. Date until which the inventory is to be closed. Update costings by corrected cost amount? Update the general ledger module? Method for allocating check numbers. Signature Check format Update of forecast plan for the current item Job for updating forecast plans for all or selected items Job for deletion of requirement transactions in forecast plans and master plans Update of the master plan for the current item Job for update of master plans for all or selected items Print requirements that have action message Print requirements that have futures message Print the requirement profiles Show requirement transactions in other plans. Show requirement transactions in other master plans. Show and firm planned orders. Create or update lines. Show scheduled production route. Show requirements that have action message. Shows settlement transactions attached to the current requirement transaction. Shows derived material requirements attached to the current requirement transaction. Shows how the current transaction is exploded in the master plan. Shows requirements that have futures message. Shows the gross requirement profile of the item. Shows the net requirement profile of the item. Shows the forecast distributed by periods. Forecasting for customers Forecasting for customer groups Shows the result of the purchase and sales forecast Forecasting for items Forecasting for item groups Forecasting for suppliers Forecasting for vendor groups Exploded forecast transaction. Value adjustment of selected on-hand inventory Value adjustment of selected inventory transactions Cyclical behavior Periodic close of inventory incl. correction of item consumption and inventory value adjustment Shows posted inventory countings Skip counting of next number? Description of the class Shows open and closed item lots. Shows inventory settlements related to the voucher. Shows statistics for the item. Create or update items Description of the BOM Shows inventory transactions for the item or the lot. Description of configuration group. Shows inventory transactions for the item. Offset voucher %1 cannot be canceled because the voucher has been approved. Shows ordered items. Is the process active? Create or update item texts in different languages. Print adjustment journal Quantity in the inventory units of the item. Print postings by account for ledger reconciliation of the inventory Ledger reconciliation of the inventory incl. print of vouchers Print on-hand inventory. Print inventory value/quantity distributed by item group aging report. Print inventory value/quantity distributed by inventory dimension aging group. Print inventory transactions for specification of physically updated quantities. Print inventory transactions for specification of the inventory value. Print physical inventory by item group. Print physical inventory by inventory dimension. Print item base data. Print the module-specific price/discount setup of the item table. Print the module-specific quantity setup of the item table. Print inventory transactions. Own number of the account in the bank. Function for change of item type Entry of journal lines. Print journal lines. Execute check of the journal. Shows inventory transactions. Account of recipient of the check Does purchase forecast exist? Does sales forecast exist? Field label Label for field Table name Label for table Index name Name of index for a table Shows the selected ranges and their values. Next - before update Original value of next number released from an automatic number sequence Highest - before update Checks Original value for the highest allowed value for the current number sequence Lowest - before update Original value for the lowest allowed value for the current number sequence Heading for table Gross amount contributed to the forecast by the forecast transaction. Values before update Purchase Sales Capacity or reservation for the work center in hours. Description of the task group Any type Identification of template for working time Use base calendar as a template? Identification of the route Per date the on-hand inventory is assessed for. Cut-off date for assessment of inventory value/quantity Show value or quantity Print lines where all values and/or quantities equal zero? Should columns show inventory value or quantity? Amount to be added to the original transaction to make the reconciliation balance Production group proposed when creating productions for the item Production group must be specified. Cost category has not been specified. Editing of forecast transactions Select how to process the transactions Change the model? Change the item number? Change the item group? Note that it is dependent on the item number. Change the vendor account number? Change the vendor group? Note that it is dependent on the vendor account number. Change the start date? Change the customer account number? Change the customer group? Note that it is dependent on the customer account number. Constant that is added. Override dimension? Current value Calculated value Item number that the route version is attached to. Time units Different time units, for instance day, month, year and week Counting journal Rounding-up method Rights Find next Interval sales tax settlements Sales tax settlements for the date interval Code name to be used when identifying the sales tax settlement periods Posted sales tax in the date interval Sales tax per interval Specify the location of the check number in the MICR line by %1, where the check number should be placed. Setup of distribution by age has not been made. Print test Print a test check. Automatic purchase creation Automatic production creation Total customer turnover Customer turnover Check Job card journal Route card journal Payment of customers Length of check number Unreconciled bank transactions Renamed application objects New name New name of the application object Unique internal identification number of the application object Application object type Type of application object (table, table field, enum, class, etc.) Old name Old name of the application object Field ID Unique identification number of a field in a table Ledger journal texts Text transferred by specification of code. Version update Nonposted journal lines Find fast name applying to ledger journal texts Journal texts Create or update texts that can be used as hotkeys in ledger journals No payment in the journal specifies which account to be paid from. Check layout for bank account %1 does not exist. Path to a node in the Application Object Tree. Number of references Postings to customer account cannot be made. Postings to vendor account cannot be made. Run job as batch job? Delete journal lines %1 Account %2 voucher %3 date %4 Setup of current master plan has not been specified. Setup of current forecast plan has not been specified. Percentage in total Total of allocation percentage for account and dimension 1099 report number %1 Network account name Save journal as periodic journal Name of periodic journal Retrieves and inserts journal lines in/from periodic journal Transfer sub-BOM Transfer subroute Cross-referenced Application Object Description of the journal to be transferred to Use a deposit slip Offset account name Save in existing journal Update consumption Exploding BOM Calculating BOM consumption Calculating route consumption Updating purchase Updating reference production Number of on-hand inventories Number of transactions of the referred type that was created in the requirement table Number of purchase lines Calculating production Releasing references Name of account that is specified in the line Calculating BOM Calculating route Microsoft Dynamics Number of production lines Number of inventory journal lines Number of order lines Number of sales forecast lines Number of purchase forecast lines Number of planned production orders Number of BOM lines Number of planned purchase orders Time for processing of the item coverage Time for processing of the action message Time for processing of the futures message Processing time Counting Reference to the application object at the given place (path, line, column) Number of items Offset account proposal Number of levels Number of levels that were processed. Excel files Word templates Check for the payment has been drawn. The check must be posted and then voided before the transaction can be deleted. Used by Using Method for allocating voucher number Original voucher number Same new voucher number for all vouchers New voucher number per voucher New voucher number per transaction Time for updating the requirement table Print posting by account for ledger reconciliation of work center consumption. Ledger reconciliation of work center consumption incl. print of vouchers that cannot be reconciled. Print journal for costings Print cost estimates and costings for the production List of production postings List of posted route transactions Estimation of current or selected productions Price calculation of current or selected productions Job scheduling of current or selected productions Operations scheduling of current or selected productions Release current or selected productions Report as finished current or selected productions Update route level and accumulated scrap Start current or selected productions Update new production status of current or selected productions Journal for entry of work center consumption via job card feedback Journal for entry of work center consumption via route card feedback Journal for entry of report as finished for productions Voucher journal for entry of item consumption via picking list release Importing Load ledger transactions into journal Check completed Reverse sign for amount when inserting in journal? Name of invoice approval journal Number of invoice approval journal Load ledger transactions Auto-refresh Message limit Function %1 was called without operation. Requirement calculation of planned order %1 Loading configuration hierarchy Incorrect setup of number sequence %1 Planned order %1 does not exist in master plan %2. The journal cannot be approved. The journal can be approved only by a user in group %1. Payment is not recorded in the bank module. Add-Ins Journal %1 is locked by user group %2. Journal: %1, journal number: %2 Check number Best Practices MICR line %1 contains illegal characters. Manual posting Print capacity reservations Re-update all forecast transactions automatically derived Invoice amount %1 is inconsistent with amount from journal transaction %2. Transactions exist in the inventory journals for the current period. No transactions to post. Correction amount Account %1 must have posting %2 Customer order lines Level %1 Create export file ISO-code for the country/region is not specified Is the account locked? Payment status of vendor payments Item coverage is updated. Item coverage is partly updated. Load balances Validation list Tax Transaction group Source Code Titlecase Update Click the right mouse button to start. Customer - Cash payment Vendor - Cash payment Base Marking that payment is canceled. Unit conversion from %1 to %2 does not exist. License information Auto-report Print a list of vendor invoices. No more checks for account %1 Quantity in statistics Creating opening transactions Table %1 Welcome to the Microsoft Dynamics Help system No help for this item Your search for %1 found %2 items. Date calculation Check Intrastat Starting point Starting point Share may not exceed 100 percent. A fixed item sales tax group has not been created in the parameters for sales tax. Misc. charges per unit are not allowed. Calculation date Date that forms the basis of the calculation Route card is not printed for production %1. The production has no route. Show and create for all configurations. Print sales tax codes Commodity Telex Cash supplier cannot have payment schedule. Show references only as default Select document type proposed when creating. Select whether to show only the reference list as a default, and not the buttons. Select whether to show only the reference list, and not the buttons. Select whether to show references for all users or the present user. Menu item ID changed Renamed From date is in fiscal year %1. To date is in fiscal year %2. Dates must be in same fiscal year. Shows data from current item lot. Shows capacity reservations attached to the current transaction. Graphic display of the capacity load Create or update property values. Create or update work centers. Create or update working times for the current transaction. Functions that can be executed in relation to the item. Set up discounts and prices for the item. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the item. Transaction amount and cash discount must have same sign. Show item number? Transaction amount and 1099 amount must have same sign. Show futures date? Show requirement date? Show requirement quantity? Coverage planned qty. Format for node text. Open balance in company currency. Show reference type? Show configuration? Select the configuration for which to show and create. Settlement date for sales tax cannot be calculated because no period has been created for sales tax period %1 as on %2. Show reference number? Create or update purchase and sales forecasts for the item. Create or update bills of materials for the selected item Set up related data for the item. Functions that can be executed in relation to the journal. View transactions and on-hand inventory as well as reservation. Functions that can be executed in relation to journal lines. Special functions that can be executed for BOM journals. Special functions that can be executed for counting journals. Show related transactions in the inventory. Show attached ledger transactions. Functions that can be executed for the current transaction. Show related transactions. Show related inventory transactions. Create new route and new route version. Create new BOM and new BOM version. Change quantity manually Functions for adjustment of on-hand inventory and transactions Show ledger transactions attached to the current transaction. Select the on-hand inventory to be adjusted. Total cancellation of a previous adjustment Create or update total discounts on purchase. Create or update line discounts on purchase. Create or update line discounts on sale. Create or update total discounts on sale. Create or update multiline discounts on purchase. Create or update multiline discounts on sale. Create or update purchase prices. Create or update sales prices. Create or update any attached production. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the work center group. Show work center group uses Copy the operation relation to a new one with identification set to the specific item and route. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the work center. Show work center uses. Print work center uses in production routes. Print task groups that the work center is included in. Function for automatic composition of working times Create or update production BOM Show estimation and costing for the production Voucher journal for entry of work center consumption via route card feedback Journal for entry of production consumption and report as finished Create or update production route. Show jobs attached to the production. Show work center jobs and rescheduling of processing sequence. Show executed production updates. Print statistics of work center efficiency. Special functions that can be executed for picking list journals. Select productions to be price calculated Set up default values for selected productions. Describe the item and any configuration. Select productions to be estimated. Select productions to be job scheduled. Select productions to be operations scheduled. Select productions to be released. Select productions to be reported as finished. Select productions to be started. Select productions to be status reduced. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the operation. Functions that can be executed in relation to the production route. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the production job. Functions that can be executed in relation to production jobs. Updates that can be executed for the production. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the production. Show related route transactions. Print update log. Automatic generation of picking list journal Print planned order. Update the master schedule explosion. Set up graphic display Show session log of executed item coverage jobs. Create or update the configuration route for the BOM. Create or update configuration rules for the BOM or the BOM line. Shows the elements of the BOM hierarchically. Create or update profits for the cost group. Shows which configurations the BOM item is included in. Update lines for allocation of items. Set up colors used in the Gantt chart. Create or update Gantt charts. Create or update route operations for the item/route. Create or update routes. Create or update operation relations for the route operation Statistics intervals Print purchase forecast by item. Print sales forecast by item. Print journal Print operations Print routes Print route versions Set up job for batch processing. Check BOM, and if required do a circularity check. Approval of the version Change, copy, and delete forecast transactions. Create reference to the active transaction. Open document attached to the reference. Print document attached to the reference. Functions that can be executed in relation to the batch job. Transfers that can be executed in relation to the calculation. Create or update the configuration setup in relation to the BOM line. Functions that can be executed in relation to the BOM line. Create or update purchase- and sales forecasts for the combination of item dimensions Functions that can be executed in relation to the configuration. Functions that can be executed in relation to the document type. Set up related data for the reference. Functions that can be executed in relation to the reference. Inquiries that can be executed in relation to the reference. Set up related data for the Gantt chart. Functions that can be executed in relation to the route. Functions that can be executed in relation to the operation. Application data update Draw graph Show item name? Finished item lot Item must be autoreported as finished, but no default journal name for bills of materials has been set up in inventory paramete Relation name Browse... Validate [Label undefined] Exit the form even if marked planned orders have not been firmed? Methods of payment - Customers Methods of payment - Vendors Vendor payment schedule lines Currency posting control Dimension posting control Transaction type posting control User posting control Transaction date %1 is not in a closing period. Invoice approval journal Payment schedule is type %1, but lines have not been specified. File names must be different for the different company accounts. Selection and setup of job search. Report options Selected Functions that can be executed in relation to the operation relation. Deletes the actual operation relation. Select all Number of journal lines. Create Project Capacity does not exist. Link text Insert link to form Insert link to field Insert link to class Microsoft Dynamics property Function Text or label reference shown for the link Voucher/Invoice Customer aging report Copy precisely Different ways of copying a sales or purchase order Copy everything from header Copy everything from lines Copy journal from header Copy journal from lines Credit note from header Credit note from lines There are no transactions that can produce an original document. Copy order header Only one order header can be designated when copying order header. Sum transferred from the journal line Change in user rights Unable to change %1 %1 is the last active administrator and cannot be changed. User group %1 cannot be deleted Date check Formula calculation Refresh Line has been edited by another user. Click Next to continue. Rename %1, and update all references? If you answer Yes, marking in transactions will be cleared. If you answer Yes, the total amount will be transferred to the journal line. Customer information Specify where name and address information should be retrieved from. A supplier has not been specified for all the selected lines. Click Yes to cancel check Button Automatic update Automatic execution Transaction is already marked for settlement. Client/server trace Select sorting and defining criteria. Account type that specifies the type of account the transaction will be applied to. Group for approval must be specified. Select printing format and printer setup Name && Location Requirement job Plan proposals according to what principle? Update planning Replan planned order when futures are set? Capacity planning Capacity planning Employee who approved the bill of materials BOM approval Specify the acceptable level for changes Is the report made per invoice date, due date or document date? Has the bill of materials been approved? Class %1 must be called with a buffer. Has the route been approved? Employee who approved the route. Approval of routes Suppress whitespace Date for calculation of columns Approval of route Approval of bill of materials Due before Approve bill of materials? Bill of materials %1 has not been approved. There can be only one vendor transaction per voucher. Approve bill of materials Approve route Case sensitive What date should action setting be based on? Return action default Capacity load, graphically Defined capacity in hours Reserved capacity in hours Remaining capacity in hours Shows jobs associated with the current transaction. More info... Route %1 has not been approved. Approve route? Show differences only No inventory transactions will be created for the line. Method for dividing misc. charges What lines should the misc. charges be distributed to? Secondary currency Triangulation Specify whether the exchange rate is included in triangulation. Currency code used as an anchor in triangulation. Choose file type Number of days a sales order is valid Period of validity Last date for acceptance of the order Vendor invoice recording Vendor invoice recording without use of approval journal Invoice journal Lock criteria of following field. Setup Mailbox setup Profile Measurement element Actual return Application deadline Applicant Benefit type Date of receipt Level of education Duration Institution Work permit Language code Loan item Loan type Media Media type Organization unit SSN Password Reason code Recruitment Area of responsibility Skill Skill type Organization Visa Action group Action plan Response type Action type Answer group Correct answer Points Total time Time to complete questionnaire Type of questionnaire Instructor Classroom group Classroom Course type Extension Graphical indicator Perspective Normalized score Instruction From points Result group Max. number of points To points Response code description Score Occupancy Balanced Scorecard Plan template Plan type Applicant status Skill mapping Plan status does not allow updating Organization type Benefit Relationship Dates Picture Position description Interview Skills Action types End result Reference type must be completed Response Invalid or no response type selected Period setup Last period Benefit types Examination Applicants Reason codes Institutions Areas of responsibility Positions Degrees No errors in formula Language codes Loan items Loan types Media Media types Benefits Terminate Hire Series Professional experience Person Description field Automatic actions Subactions Action groups Create or update action groups Action plans Response types Create or update action types Answer groups Questionnaires Related questions Default criteria Reference types Participants Instructors Classrooms Classroom groups Course types Perspectives Measurement journal import types Measurement journal names Measurement journal Lines Scorecard Elements Product model wizard Show simulated figure Result groups Closed time Developments SWOT Templates for strategic planning Create or update planning types Strategic Planning Wizard Update network Verify measurement. Simulate calculation of measurement. Update transactions in measurements. Action management Balanced scorecard Strategic planning Primary plan Benefits Skill types Job - areas of responsibility. Job - skills Job - work tasks Recruitment media Recruitment project lines Interview with applicants Recruitment - developments Action plan - distribution Actions - employee distribution Actions - response types Action types -- response types Questionnaire questions Questionnaire templates Questionnaire types Default line margins Course participants Course instructors Course locations Classrooms Classroom groups Graphical indicator Target Measurement journal lines Measurement elements Measurement element dates Measurement elements - normalized score Transactions - elements Current reality/End result Question - result groups Question - point distribution Question types Questionnaires - user rights Measurement simulation Strategic plans Plans for plan template Plan templates - actions Strategic planning - developments Strategic plan types Primary action Randomly Primary question Is the element active? From value To value Total value Evaluation of Normalized Interview Rejection Retired Completed Canceled Native language Single Married Divorced Widowed Line Parents Siblings Other family Other Mr. Mrs. Alternative button Combo box Check box Not started Finished Skipped Second attempt Sequence Waiting list A B C D Input Cancel Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities Threats Describe organizational unit Describe position Describe job tasks Identify area of responsibility Describe area of responsibility Identify educational degree Describe educational degree Describe medium Describe medium type Identify the media type. Identify loan type Cancel the action plan? Describe loan type Describe language code Education Job skills Contacts Education History Loan Network groups Reference query Employee query Show references Organization unit the position is attached to Show employees Regenerate employee distribution? Identify institution Describe institution Identify skill type Describe skill type Describe reason code Specify reason code type Identify loan item Describe loan item Employee responsible for loan Serial number for loan item Loan-item type Identify skill Describe skill Type that skill is attached to Transaction count Action statistics Action statistics Sum per month End date must be specified. Skill mapping Create or update applicants for the position Create or update applicant's interviews Applicant interview Employee benefits This wizard helps you create a strategic plan. You can create a plan using the plan template or by editing the displayed fields. You can edit plan data here. Enter the new plan here. Note: If a planning number sequence has been created, and it does not allow manual selection, then Professional experience Describe the current reality in an analysis of the plan Describe the plan's goal/vision. Describe the plan's strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and risks. You can also choose to file the analysis as an attachment Record the plan's actions. Creating actions Creating action %1 for employee %2 Measurements - statistics Color Update course types Update classrooms Update course locations Text color Background color Area The employee does not exist in person table. Mass creation No active query Start action plan? Action ID number sequence not initialized Allocating item: %1 Measurement group Graphical indicator setup - lines Measurement group - lines Measurement group - table Measurements Creating table list Open actions exist in the action plan. Do you want to end them? End action plan? Open actions exist in the action plan. Do you want to delete them? Number of undistributed references remaining. Employee distribution Retrieve distribution data Period's first calculation If you choose to use the template and you want to see the plan structure, refer to Strategic planning/Setup/Templates. Specify whether you want to use a template. Select a template you want to copy from. Welcome to the Strategic Planning Wizard. Click Finish to create strategic plan %1. Period start date Response code %1 cannot be used with action type %2. Network People in the network Resume Virtual network group relation An employee may only be selected as responsible for an organization unit. This person is not associated with the organization. Personal An organization unit with underlying active units may not be inactivated. Positions in use may not be inactivated. Show only active The class has been called with incorrect parameters. Internal note External note Show only loaned Initiate from organization Unique key for people. You use the key when creating new people in the network. Unique key for actions. You use the key when creating new actions. Unique key for strategic planning. You use the key when creating plans. Grouping of educational studies Education group Education group Development plan types Development plan type Development plans Course description Unique key for questionnaire answers. The key is used for completing the questionnaire Development plan lines Copy educational plan to strategic plan Copy educational plan to strategic plan Creating strategic plan Create a strategic plan on the basis of the educational plan? Error in creation of actions Error in creation of strategic plan Applicants Show reference An organization unit with attached employees may not be inactivated. Job - work tasks. Job - areas of responsibility Network types Build network for employees Build network for contacts Build network for applicants Development plan Loaned Available Project/Matrix affiliation Only matrix or project organizations may be selected. Affiliation This form cannot be used for line organizations. Number sequence for network is not initialized. Transaction cannot be entered in the network table. The factor must be between 0 and 1. Employer Position of trust Education group educations The item is already on loan. End date must be greater than start date. Alternative contact Form template Must be completed Terminate employee Move employee Applications Application Unique key for applications. You use the key when creating new applications. Examination of applications Correspondence action Canceled Error occurred while setting up new employee. Employment history Job is already taken. Show data You must specify an employee number. Employee number already exists. Creating employee %1 Deleting %1 New organization unit must be specified Group results Delete results Results report Organigram Data cannot be displayed. Answer report Selected groupings Grouping options List of participants Held Course certificate Questionnaire statistics Build virtual network for employees Build virtual network for contacts Build virtual network for applicants Template does not exist. Number of employees Planned answer session Point statistics Answer Unique key for question. You use the key when creating new questions for questionnaires. Distributing questionnaires Default inquiries Creating questionnaire for %1 The direct entry of names is not supported; use the list. Field %1 must be completed Calculating measurement %1... Calculating Element %1 Period %1 - %2 has not passed. Measurement %1 Knowledge transaction text Count statistics Posting vouchers Posting to measurement %1. Number of updates %1 Simulation date No errors detected. Number of measurements with errors %1 Update of measurement transactions Simulate update of measurement transactions. Measurement manipulation Checking measurement %1. Checking Element %1. Past due Credited Unique key for voucher. You use the key when posting new vouchers from the measurement journal or from the automatic upd Measurement %1 contains no credited vouchers for update. Knowledge transaction - voucher number Reason for termination Element transactions Voucher %1 is already being used. Course confirmation Unique key for journals. You use the key when creating new journals. SWOT analysis Errors were found during a check of the journal. Checking voucher %1 Personnel parameters There are no open vouchers in measurement %1, start date %2. Period start date %1 is invalid. Error in measurement %1 Checking journal %1, voucher %2. Incorrect end date %1; should be %2. Incorrect settlement voucher number %1; should be %2. Incorrect value %1; should be %2. The period %1 has already been posted. Posting voucher %1. Journal %1 cannot be posted, because errors were detected. Posting journal %1. Errors were detected during posting of the journal. Delete journal lines The voucher has not been approved correctly. No employees are attached to user %1. Input type Answer type Form templates Settled period Number of posted vouchers %1 Measurement: %1, %2 Measurement group - graphical indicator setup Create strategic plan Measurement summary Create a strategic plan via a standard dialog box. Create a strategic plan via a wizard Print sum per measurement Print minimum per measurement Print maximum per measurement Print average per measurement Print count per measurement Describe the current reality for the plan Indicate whether you want to use a template. Describe the plan's end result. Register a SWOT analysis for the plan. Record the plan's actions Creation of strategic plans Enter the template you want to copy from. Shows what will be created based on the selected template. Print only active transaction per measurement Scorecard summary Next period Enter template Create strategic plan Create using template Project Recruitment project Strategic planning templates Max. number of participants in course. Expected return Employment status Marital status Primary/secondary Salutation SWOT type Postponed This is to confirm that has completed the course Include educational data? Include skills? Include professional experience? Include position of trust? Show actions Error in update Element %1 does not exist or is not active. Element %1 does not figure in the formula. %1 is not allowed after a constant. %1 is not allowed after an Element. %1 is not allowed after an operator. %1 is not allowed after a left parenthesis. %1 is not allowed after a right parenthesis. The last element may not be an operator/left parenthesis %1. The numbers of left and right parentheses do not match. Invalid Element %1 Invalid expression at %1 Checking formula %1. Action group ID Description used when a new action is created. Action ID Action plan ID Collection of answers used for a question. Number of points earned for a question Is this answer correct? Sequence number; if 0, the sequence is not used. Response type for action Action type for classification of actions Answer text for a group of answers Question sequence number; if 0, the sequence number is not used. Date that the item was returned Percentage used when question sequence is random. Template ID Questionnaire type for classifying questionnaires Default criteria Deadline for submission of application Reference type ID Number of items counted Applicant ID File type name Current reality for strategic plan End result for strategic plan Identify strategic plan Note on strategic plan Describe SWOT analysis Application ID Strategic planning template Identify strategic plan on template Type that classifies strategic plans Type that classifies an employee benefit. Describe benefit type. Identify measurement Identify graphical indicator Select a color. Item description. Table ID Reference to description field Name of description field Sorting field for statistical purposes Describe area Identify perspective Formula used to calculate measurement transactions Packed element Identify element Reason code used in connection with skill mapping Import type Normalized value Period setup code Identify measurement group Course description Course ID Sum posted Course instructor ID Course location ID Date that the person registered for the course. Identify question Type for classification of classrooms Instructions for question From point to be calculated from To point to be calculated to Classroom ID Identify result group for generating reports. Maximum number of points that can be obtained for a result group. Question text Question type Result group text Type for classifying courses Criteria setup Date that application was received Load factor for a classroom Answer to question Number of units that the instruction lasted Identify a planned or answered questionnaire Identify the institution Identify the educational degree. Type for classifying types of education Status of a planned/answered questionnaire Select a sequence for the questions. Type for classifying development plans Note type Specify the type of journal transaction you are creating. Statistics - view type Type for classifying education Update type Specify level of priority Select a verification type for input answer. Responsible employee Select an answer type. Status for action/action plan Employee status for the person Correspondence action for the application Application status Course participant status Status of applicant interview Status of loan Indication of marital status Type of organization Status of development plan Primary or secondary contact Reason code type Type of developments in recruitment Specify relationship Form of address Person's skill level Reference to related employee/contact/applicant Employment factor, where 1 indicates a full-time position Date that loan is supposed to be returned Date of interview Time of interview Identify work permit Identify language code; used to define language proficiency. Number of days the item is loaned Serial number of loan item Type for classifying loan items Identify the media. Identify organization unit Employee responsible for organization unit Name of employer Identify position Position designation Identify reason code Identify recruitment project Graphical indicator setup Number of resources sought. Reason code for termination The number of days loaned must have been exceeded before a reminder can be sent. Date that application was submitted Identify job task Identify development plan Identify network group. Used as rights for running questionnaires. Identify the person Unique ID for the person Identify network reference Name of the person Identify visa Interview Include applicant in skill mapping? Applicant's fax number Date for ending action Applicant's telex number Date by which action should end Applicant title Date on which action should begin Applicant's cell phone number Describe reference Date that employment starts Describe autoaction Saved query The field contains a packed query Describe action plan Describe response code Describe action type Random display of answer Describe answer group Describe questionnaire Activate point statistics for questionnaire Activate answer reporting for questionnaire Specify whether all questions must be answered before a questionnaire may be approved. Describe classroom Specify whether this question must be answered before a questionnaire may be approved. Start date of course End date of course Describe template Describe questionnaire type Describe course type Describe education group Describe criteria type Describe reference type End date of the strategic plan Start date of the strategic plan Date of actual end of the strategic plan Describe development plan Date of actual start of the strategic plan Education types Describe types of education Describe the strategic plan Start date for benefit End date for benefit Describe template for the strategic plan Person's fax number Person's cell phone number Person's phone number Person's telex number Identify the main plan Date of developments Describe developments Describe strategic planning type Describe graphical indicator setup Cell phone number on medium Phone number on medium Fax number on medium Telex number on medium Graphical indicator's size in degrees Is organization unit active? Maximum value Minimum value Unit of graphical indicator Is the position active? Graphical indicator value Area ID Start date of target transaction End date of target transaction Date of registration of developments Describe journal import type Import Start date of announcement. End date of announcement. Describe recruitment job Start date of the transaction End date of the transaction Describe recruitment project Start date for recruitment project End date for recruitment project Fixed period start date Fixed end date Describe education Start date for studies End date for studies Grade point average Describe measurement group type Start date of period Initiate strategic planning dimension from organization Describe question result group Describe question types Percentage achieved Start date that the questionnaire is answered. End date that the questionnaire is answered. Time it took to complete the questionnaire. Start date for the development plan End date for the development plan Start date for development plan line End date for development plan line Describe development plan line Describe network group End date for affiliation/hiring End date for affiliation/hiring Planned return Loan date Date that loan was returned Start date for position of trust End date for position of trust Start date for professional experience End date for professional experience Level date Date that level was reached Target level Target date Include the person in a skill mapping? Expiration date of work permit Expiration date of visa Error in expression %1 Hiring employees Moving employees Building virtual network Response called without action Response types for action type %1 are not configured. Response to action Creating strategic plan using template Deleting results. Deleting result %1. Error occurred during deletion of results. Error occurred during storage of Element inquiries. No query or data source has been selected. No calculation table has been selected. No calculation field has been selected. Type in date criteria. The result of the Element is %1. The result of the Element is 0 (No transactions found) The transaction cannot be deleted because subtransactions exist. Move %1? Max. %1 fields can be added. Select a table. Table %1 is not supported. Incorrect table %1. Type in the table ID or select it from the list. Incorrect field %1. Type in the field ID or select it from the list. The field %1 is not supported. Unfortunately, you did not complete the questionnaire within the allotted time-frame. You have not completed the questionnaire. If you cancel now, your answers will not be saved. Are you sure you want to cance The number sequence for the questionnaire has not been set up. Question %1 of %2 Number of references Number of references to be distributed. Number distributed Number of references distributed. Distribution type Describe distribution type. The field value depends on whether line criteria have been specified. Even distribution Element Wizard Element information Select a table Select a field Test Element Saving Element setup Create action Action-dependency Question list Measurement journal voucher Simulation of measurement calculation Postings to measurement This wizard helps you set up the element's measurement and calculation expression. You can set up a measurement using a predefined query, or you can select a table. You can close the wizard by testing the query and checking the result of the Element. Enter default data for the Element. Select a query Select a table as the basis for the query. Enter or edit criteria for the query assigned to this element. Define the calculation of the Element. Finished Test the calculation of the Element's value. Date fields Calculation Select whether to use a predefined query or create a new query. Specify which date fields you want to include in the criteria. Here you can enter a normalized score for your measurement. Here you can define the calculation of the Element. Here you can specify default data for the Element. The percentage must be between 0 and 100. Create or update action plans. Show action statistics Show dependencies Create or update response types Create or update answer groups Create or update answers Create or update questionnaires Create or update form templates Create or update questionnaire types Welcome to the questionnaire Create or update questions Create or update reference types Create or update plans Create or update developments Create or update SWOT analysis This wizard helps you create a strategic plan. Create or update graphical indicators Create or update targets Shows questionnaire statistics Update of planned answer session for questionnaires Multiplanning of questionnaires Shows answers and questionnaires Shows group results Create or update response types Create or update subactions Create or update autoactions Shows networks Create or update Perspectives Create or update measurement journal import types Create or update measurement journal names Create or update measurement journal lines Shows measurement statistics Create or update Scorecard Create or update Elements Show simulated figures Show knowledge transactions Show Element transactions Show basis Create or update questions Create or update points and texts Create or update question types Change status of the development plan. Mass creation of actions End action plan Cancel action plan Printing answer report. Updating development plan status. Deleting answers to questionnaires. Printing result report. Run skill mapping Show organigram Create or update courses Create or update networks Create or update network groups Create or update skills. Create or update skill types Create or update professional experience Create or update position of trust Show pictures Move affiliation Create or update loan types Show affiliation Show history Create or update education. Omit affiliation. Create or update development plan Specify development plan Create or update job tasks Create or update areas of responsibility Create or update recruitment projects Create or update positions Create or update media Create or update reason codes Set up function of personnel module Create or update organization Create or update media types Create or update loan items Create or update language codes Create or update benefits Create or update education groups Create or update degrees Create or update institutions Create or update development-plan types Create or update classroom groups Create and manage course participants. Create or update benefit types Create or update applications Print participants list Print course certificate Print course confirmation Print waiting list Print overdue loans Overdue loan Employee status Start date must lie between the recruitment project's starting and end date. End date must lie between the recruitment project's starting and end date. Jobs per organization unit Job information Print job information Printing resume People per organization unit People per job Print Scorecard. Print planned answer session, as well as result groups/answers. Planned answer session per questionnaire Planned answer session per person Print answers, as well as result groups/answers Answers per questionnaire Print planned answer session for questionnaires, as well as result groups/answers. Answers per person Describe action group Print action plans Print actions Print answers, as well as result groups/answers per person. Print planned answer session, as well as result groups/answers per person. Show information on organization unit Change status of the recruitment plan. Seniority date Employee's seniority date Seniority Verify formula Status of course Passed Change status of recruitment project Change status of course participants Change course status The status cannot be changed to %1 as long as there are open applications for the project. Open applications for %1 Application no. %1, received %2, with status %3 is open for the person. %1 is responsible for the following organization units: Type %1, organization %2, %3 Start date must be specified Terminates employee Is the current transaction a settlement? Settled voucher Name of the element Name Distribute employees based on employee query. Create employee distribution Create or display actions Create or update actions Activation of %1 Questionnaire Questions User rights Answer Lines on answered/planned questionnaires Create a new strategic plan Employees Hire employee Person Notes Change status Show answer on questionnaire Answer on questionnaire End Measurement update Calculation of knowledge transactions Count actions Total vendor transactions Total ledger transactions Count employees Matrix Result of questionnaire Total customer transactions Average Set up date fields Country/region of citizenship Print result groups Print questionnaires with result groups, questions, and answers. Questions and answers Print questions and corresponding answers Starts strategic plan Updates status of strategic plan Number of digits Minimum number of digits that the new plan must contain. The number of pound signs (#) in the format must be greater than or equal to the number of digits. There are open actions for the strategic plan. They must be ended before the plan can be closed. The employee cannot be employed, because the organization unit is inactive. The newest target transaction must be deleted first. The Evaluation of field must be completed if the person answering the questionnaire is different than the person making the ev Generate statistics for questionnaires Average Status of recruitment project Employed Hire employee Build network table Create or update developments Update course instructors Create or update result groups Create or update knowledge periods Points/texts The transaction cannot be deleted. Transactions exist in table %1. Print answer. To point %1 must be less than or equal to Maximum points %2 for the result group. Print employee distribution per action plan Print action note Status of the action Is the measurement overdue? Course location Include courses? You cannot create actions for strategic plan %1 that is closed. Course instructor Select by date Select overdue loans by date. Overdue loans per %1 Position information Organization unit %1 is not active. Organization unit %1 is not a line organization Overdue loan Statistics Plan and run questionnaire Display the action's reference. Date criteria Name of the person that the questionnaire is evaluating. Action description Identify import type Reference to a related item Name of the person who is to complete the questionnaire. Completed by Name of the person who completed the questionnaire. Spouse The number sequence for development plans is not initialized. Status of attached questionnaires Start action Start the action? Mature Voucher %1, start date %2 is in journal %3. Transactions in measurement %1 must be posted to or contained in this journal. There are periods before %1 that are neither posted nor existing in this journal. Measurement transactions Element transactions This voucher has already been settled in another journal. This voucher has been re-entered in another journal. Test Test your setup of the graphical indicator. graphical indicator: %1, %2 Status of the recruitment project Answers Planned answer session Displays all evaluations made of the selected individual. Planned evaluations Displays all evaluations planned for the selected individual. Evaluations Element calculation The size of the graphical indicator must be between 0 and 180 degrees. Only an active line organization unit can be selected. The action type for development plans must be set in Parameters. The strategic planning type for development plans must be set in Parameters. Organization unit %1 does not exist in the table organization. An error occurred while the employee was being moved. Job %1 is not active. The action cannot be answered; there are questionnaires that have not been answered. The action cannot be answered; it has the wrong status. Project media Value %1 does not exist in the corresponding table %2. Resume content Result of questionnaire, grouped by result group Specifies whether errors were found in the measurement. Setup does not exist When using a template, digits must be filled in. %1 cannot be the first symbol in the formula. Strategic plan SWOT analyses Include SWOT analyses? Include actions? End date has passed Closed date is later than end date Print developments in strategic plans Print strategic planning. Print list of actions that should be ended. Internal note for description of the person. External note for description of the person. Questionnaires can be associated only with actions that have the status Planned The result of the Element The element's normalized value is %1 Sum of the calculated items. Sum of the budget for the calculated items. Reference description Virtual network Name of course instructor. Select an external query Select a query Choose how you want your element to be composed. Select the query on which you want to base your element. Select the external query on which you want to base your elements. Select the table on which you want to base your elements. Printed measurement summary for this measurement. Mark if the measurement is closed for posting Figure divided by 0. Period %1 - %2 Measurement %1 is closed. Overview... Show note Time remaining 00:00:00 Question x of y From value must be lower than To value No formula exists for the measurement. %1 cannot be moved to %2 Print goals incl. attached activities. Print education groups incl. attached education. Print skill types incl. attached skills. Print benefits sorted by employee or benefit type. Skills by person Print skills by person. Skills gap Select how to sort the information. Parent unit Position Courses Course Choose one or several questionnaires to send off Use Number of periods - historical Action information Derived from Start new actions Strategic planning, developments Derived action Choose a standard query from the list below Include development plans? Days exceeded Distribute Current reality Secondary Include information concerning default criteria? Include information concerning automatic actions? Empty transactions Employees only Groups per line organization unit as on %1 Print transactions with no information on the selected areas. Print resume for employees only. People per organization unit as on %1 Select organization as on date. Print resume for applicants. Print recruitment projects, including media. Groups per line organization unit Print groups per line organization unit as on given date. Print network groups incl. related people. Print reference type incl. specification of setup types. Application status by project Print number of applications by project specified on status. Print number of applications with the status received, specified by project. Print number of applications with the status confirmed, specified by project. Print number of applications with the status interview, specified by project. Print number of applications with the status rejection, specified by project. Print number of applications with the status canceled, specified by project. Print number of applications with the status employed, specified by project. People per job as on %1 Print resume for employees. Name of field or value Build queries Name of table Timeout for the query SQL statement used when connecting to the data link Cursor location Generate e-mail including action information for contact A parent unit cannot be moved to a child unit Data Links Identify action type template Data links - Queries Or Identify query Specify password used when connecting to the data link Edit data link Width of the graphical indicator (0 means dynamic) Specify whether to save authentication Edit queries Connection string to OLE DB Provider. Data link Condition for succeeding filter Queries Select cursor location Max. quantity of graphical indicators that are allowed in a row Specify attributes symbol error expected %1 but found ' at (%2,%3) Graphical indicator size Use responsible Use description Height of the graphical indicator (0 means dynamic). The action was previously created in Microsoft Office Outlook %1 Create action in the Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar And Use responsible from the template lines Set up action type templates Parent unit must be other than organization unit Describe action type template Specify contact when generating actions Quantity of historical periods that the calculation must include. Response description Quantity in a row The value %1 in the field %2 does not exist in the attached table %3 Generate contacts Show note for the measurement transaction with statistics Select operation Note describing the transaction. Save Authentication Action note Use priority Use priority from the template lines Template lines Edit note Action type templates Action type template lines Type relation Select whether to create actions from a template or with an action type Relation to action type or action type template Select relation type Cockpits Identify cockpit Cockpit Identify cockpit group Lines in cockpits Describe cockpit group Cockpit groups Use description from the template lines. Complete required Describe cockpit Set up details of a data link Cockpit type Public Test the query. Set up cockpits Set up data links Unable to open ADO Connection: %1 Specify filter Attributes Specify user name used when connecting to the data link Server Set up prompt Set up cockpit groups Persons/cockpit groups Identify data link Describe action Generate e-mails Connection string Set up media Dimension used for line units. Organization unit %1 is passive. Send e-mail to the contact for the action The organization unit %1 is not of the organization type %2. Line dimension Create action in Microsoft Office Outlook either as a task or in the calendar To point %1 must be greater than From point %2 Form feed by person View Microsoft Office Outlook form Contact not specified for action %1. The person %1 has no e-mail address. Person responsible not specified for action %1. Send e-mail to the person responsible for the action Actions that are not ended but for which end date is exceeded. Create action in Outlook Tasks The action type is not attached to the strategic plan type. Action e-mail fields Make form feed for each person View Microsoft Office Outlook box when selecting create/view Send e-mail to both the person responsible and the contact for the action Next end date is exceeded. The measurement is closed. E-mail sent to %1 How is the matrix dimension to be updated? Error when creating the action in Microsoft Office Outlook. The action is created in Microsoft Office Outlook %1. How is the project dimension to be updated? Select who to send an action e-mail to Matrix dimension Dimension used for project units Actions that are ended. The dimension code cannot be changed because it is in use. Dimension used for matrix units. How is the line dimension to be updated? Project dimension The element is not initialized. Creating group points Group points in answered questionnaires Activate data links for this reference type Person responsible must be completed in all template lines. Cannot delete transaction in table %1. %1 saved Element type Not initialized Cannot update transaction in table %1. The table %1 does not exist in this database. Set up default criteria for action plans Sending e-mail Set up how to calculate the evaluation. View subactions Cannot add transaction in table %1. The strategic plan cannot be deleted because subplans exist. Activate action management for this reference type. Person responsible must be completed because person responsible is used when creating actions. Description must be completed in all template lines. The organization unit cannot be deleted because suborganizations exist. Description must be completed because description is used when creating actions. Not all questions have been answered. Count transactions Points in total The allotted time has expired. Do you want to save your answers? The password is incorrect. Type of graphical indicator Field/Value Random (percentage in result groups) Set up answers to the answer group. Value that must be achieved to pass the questionnaire Correct answers Origin for calculation of evaluation Failed Evaluation of answers Evaluation Error when updating the course. Cancel course and update participants. Random (percentage in questionnaire) Put the course participant on waiting list Register participant for the course Register Open the course for registration Close the course and update the participants. Date format of the data link, e.g. DD/MM/YYYY Save question Date format Save question text for the answers Questionnaire result Print the result of the questionnaire for the course by student Specify selection The question must be answered Course questionnaire result Maximum points Error in day setup Business Process Management Network parameters Questionnaire parameters Set up parameters for the questionnaire module Create absence journals Create absence journals for %1 Delete actions Calendar week Delete actions, incl. answers Approved date Employee who transferred absence record Absence date Date from which you want to record an absence for the employee. Absence period's start date. Month (Fixed dates) Delete action even though there are questionnaire answers? Absence history Absence history - transactions List of absence transactions. You must enter an absence date when an absence code has been selected. Identification of absence group Absence codes Approval of absence. Set up absence codes. Set up absence groups. History of absence. Absence group Set up parameters for absence. Status of absence registration. Absence period's end date. Absence administration Number of times this answer has been selected. Analysis of answers to questions. Set up result groups for answers. Question analysis Percentage of all answers. Number of answers Number of times the question was answered. Start date must be one greater than end date Is the questionnaire active? Absence code Position's title. Start date must be between 1 and 31 Identification of absence code Absence registration Transfer to employee handling absences There are no open absence journals for employee %1 Reject absence record. Absence groups Rejects absence record Authorizes absence Record an employee's absence. Identification of absence record Create a series of absence transactions (such as vacation) Date must be greater or equal to period's start date Date must be less than or equal to period's end date Transfer absence Transfer your absence to the person in charge of absences? Is it correct that you have no absences for the period? Date that absence record was transferred. Record absence for multiple employees. Date that absence record was approved. Date that absence record was rejected. Employee who approved absence record. Employee who rejected absence record. Absence registrations Absence transactions Transferred date Absence setup Rejection Rejected date No period Work days Absence administration Certificate Absence setup Set up absence. Create loan items You must type a description. Description of absence code. Items Absence statistics Identification interval must be positive. Absence approval Multi-registration Insurance type Salary deduction Salary deduction type Income tax code Options Income tax category Create and update option plans Create and update salary deductions Create and update salary deduction types. Create and update wage lines You must enter a loan type. Category Assigned Deduction You must enter the number of items. Action %1 Pay savings Serial number interval must be positive. Wage lines Cash Insurance Retirement Notice Vacation Trial period Bonus Vacation days Action %1 could not be deleted because there are questionnaire answers. Employer unit Delete journal entries? Delete measurement group lines? Action %1 has been deleted. Delete measurements Delete measurement Date %1 Delete transactions? Delete elements? Delete target transactions? Delete elements Certificates You may not change the result calculation when result groups exist for an answer. Print measurement elements. Bonus amount Number of vacation days for employee Delete journal lines Date for allocation of bonus Delete measurement, transactions, targets, etc. SSN cannot be validated. You cannot change the question when result groups exist for an answer. Max. number of participants Employer contribution to employee's moving expenses Template for identifying loan items. SSN does not contain a valid date. Interview types You cannot set up a result group for input-type questions . Result calculation Result groups for answer Variable to be used in e-mail There are criteria for the action plan. Do you want to delete the criteria? Delete budget If not answer, then question Template for serial number. Identification of interview You cannot set up a result calculation for input-type questions. Delete transactions Paid by Answer %1 does not exist in answer group %2 Identification of interview type Insurance coverage expressed as a percentage Insurance start date Insurance premium Identify income tax code. Identification of certificate Number of work days per week Identification of insurance type. Delete actions, incl. questionnaire answers. Run questionnaire Delete measurement Type of insurance. Bonus expressed as a sum. Number of work hours. Date of expiration for the trial period Interval between values. Unit for employer's termination notice. Indicate who pays for the insurance. Describe income tax category Describe insurance type. Create and update income tax codes Create and update interviews. Create and update insurance types Create and update insurance policies Start date for the redemption period of the option End date for the redemption period of the option Employer contribution Amount paid in wages Amount deducted from wages Employer's contribution to savings Number allocated. Date from which insurance is valid Identify salary deduction type. Employer's contribution to savings Bonus expressed as a percentage of wages Describe bonus Type of deduction from wages Start date for deduction period End date for deduction period Indicate period for wage amount Wage per Employee's income tax code. Date for allocation of option. Value of option Describe the wage line. First value in identification. Describe income tax code. Unit for employee's termination notice. Relocation contribution Number of loan items to be created. Describe interview type. Number of jobs to be created. Describe salary deduction type. Vacation pay amount Income tax codes Insurance types Create and update interview types Salary deduction types Describe certificate. First value in serial number. Employer's termination notice. Employee's termination notice. Create and update bonus Income tax category for employee. Create loan items Template for identifying jobs Enter the number of positions. You must enter an organization unit. Indicate whether positions are to be active. Loan item %1 has been created. Include certificates? Mass creation of loan items. Expired certificates Create or update certificates. Print expired certificates per date indicated Expired certificates for the period %1 - %2 Create jobs Mass creation of jobs. Select end date for expiration period. Include employment history? Select start date for expiration period. Job: %1 has been created. Income tax Date on which employee employed on a contract basis enters into an earnings-related pension scheme. Identify income tax category. Termination notice. Emergency contacts Create or update emergency contacts Body text of e-mail. Subject of e-mail. Select period. Questionnaire answer counting group Specify how to calculate the result. Note from approver Note from registrar Create absence journals forward to an end date. Select entire row Next page History date View history by date. Work days Employee contribution Employee unit Employer quantity Employee quantity Start date cannot be changed because the period is in use. Unit cannot be changed because the period is in use. Days, weeks, months or years. Period units Units of the period code. Max. in series Max. days in a period Max. series in a period Max. quantity of absence days on end. Max. quantity of series in the period. Max. quantity of absence days in the period. Year Activate the validation. Color codes Temporary absence administration table Validate for workdays only (days off in the series are not counted)? Max. in series must be specified. Period units for max. in series must be specified. Max. days in period must be specified. Period units for max. days in period must be specified. Max. series in period must be specified. Period units for max. series in period must be specified. Application statistics Shows application statistics. Checking absence Employee: %1 Is the record open? You must enter an end date to close an open-ended absence registration before you can transfer it for approval. Marks the transaction as open. Closes the open absence transaction. Course statistics Shows course statistics Include child units Number check level of the number sequence for plans may not be manual selection. Unique key for absence. The key is used when new absence records are created. Appraisal interviews Unique key for appraisal interviews. The key is used when new appraisal interviews are created. Color of open absence transactions. Absence color codes An absence journal without transactions cannot be closed when the period is open Number of times that the rule for maximum in a series was exceeded for absence code %1: %2 Number of times that the rule for maximum days in a period was exceeded for absence code %1: %2 Number of times that the rule for maximum series in a period was exceeded for absence code %1: %2 Microsoft Office Outlook Task %1 updated Questionnaire results Print column in absence status list? Absence status Identify the absence status list. Select field to group by. Specify period to total by. Set up columns for the absence status list. Set up absence status lists. Absence status list - columns Print absence status list. Printing absence status list List must be specified Quantity of days to count to. Quantity of days to count from. Potential whole day's work Accomplished whole day's work Quantity of absence hours Quantity of occurrences The report has been called with incorrect parameters Contact info Role Role in the project. Project experience Create or update project experience. Start time must come before end time Address of organization unit Shows the employee distribution. Age interval. Number of vacant jobs Specify employee type. Employee type Name details First name Middle name Last name Specify last name of the person. Specify middle name of the person. Specify first name of the person. Specify name suffix of the person. Miss Ms. Prof. Dr. Jr. Sr. First name Middle name Last name Last name First name Middle name Last name, First name Middle name Name sequence Set up default name sequence. Is project experience to be received? Absence code must be specified End date is greater than the last open transaction End date must come before or be the same as the end date of the journal. Start date must come after or be the same as the start date of the journal. An open transaction has already been marked Only the last transaction can be set to open Validations A subplan cannot be made for an ended or canceled plan. Describe the absence status list. Specify the name of the applicant. Specify the name of the employee. Fax number of the organization unit. Telex number of the organization unit. E-mail address of the organization unit Internet address of the organization unit Phone number of the organization unit. The ADOX component has not been installed Occurrences No open transactions exist Close an open absence transaction Date comes after the last open transaction Create or update education. Show totals for the organization unit. Create or update income tax categories. Person responsible must be specified. Duration may not be negative. Average may not be negative. Release date may not come after the date of expected return. Create loan Show loan Update status Absence transactions The agenda overlaps an existing agenda Course organizer Items Target group Course structure Possible %1 of %2 Create and edit tracks Create and manage course instructors Min. number of participants required to hold course Course list by type Description of session. No transactions found The value in field %1 is not valid. Organizer Accessible from Web page? Min. number of participants The course is designed for... Unique key for courses. You use the key when creating new courses. Pictures of course locations Description of course group Show on Web page That is what the course is on... After the course you can... The ending time for the agenda overlaps an existing agenda Printout of course structure Target Course list by group Date that the person is registered for the session No transactions are selected. Sessions ID Planned There are no open absence journals. Closure of open period Approval lines Track breakdown of session Create and update session Show graphical indicators for a selected measurement. Performance Management The starting date on the agenda falls after the ending date of the course The starting date of the agenda falls before that of the course Show graphical indicators for a selected cockpit. Retrieve information from skill profile Course calendar Complete a questionnaire My courses Agenda Create or update course agenda Questionnaire overview My profile User %1 is not connected to an employee Run questionnaire. Planned questionnaires Importance Deadline for registration Registration deadline Registration You cannot save the session because there are unanswered questions that must be answered.. Set course participant's status to Dropout Dropout Print instructors Questionnaire session has been canceled Completed Time remaining Print course instructors on the agenda? Registration to sessions for participant The completed questionnaire has been saved Create or update registration Select course setup. Hotel Hotels Identification of the hotel Overview of course tracks and sessions for the current course List of hotels for the current course Show hotels at course location Create or update hotels Show sessions on the agenda Print the course agenda? Track Identify position on agenda Print sessions Sessions on agenda Describe item on agenda Colleague Management Course - Confirmation Plan questionnaire Start planning Participant: %1 List of absence journals not filled in. Birthdays Birth date From date where you want to check for birthdays. Birthdays for the period: %1 - %2 The registration has been updated To date where you want to check for birthdays. Validate questionnaire Print feedback analysis. Specify role in relation to assessment person. Result group: %1, Question: %2 Print absence settings Delete questionnaire planning Planning status Delete planned questionnaire sessions You have registered for the course Set up questionnaire planning types. You must specify a primary question Self Feedback analysis No questions have been defined for questionnaire: %1 The primary question must be of the type alternative button or combo box. Set up levels for recording work hours You must fill in the Hours field Series period Send e-mail to users with planned sessions Start questionnaire planning Planning types End planning You cannot end planning when there are unanswered questionnaires . You cannot end a course with open questionnaire planning. Full-time employees End questionnaire planning Number of full-time employees The selected answer does not exist Anniversaries for the period: %1 - %2 From date where you want to check for anniversaries. To date where you want to check for anniversaries. Anniversaries Anniversary Number of years that the anniversary is celebrating. Age criterion for printing birthday Before you can change absence settings, the absence journals must be approved or free of any transactions. Delete journal %1 Delete posted absence journals Delete absence journals Retrieve profile from job. Skill-mapping - certificates Skill-mapping - skills Retrieve profile from skill-mapping. Identify skill-mapping. Are these criteria user-defined? Retrieve profile from course type. Skill-mapping - education Job template Job template ID Job templates Importance of the skill. Retrieve profile from network Create or update job templates. Allow only one employee who is associated with the job. Position type Skill gap measured as the difference between the target level and the current level. Skill-mapping - main Is the skill approved? Jobs per skill Specify experience with the skill, for example the number of years. Skill-mapping - lines Unique Employee who approved the skill. Course type - skills Specification of skill is real or a goal. Job - certificates Run skill-mapping Skill-mapping - criteria Skills gap: Job - person Show skill gap for jobs per skill. Job - education Show skill gap for selected job. Gap Course type - education Course type - certificates Skills You must enter a target date. Show dates Enter cutoff date for employee goal. Show target dates? Skills gap: Employee - goal Show skills gap Show importance Show importance and weighed skills gap. Use affiliated employee Compare the positions with the affiliated employees? Name of HTML export file. Position level Current level Weighed gap Element Employee level Select positions. Select individuals for comparison. Show skills gap for the employee's goal. Show open courses Show open courses for each course type. Course types per skill Print course types per skill. Mass create interviews You must specify a grouping type You must enter an interview date. Number of interviews created: %1 Development plan - alarm list Save HTML Check lines Date of excess. Check the development plan lines for excesses. Print the development plan alarm list. Skills gap Jobs per job template You must specify a job template. Identify recruitment project line. You cannot create the application, since project %1 does not have the status Started. Retrieve from type You cannot change the status to %1 when there are applications for the project. The following %1 individuals are associated with the position. You must select either Show details or Average. You must select a Role. Target Enter width Enter report type. Variance Run questionnaire statistics Describe course. Select a graph type. Number of correct answers. Questionnaire statistics - main No selection Send e-mail You can make a selection only if you selected a profile. You cannot change %1 for the position when it is in use. Result group %1 belongs to questionnaire %2. Select a profile type. The position type Role calls for an organization unit of the type Matrix or Project. The position type Job calls for an organization unit of the type Line. Experience Delete previous searches Standard deviation Specify height Different from Questionnaire planning Questionnaire planning Results page Questionnaire statistics - lines You cannot set the base to percentage when the calculation is a question. Show a results page when the questionnaire has been completed? Do you want to be able to view the questionnaire overview? Should the note field be active? Describe the questionnaire planning. Is it possible to go back when answering? Intervals Correct and incorrect answers to incorrectly answered question Grouping placement Select which historic items you want to include. Historic items Specify a profile Specify a function Actual Seniority interval. Identify the questionnaire statistics. You must indicate the importance when the criteria are user-defined. GIF files Pivot graph Correct answer to incorrectly answered question Question ID Conditional Check questionnaire Name of the hotel. Telephone number at the course location. Fax number at the course location. Telex at the course location. Describe the picture. Course note type. Reference to course or course type. Describe the job template. Should the unit be different from? Criterion type Activate questionnaire for this reference type. Scheduled questionnaires Questionnaire planning - type Questionnaire media Format of the medium Include employees Include contact Include applicants You can group only at a level higher than calculation Question %1 does not belong to questionnaire %2, result group %3 Question %1 does not belong to questionnaire %2 You must select a question display when the grouping is question. All questions and answers Fax number at the hotel. Telex number at the hotel. Telephone number at the hotel. Terminated the period: %1 - %2 Hired in the period: %1 - %2 Specify a basis for the calculation. Specify a grouping level. Specify a calculation level. Question text Specify how the question should be shown. Placement of grouping fields. Incorrect answer to incorrectly answered question From date where you want to check for new hiring. From date where you want to check for resignations. To date where you want to check for new hiring. To date where you want to check for resignations. Anniversary date Years: %1; months: %2 Year: %1; month: %2 %1 year %1 months %1 month Seniority list per %1 Seniority list Skill-mapping - profiles Set up profiles for skill-mapping. Show conditional answer. Skill-mapping - results Number of points received Percentage of max. points Person's age Person's seniority Employee reports Planned return date may not fall before the loan date. Check question %1 No result groups with results found. The return date may not fall before the loan date. Enter questionnaire pictures. Show applicants. Show conditional questions in tree structure. Print absences Print birthdays for the given period. Print list of resigned employees for the given period. Print anniversaries for the given period. Print seniority list for the given period. Print results of skill-mapping. Print the number of employees per organization unit. Line %1 has the status: %2. The line must lie within the date interval of the plan. You cannot change the status of the lines when the status of the plan is %1. You cannot evaluate points when point statistics is not active. Error occurred during deletion of %1 This planning does not belong to course %1 The planning is used in the evaluation of a course and therefore cannot be deleted. Conditional question Conditional answer You can select only Role type positions. You can use this only form for roles. You can select only job type job. The questionnaire is completed Print history transactions. Create registration for the individual sessions Individuals found: %1 Third round Second round First round Copy information from skill-mapping Copy information from job Copy information from network Copy information from course type You cannot select sum when the basis is a percentage. Incorrect answers Incorrect answer Create/update medium Send e-mail to %1 Delete planning Planning already exists You must fill in planning Copy answers Copy planned answer sessions Copy planning Number of questionnaires with error %1 Check questionnaire %1 From point %1, also lies in %2 to %3 Result group %1 has overlapping points Max. points %1 is different from counted points %2 Check result group %1 Transfer project data? There is a discrepancy between project and customer account. Show only current The absence code does not exist. The combined employment factor may not exceed the sum 1.00. The individual as per %1 is already employed with a total sum The individual is registered with the following future employment. Unique key for agenda. You use the key when creating new agenda transaction. Save changes? Minimum value for graph (0=auto). Minimum value for graph (0=auto). Specify how you want the result group to be displayed. Print a report of incorrect answers. You must select a result group display when grouping is a result group. The selected end date falls before the start date for one or more selected transactions. Show graph of skills for organization. Show graph of skills for network. Print a list of employees for the given period. Print the results of questionnaire statistics. The question has %1 underlying question with the same answer and sequence number. Head counts Personnel category Create or update payroll categories. Job template - education Job template - skills Unique identification of payroll allowance. Create or update payroll allowance. Create or update authorized negotiators Create or update terms of employment. Create or update position status. Create or update counties. Head count Employee bank accounts Create or update employee bank accounts. Employee record type Unique identification of employee record type. Follow-up reminder period. Employee record expiration date. Employee record date Date for follow-up on employee record. Employee records Employee record Tax card type Type of current tax card. Main tax card Secondary tax card Tax exemption card Valid from Validity date for current tax card. Is the employee subject to withholding tax? Non-withholding tax Is the employee subject to non-withholding tax? Per week Enter weekly deduction. Bi-weekly Enter bi-weekly deduction. Per month Enter monthly deduction. Per day Enter daily deduction. Amount on exemption card Enter amount on exemption card Tax percentage Fiscal tax percentage. Tax information Exemption amount Tax county Tax type Tax card type Create or update employee records. Location Current interview location. Employee record types Create or update employee record types. Description of employee record type. Description of payroll allowance. Create or update payroll scale level. Create or update tax information. Transfer appraisal interviews to Microsoft Office Outlook. Copy to Microsoft Office Outlook %1 (Interview: %2) Error when creating a meeting in Microsoft Office Outlook. Employee - Terms of employment Create or update terms of employment for an employee. Leave type Unique identification of leave type. Description of leave type. Leave types Create or update leave types. Employee leave Company pension plan Administered personnel pension plan Specification of pension type. Pension type Private pension company affiliated with a pension plan. Private pension company Contract number Pension plan contract number. Pension amount Employee's monthly contribution to his or her pension plan Employee percentage Employer percentage Update employee pension information. Base amount Specification of base amount for payroll allowance. Base amount per Enter period for base amount. Current price level Enter current price level for payroll allowance. Price level per Enter period for current price level. Create and update unions. Combination of personnel category, wage group, and scale level does not exist. Active/Inactive Inactive Position status Reason code for payroll terms. Unique identification of county. County Full-time employees head count. Job template - certificates Terms of employment Unique identification of terms of employment. Update employee status Employee: %1 Indicate terminated employees. Full-time employees Tax information Tax liability Declared liable Tax information on loan item. Unions Scale level Unique identification of payroll scale level. Description of payroll scale level. Payroll scale level Entitled negotiators Head count cost in standard currency. Date of head count. Entitled to negotiate Is the organization entitled to negotiate? Unique identification of organization. Unique identification of position status. The groups skill level. Unique identification of payroll type. Advance payment Back payment Personnel category Unique identification of personnel category Wage group Unique identification of wage group. Wage groups Organization name. Description of personnel category Description of terms of employment County name. Description of position status Create or update wage groups. Create or update personnel categories Base payroll Create or update basic payroll information for the employee. Unique identification of payroll category Description of payroll category. Payroll allowance County Tax information Start date for the pension. Mode for viewing skill chart. Microsoft Office Outlook view mode. Type of skill mapping. Scale level Date of advancement to the next scale level. Date of advancement Eligible for bonus The maximum employment factor is '1' Is employee eligible for bonus? Current status New status Paid vacation Specify eligibility for paid vacation. Additional paid vacation days Specify eligibility for additional paid vacation days. Personal days Specify eligibility for personal days. Payroll seniority Date of payroll seniority. Payroll seniority date Pension plan Mandatory pension plan enrollment date. Word document type Update position. End date for the wage line. End date for the pension. Start date for the wage line. Book an interview in Microsoft Office Outlook Book applicant interview in Microsoft Office Outlook. Specify a template for new jobs. Use # for digits, e.g., job-##. Send e-mail to applicant. Move employees Identification of e-mail template. Location for the interview. E-mail template Create and maintain application bookmarks. The function %1 can be activated only from line organizations. E-mail applicant Document type used when creating e-mails. The template is missing the character '#'. Action end time. Error settling voucher %1 Action start time. Position %1 - %2 is inactive. Position %1 - %2 cannot be inactivated because employees are affiliated with the position. Deactivate organization unit End time for interview. Interview description. Entitled negotiator E-mail document type Position is still active. %1 is still affiliated with the position End time of interview. Inactivate position Generate new ID for the position Organization unit %1 - %2 is inactive. Number of new positions is greater than %1. Format %2 must contain more digits, represented with character '#'. Update organization unit Create Word document to applicant. Create and maintain application e-mail templates. Application e-mail templates Application bookmarks Create and maintain position reference. Create application document Organization unit is still active. %1 is still affiliated to the organization unit. Create interview Create a new appraisal interview including date, time and location. Edit interview My Employees Create development plan Create a new development plan with lines. Edit plan Edit skill Create skill Create education Edit education Educations Project experiences Professional experiences Positions of trust Edit professional experience Create professional experience Create certificate Edit certificate Edit project experience Create project experience Create benefit Edit benefit Edit loan Open period Pick an employee task Expand organization unit Absence this year Absence this quarter Absence this month Delete education Delete project experience Delete certificate Delete professional experience Delete skill Edit position of trust Delete position of trust Appraisal interview Delete interview Affiliations Development plan %1 already exists. Emergency contact Edit contact Create contact Delete contact Alternative address Create address Delete address Edit address Print your overdue loans. Print overdue loans for your employees. Employee manager Absence approver Print employee resume. Print people per organization unit. Absence alarm list Print absence alarm list. Approver absence alarm list Print absence alarm list for the employees whose absence you approve. Print development plan alarm list for your employees. Print alarm list for your development plans. Overdue loans Print courses listed by group. Print courses listed by type. Print course calendar for the next 12 months. Expiring certificates Print expiring certificates for the next 12 months. Print expiring certificates the next 12 months for your employees. Print employee anniversaries in the next 12 months. Print employee birthdays in the next 12 months. Print absence transactions this year. Print absence transactions this quarter. Print absence transactions this month. Create a new loan. Edit the current loan. Open absence transaction created. Print selected birthdays Transaction date is before system date. Organization unit cannot be activated since a parent unit is inactive. Reference should be specified. Direct entry of names is not supported; use the list or the person ID from the network. Job template description Withholding tax Strategy Reason code chosen, but no new unit for %1. Disable position New hire Examiner Correspondence action must be specified Document type used when creating Word document. Recruitment projects You must select a question row display when grouping is a question row. Specify how you want the question row to be displayed. Identification of question row. Payroll information Recruiting Create actions You have to select a result calculation when point statistics is selected on the questionnaire. Enter text for row with questions. This range is within a defined range. From points is within a defined range. Several rows Question row Rows for question Multiple rows are activated on question %1, but no rows are created. Result group %1 does not belong to questionnaire %2 To points is within a defined range. Absence journal missing You can select only a recruitment project with status Started. Network resume Applicant resume Employee resume Edit the current interview. Edit the current benefit. Delete benefit Delete the current benefit. Create a new benefit. Delete the current development plan. Edit the current development plan and relating lines. Edit your employee information. Delete the current emergency contact. Create a new emergency contact. Create a new alternative address. Edit the current address. Delete the current address. Edit the current emergency contact. List all courses. List all your courses. All reports List all employee reports. List all organization units. List all your employees. List all positions. List all affiliations. Approve or reject absence recordings. Create a open absence period. Close a open absence period. Record and transfer your absence in the absence journal. List all interviews. List all development plans. Skill gap - job Print your skill gap compared to your job. Skill gap - goals List all alternative addresses. List all emergency contacts List all educations. List all skills. List all professional experiences. List all positions of trust. List all certificates. List all project experiences. Show resume Print your skill gap compared to your goals. Personal reports Alarm lists Expiring certificates for the period %1 - %2 Absence transactions: %1 - %2 Go to top Click Delete skill to delete the skill. Click Create education to create the education. Click Create skill to create the skill. Click Delete education to delete the education. Default number of days for the course type. Municipality of residence Copy from template Copy description, work tasks and areas of responsibility from job template. Current position Execute skill-mapping. Create or update network. Print jobs per job template. Simulate measurements Print jobs per organization unit. Print people per job. Results Results - My Answers Results - My Evaluations Print nonposted journal lines. Print scorecard summary. Graphical indicator - My Answers Graphical indicator - My Evaluations My Planned Answer Sessions No result groups are selected for any answers. My Planned Evaluations Create or update question rows. Check measurements Result group must be filled in when the result calculation is Question or If not answer then question. Calculate points Create position of trust Answer a questionnaire Answer a planned questionnaire It is not possible to complete an interview, with an interview date greater than today. Answer a campaign questionnaire List all cockpits. Campaign questionnaires My Answers My Evaluations List Scorecard. Select a questionnaire to answer. Show graphical indicators. Show graphical indicators for my answers. Show graphical indicators for my evaluations. Select a campaign questionnaire to answer. List all questionnaire results. List all planned questionnaires. No questionnaires found The field %1 does not exist in the table %2 Data link tables Data Links - temporary fields Question row ID End time must be greater than start time. List all my planned answers. List all my planned evaluations. Select how you want to display the graphical indicator. Select a planned questionnaire to answer. List questionnaire scheduling. List all answers. List all of my evaluations. List all results List all questionnaire statistics. List all strategic plans. Show graphical indicator. List all target transactions. Question row text Update measurements Print result groups. Calculate maximum number of points. Print knowledge transactions. Print results. Data Links - temporary filters Print all of my evaluations. Print all of my answers. Organization total The development plan has now been created. Show development plans The development plan has now been modified. The development plan has now been deleted. Show development plan The alternative address has now been created. The alternative address has now been modified. The alternative address has now been deleted. Show alternative address Show alternative addresses The benefit has now been created. The benefit has now been modified. The benefit has now been deleted. Show benefit Show benefits The emergency contact has now been created. The emergency contact has now been modified. The emergency contact has now been deleted. Show emergency contact Show emergency contacts The appraisal interview has now been created. The appraisal interview has now been modified. The appraisal interview has now been deleted. Show appraisal interview Show appraisal interviews The certificate has now been created. The certificate has now been modified. The certificate has now been deleted. Show certificate Show certificates The education has now been created. The education has now been modified. Show education The loan has now been created. The loan has now been modified. The position of trust has now been created. The position of trust has now been modified. The position of trust has now been deleted. Show position of trust Show positions of trust The project experience has now been created. The project experience has now been modified. The project experience has now been deleted. Show project experience Update statistics. Move field down. Move field up. Refresh form view. Bookmark fields Human Resource parameters Show project experiences The professional experience has now been created. The professional experience has now been modified. The professional experience has now been deleted. Show professional experience Show professional experiences The skill has now been created. The skill has now been modified. The skill has now been deleted. Show skill Show skills Status lists Celebrations Setup lists Journals for absence registration. Start new search. Remove field. Add field. Resume information. Function selection. Retrieve text from course type. Delete all notes. Mark all. Question rows Display or hide note. Show all questions. Move forward to next question. Go back to previous question. %1 is not specified or not found. Complete questionnaire. Cancel questionnaire. Interview schedule Refine ranges Select report type Select person Select a questionnaire Modify or refine ranges. Click Approve to approve the absence journal. Click Reject to reject the absence journal. Document type %1, cannot be used for application Word templates. Click Close to close the open period. Click Create series to create the series. Click Submit to confirm the selection. Click Sign up to sign up for course. Click Show resume to view the resume. Click Setup to change the resume setup. Click Go to top to return to top organization level. Transactions on applicants, absence, and course participants. Print queries on persons, courses, absence, or actions within the network or organization. Queries on skills within the network or organization. Run transaction queries. Print reports on positions and organization units. Perform various administrative jobs. Set up employee information. Set up loan types and loan items. Set up course information. Set up strategic planning information. Set up Balanced Scorecard information. Run queries on completed questionnaires. Print reports on planned answer sessions. Print reports on questionnaire design. Print information on a course, and questionnaire results. Performance Management Role Questionnaire Role Employee Services Role Print reports on network groups. Delete absence journals and actions. Questionnaire II Questionnaire I Human Resource II Human Resource III Human Resource I Set up absence information. Set up action information. Print reports on persons and plans, as well as the network and organization. Queries on persons within the network or organization. No graphical indicator setup exists for %1 Expand strategic plan unit Updating status Display appraisal interviews as well as development, strategic, and action plans. Print various alarm lists. Set up questionnaire design. Print reports on skills by person, job, and course type. Print base data for Human Resource and Balanced Scorecard. Updating: %1, application: %2 to status: %3 Print reports on answers. Print reports on various aspects of questionnaires. Display questionnaire results. Set up interview and development plan types. Set up skill types and skills. Set up organization information. Set up human resource. Create multiple positions, loan items, absence journals and actions Display and manage various administrative information. Jobs that require occasional management. Print reports on course setup. Print setup lists. Print a list of birthdays and anniversaries. Print reports on the status of persons in the network. Print reports on various transaction information. Print reports on resume information on persons in the network. Update correspondence action? Set up questionnaire. Set up payroll information. Set up education information. Create experience Click Create experience to create the professional experience. Delete experience Click Delete experience to delete the professional experience. Create position Click Create position to create the position of trust. Delete position Click Delete position to delete the position of trust. Click Create certificate to create the certificate. Click Delete certificate to delete the certificate. Click Create experience to create the project experience. Click Delete experience to delete the project experience. Click Create address to create the address. Click Delete address to delete the address. Click Create contact to create the emergency contact. Click Delete contact to delete the emergency contact. Click Create loan to make the loan. Click Create benefit to create the benefit. Click Delete benefit to delete the benefit. Click Create interview to create the appraisal interview. Click Delete interview to delete the appraisal interview. Click Delete plan to delete the development plan and related lines. Browse your personal employee information. Create or edit loan, development plans, interviews etc. List all benefits. List all loans. Questionnaire Activity Center Questionnaire Participant Questionnaire Administrator Identification of mass hire project. Mass hire project Mass hire lines Start date for affiliation/hiring. Mass hire line status. Create or update mass hire projects. Show mass hire lines. Mass Hire Create employees Template for identifying employees. Number of employees to create. Create mass hire lines Mass hiring. Mass termination Selected job is connected to a different organization unit. The start date must lie between the start and end dates of the mass hire project. The end date must lie between the start and end dates of the mass hire project. Mass hire project status. Document type %1 cannot be used for application e-mail templates. Create mass hire lines. Enter common data for employees Print mass hire projects. Transfer organization information from the recruitment project? Transfer course data? Edit course Delete course Create course The course has now been created. Show course The course has now been modified. Transfer courses to resume? Course information is passed to the participant's resume Course with same description and start date is already registered. Click Create course to create the course. Reopen a canceled or closed course. Click Delete course to delete the course. The course has now been deleted. Employee leave per %1 Prints employees that are on leave on a specified date. The report prints all employees that are on leave on the date. The employee %1 - %2 is related to an open mass hire project. No lines with status %1. The end date %1 for employee %2 - %3 has to be %4 or later. The status cannot be changed to %1 when there are open lines for the mass hire project. Close mass hire project. Open mass hire project. Change status for mass hire project. Integration to absence? Absence transactions are generated when course participant is confirmed on course. Courses open for sign up Course sign up List courses open for sign up. Employee who approved absence request. Date of request. Absence request Create a series of absence requests (such as vacation) Status of absence request. Request Absence request registration. You can select only reason codes of the type %1. Request approval Approval of absence requests. Reject absence request. Absence request approval Print data from Sales Order tables. Print data from Shop Floor Control tables. Print data from Project tables. Print data from Questionnaire tables. Create or update job ads. Modify affiliation Cancel approval of the journal. Approve applications Print employees of the type contractors. The ID %1 already exists in table %2. Approval of applications. Has the application been added from the Enterprise Portal. Unsolicited Print employees of the type contactors. Copy resume information Change position Unsolicited recruitment project ID. Approval and deletion of application basket. Only approved absence journals can be canceled. Include contractors Contact %1 has been copied as employee, with the type %2. Copy personal information Employee %1 cannot be moved to organization %2 because %1 is hired in position %3 which is related to organization %4. Job ads Print employee responsibilities per employee. Employee responsibilities Include picture. Cancel approval of the journal E-recruitment Terminated in period Form label Employee responsibilities, %1 %2 Print data from CRM tables. Print data from Balanced Scorecard tables. Print data from Basic Series tables. Checking employee responsibilities Print data from Human Resources tables. Print data from Business Process Management. Print data from Cost Accounting tables. Modifying affiliation Employee responsibilities report Application basket An employee can have only one transaction without an end date. Print data from Fixed Asset tables. Expire date for the application. Available jobs populated on the Enterprise Portal. Applicant ID has not been specified for %1 My Recruitment Projects Job ad Missing setup of period in application parameters. Apply for job Update application expire date Allow storing the application. Applicant ID %1 has been used %2 times in the basket. Store application Mark application for approval. Expire date Unsolicited application Update expire date Application: %1 Applications updated: %1 Please note: By checking the box below, you allow us to keep your application and attached documents on file for future refere Deadline for filling an application Send application If you do not select this check box, your application and attached documents will be deleted immediately after your application Number of applications Job ad text for the recruitment project. It will be automatically removed after %1 %2 unless we hear from you again. Show recruitment status. Hired in period Sets the selected date on applications without expire date. Records transferred: %1 No records have been selected. Records approved:%1 Records rejected:%1 Transfer absence request. Approve absence request. Cancel a previously approved absence request. Records canceled:%1 The request date must be greater than the system date. Records deleted:%1 Approver Transferred and approved lines cannot be changed. Approve or reject absence requests. Select a profile that is different from the current. You are not registered as responsible for any absence setups. Create absence transactions for employee %1. Confirm course participants. Delete absence transactions. Absence journal has status %1 for employee %2. Move employees between organizational units. Web fields Keep position If you need additional information, please contact one of the following persons: Description of course location. Job ad cannot be deleted when recruitment project is shown on Web page. Status of employee %1 is updated from %2 to %3. Contractor The employee type %1 cannot have status %2. Register full-time position head count. Termination notice Re: Registration Confirmed Your registration for the %1 course has been confirmed. The registration details are as follows: %1 at %2 Start date and time End date and time Move employees from %1 The employee status is %1. Delete personal information about applicant No analogmeters found. Answers can be created only under an answer group. Name of measurement. Include child units in total? Include contractors in total? Number of employees in unit. Number of vacant jobs in unit. Start date must be greater than the system date. Print standard deviation per measurement. Transfer date must come after start date. Transfer date must be specified. Transfer date You have registered for a course that is already full, and have been placed on the waiting list. To be removed from the waiting Create job ad before the recruitment project can be shown on Web page. Units must be set to determine which applicants cannot be deleted because the grace period has not expired. Applicants that cannot be deleted because of the grace period. Record and transfer your absence requests. Applicants that have active applications (confirmed, interview, received). Applicants that can be deleted. Delete personal information on applicant Delete personal information on applicants. Delete personal information on employee Delete personal information for employees. Fieldgroup %1 is not found in table %2. Delete personal information Applicant: %1 Number of fields Number of tables Welcome to the Delete Personal Information Wizard This wizard will help you delete personal information related to: Employees whose affiliation with the company has been terminated. Applicants whose application for employment is no longer relevant. Click Transfer to transfer the absence journal. Used for system values Used for system values. It is important to remember that all affiliations with the line organization for the employees must be ended before the deletion p It is important to remember that all applications for the applicant must have the status Rejected, Employed, or Canceled before Click Modify menu to create a new setup or delete an existing setup. Click Select to define the range for your setup. In the Period field, select Days, Months, or Years as the unit of measurement. In the Unit field, specify the number of units. Note: The Grace period will always begin on the date the application was received. Define the field or field groups to be cleared by selecting the corresponding check box. Note: You can expand a field group to delete information contained in a specific field within the group, without clearing all the f Deleting transactions allows you to further customize the information that is to be deleted, or kept, according to local laws and Transactions will be deleted only for the employees specified in the setup. Transactions will be deleted only for the applicants specified in the setup. Click Save to save the setup. The button will be available only if you have created a new setup. Setups will be available to all users with the permissions necessary to access the delete personal information feature, and are Remember: The setup will be available the next time the wizard is initiated, even if it was not saved. Setup summary information is available in the field below. Click Finish to begin deleting personal information. Click Batch to set up batch processing for the feature. Create a new setup or select one that already exists. Set up the Grace Period parameters. Grace period Specify the fields or field groups to be cleared. Delete field information Select the tables on which transactions are to be deleted. Save the setup. Setup Complete Create new or delete current setup. Create new setup. Delete current setup. Edit, save, or delete current setup. Setup used Previously used setup Print status of applicants. Show applications Show applicant's applications on the report. Eligible for deletion Show applicant personal information that should be deleted. Applicants with active items Show applicants with active items. Not eligible for deletion Show applicant information that is not yet eligible for deletion. Measurement journals Graphical Indicators Balanced Scorecard Parameters Courses Strategic Plans Select this check box to prevent posting to the measurement via measurement journals. Distribution list View Absence code violations. Course agenda Measure of how spread out a set of observations is. Time period. Open absence transactions Create and manage Measurement journals. Opens related pivot graph. Submit your application. Certificate type No violations found Accumulated difference Accumulated target Accumulated value Accumulated benchmark Change course location picture. Filter measurement targets. Objective Balanced scorecard level. Color describing status of measurement. Yellow Trend Improved Declined Identifies Scorecard. Name of Scorecard. Identifies objectives. Name of objective. Print measurement journal information. Objectives Change status for application. Cockpit line type. Save as image. Specify comments on target. Create and manage absence statistics. Benchmark Set up parameters for the balance scorecard module. Measurements Unit of measure. Objective target Change picture of person. Balanced scorecard overview Synchronize periods Perform counting. List objectives. Create or update objective targets. Information on absence history and transactions. Set up Recruitment project information. Male Activate the Advanced view. Start the strategic plan. Update the status of the plan and its actions. Create or update the range for the search. Question Journals for posting to Measurements. Female Print base data for the Scorecard, Measurement groups and Measurement elements. Set up Cockpits and Cockpit groups. Show statistics for transactions, Measurements, and Measurement groups. Manage the employee's payroll information. Register and approve absences. Create or update a search criterion. End the strategic plan. Start new actions in the strategic plan. Send an e-mail. Verify the Formula setup. Refresh the list of Elements. Delete the Measurement and related items. Update the Measurement. Simulate the Measurement. Check the Measurement setup. Execute functions for the Measurement. Show results in a graph. Show results in an overview. View results. Show statistics for the Measurement. Create or update position qualifications. View affiliation history. Create or update qualifications. Retrieve an existing skill profile. View skill mapping results. Manage the person's resume. Plan or view an answer session. Manage affiliation with the unit. View absence information on the employee. Print course related reports. Update the course status. Set up additional course related information. Create and manage the course description. Manage the employee's resume. Manage the employee's affiliation with the organization. Set up skill mapping criteria. Measurement targets The combination of the selected period setup code and the period start date does not match existing objective targets. The last objective target is registered on the %1. The last transaction for measurement %1 is registered on the period %2-%3. Scorecard %1 - Objective %2 Measurement weight. Objective weight Measurement Validate scorecard Measurement weight per objective is different from 100%. Objective %1 - %2 weight sum: %3. Objective weight per perspective is different from 100%. %1 perspective weight sum: %2. Scorecard %1 - %2 No scorecard selected. Select scorecard Generate overview Color of objectives on overview inquiry. Color setup Update data in scorecard overview. Measurement transaction note Color of perspectives on overview inquiry. Use default Set colors for perspective and objective to the default values. Select perspective Copy graphical indicator New indicator Enter new ID What to copy? General information Copy lines on graphical indicator. Copy all fields on graphical indicator? Copy measurement Copy measurement with elements and normalized score. Create new measure Copy elements Copy objective Copy objective with related measurements. Create new objective Copy measures Copy scorecard Copy objectives Create new scorecard Copy scorecard with related objectives. Create or update measurements. Filter records on objectives with no period code selected. List measurements. %1 payroll transactions have been placed in journal %2, number %3. Measurement statistics You cannot have more than one target transaction without an end date. Measurement Transaction Overlap Check Unsettled transaction found for measurement %1 for period %2 - %3. Measurement transaction continuality check. Target transaction overlap check. Create or update objectives. The following information was copied: Nothing was transferred from the job template. Measurement Clustered Column 100% Stacked Column Clustered Bar 100% Stacked Bar Line with Markers Stacked Line Stacked Line with Markers 100% Stacked Line 100% Stacked Line with Markers Smooth Line Smooth Line with Markers Stacked Smooth Line Stacked Smooth Line with Markers 100% Stacked Smooth Line 100% Stacked Smooth Line with Markers Pie Pie Exploded Stacked Pie Scatter Scatter with Markers and Smooth Lines Scatter with Smooth Lines Scatter with Markers and Lines Scatter with Lines Filled Scatter Bubble with Lines Stacked Area 100% Stacked Area Doughnut Exploded Doughnut Radar with Lines Radar with Lines and Markers Filled Radar Radar with Smooth Lines Bubble Radar with Smooth Lines and Markers High-Low-Close Open-High-Low-Close Polar Polar with Lines Polar with Lines and Markers Polar with Smooth Lines Polar with Smooth Lines and Markers I Show reference query results. Show employee query results. Manage plan status. Show distributed references for current employee. Distribute references. Functions that can be executed for the scheduling. Show results in a pivot table. Show results in a pivot graph. Allow more than one question per page? Set up and run reference query. Set up and run employee query. Range type Specify field or range type. String value Pass range value as string. Table/fieldname in %1 is not specified correct. Data type not supported. Packed ranges Packed ranges for the query. Error parsing SQL-statement. Working times must be between 0 and 24. With return date Select only loans that have a planned return date. Show application. Go to question Time has expired View the questionnaire results. Save answers. Answers are not saved. Work with questionnaires. Work with balanced scorecards. General information about a completed questionnaire. Internal cost allocation Name Cost type Cost category Cost line Local cost category Cost categories Allocation/distribution versions Version name Copy version Fixed percentage Reference table Reference specification. Overview Quantity key Line name Service category name Service categories Service distribution Line total Incorrect parameter transfer Total allocation Allocation Allocation line Cost accounting Delete lines after posting Identical offset transaction Distribution reference Hierarchy level Hierarchies Process structure Operation not permitted - key in use in other table Difference is not zero - continue anyway? Sorting Report lines Journal number Register transactions History Journal transaction Rate fixed Rate variable Costs, fixed Costs variable Cost transaction Entry has been completed successfully. Record does not exist in structure or base nodes. Cannot delete base nodes. Allocation type The offset account must be specified. Incorrect choice Cannot delete records. Cost accounting parameter Date last updated Cost calculation Mark the journal as private or public Journal is private for user. Stylesheet Line type Data record not found Copy Divisions Allocation and distribution versions Record exists Reference quantity Line number Service value Line value Transaction control Dimensions group No dimension activated for the hierarchy selected. Delete subrecords for this selection? Incorrect difference for reference/version/dimension: Quit table? Service line Display structure Change not possible, line type includes reference records. Calculations Valid until Incorrect difference for version/distribution level/distribution structure/distribution reference: Only one dimension can be active. At least one dimension must be active. Calculation value type Calculation reference Calculation sequence Labor Offset group possible Offset group, dimension Surcharge calculation Marker, credit/debit Service posting No journal name Journal number %1, voucher %2: Cost category field must be filled in. No unit entered in voucher %1/%2. No transaction has been specified. The vouchers (%1) cannot be saved. Offset cost category not present - entry sequence canceled Quantity is less than or equal to zero. Cost balances Costs total Service category Default dimension Cost budget Suggestion from transaction Copy calculation version Hierarchy name The version %1 cannot be defined as default with these date interval conditions. Approval has not been filled in. Budget, fixed Line structures Calculation, hierarchy + lines Transfer lines Up Down Column name Unique key for calculation Column header Number format Unchanged In thousands In millions In % Column dimension Column calculation Unique key for journal number Evaluate division Column reference Last calculation Value calculation Report columns Report cells Allocation calculation Amount field must be other than zero. Dimension not filled in Dimension not present Dimension %1 must be %2 for cost category %3. Value %1 = %2 is not permitted in cost category %3. Process ledger transactions Input of dimension %2 is not provided in journal name %1. Reference tables Calculation The value is not within the range. Report statement Primary costs Secondary costs Permitted dimension Cost category already exists in the Cost category table. Cost category is already used. Cost rate type Cost category is already used in ledger accounts. Maintain cost rates Cost rate fixed Cost rate variable Special rate Cost category is not local. Valid from Forecast range Validity Plan values Distribution level Distribution structure Offset transaction structure Offset transaction reference Reference to fixed costs Reference to variable costs Share fixed costs Share variable costs Locked for journal Only local accounts may be defined as secondary. Offset transaction dimension Offset transaction calculation Cost category reference Cost category dimensions Dimensions used Execute transaction Cost distribution lines Service distribution lines Cost category %1 does not exist. Cost category %1 is identified as locked. Only a primary cost category is allowed. Only a secondary cost category is allowed. Allocation level Allocation hierarchy Allocation dimension Allocation reference Cost category value Total value Calculation structure Calculation rate Allocation dimension number Cost share Budget overview Service category %1 does not exist. Service category %1 is identified as locked. Calculation versions Dimension allocations Calculation value End date Allocation totals Calculate fixed costs Locked Reference number must be empty. The record already exists. Offset transaction active Total values Target Debit Credit User who has locked the journal Offset dimension Delimiting method Accrual method Copy hierarchy Budget quantity Cost distribution Service distribution: %1 Accrual Quantity must not be empty. Cost voucher Service voucher Cost category %1 is defined as a secondary account. Voucher date %1 is outside of the periods already created Period for date %1 is already locked for posting. Voucher %1: Offset cost category not provided Input of dimension %2 is not allowed for cost category %1. Amount fixed Amount variable Only one offset dimension can be active. Journal OK Project Service transaction Input of dimension %2 is not allowed for service category %1. Transfer to Transfer from Service category must be filled in. Delete budget before updating Calculation step Cost determination Service determination Cost rate determination Value type Actual costs Budget costs Calculate dimensions Offset transaction details Period calculation Cost transactions Service transactions All dimensions Accumulated fixed Accumulated variable Accumulated total Calculation of cost distribution Calculation of service distribution Special calculation Print accounts Reference line Special calculation query Expense distribution sheet Dimension balance No cost transaction provided for the dimension %1. No service transaction provided for the dimension %1. Calculation version Copy expense distribution sheet Journal name Cost lines Cost splitting Cost rates Hierarchy structure Cost category does not exist. Cost line does not exist. Service category does not exist. Reference table does not exist Calculation transactions Line structure Reference table values Cost distribution: %1 %2 %3 Allocations Cost rate calculation Comment Show special calculations per division Division query Display calculated transactions. Display transactions on cost categories. Display transactions on service categories. Offset cost category Recalculation, cost splitting No valid calculation versions exist. Cost category name Transaction text The number %1 does not exist in the dimension %2. EDS structure Cost line %1 has no cost category. Credit dimension Period calculation rates Special calculation rates Checklist, cost categories Service balances Service budget Variable costs Fixed costs. Print transaction Copy structure Copy line structure Total Cost category %1 is already used in the cost budget with the dimension %2. Period calculation for hierarchy Special calculation for hierarchy Cost category %1 is already used in cost values with the dimension %2. Cost category %1 is already used and cannot be deleted. Apply transactions from previous cost accounting Unique key for period calculation Transfer cost accounting record Evaluation group Journal costs Journal service Cost Accounting Plus Transfer service category Dimension statement Total Deletion not possible, the reference number is used in version %1. With trans. detail Transactions, ledger account Reconciliation between cost accounting and production. Not transferred Without dimension Date from Voucher number, period calculation. Total hours PPS Debit transactions Credit transactions Total, service category Reconciliation The Unlimited dimensions function can be used only with a corresponding license. Plan table Plan number Budgeting on cost categories. Only one cost forecast rate can be opened for this forecast model and fiscal year. Number of cost category. Activate department. Number of calculation. Identification of report column. Number of cost group Number of division. Number of hierarchy. Number of journal. Number of reference table. Identification of line structure. Plan cost category Plan allocation identification. Create or change the control of cost categories. Only primary cost categories can be allocated to the plan. Add Budget period 7 Budget period 2 Budget period 3 Budget period 4 Budget period 5 Budget period 6 Budget period 8 Budget period 9 Budget period 10 Budget period 11 Budget period 12 Budget period 13 Budget period 14 Budget period 15 Budget period 16 Budget period 17 Budget period 18 Budget period 19 Budget period 20 Plan service units Plan positions Budget period 1 Create or change the control of dimensions. Cost component Full costs Create or update flexible budgets. Note that after the recalculation of cost splitting, the period calculations and special calculations have to be re-executed where Cost category field must be filled in. Start of year Cost category identical with account number Calculate cost splitting Recalculate cost splitting in accordance with receiving dimension. Number of iterations Number of iterations of the allocation. Account reconciliation Reconcile cost categories with chart of accounts Validity of dimension (date from) Validity of dimension (date to) Voucher date is outside the validity of dimension %1. General quantity itemization Purpose unit Service category module Production category Rebuild transactions Iteration Register transactions - costs Journal for entering service transactions. Permitted operations. Transaction levels Transaction application Process transactions from other modules and create cost accounting transactions. Application from project has now been canceled. Application from production has now been canceled. Application of financial movements has now been canceled. Forecast model Permitted value types. Service balances, offset transaction Value type 1 Value type 2 Basic plan costs Flexible plan costs Target costs Plan allocation Costs, fixed 1 Costs, fixed 2 Costs variable 1 Costs, variable 2 Dimension setup Budget cost rate Normal cost rate Basic plan cost rate Flexible plan cost rate Reference cost rate Cost rate type for cost calculation. Actual costs from service transactions Calculation from value Calculation from service Calculation formula Calculation basis Value type for calculation from cost value. Value type for calculation from service value. Variance Variance in % Service calculation Determination of load Budget model must be defined in cost accounting. No forecast model is assigned to the forecast model. Flexible budget model Forecast model type: ledger account budget, cost accounting budget, flexible budget. Cost accounting budget Forecast model is invalid. The debit dimension %1 is invalid. This forecast model must be of model type %1. The credit dimension %1 is invalid. At least one dimension must be selected. Column group 1 Column group 2 Enter forecast model number Record already exists Process plan service transaction Calculate cost value types Manual cost rates Blocked for service transactions Blocked for cost transactions Blocked for distribution Blocked for allocation Journal name costs Journal name services Journal name %1 is provided for another transaction range. Accruals Financial accounting Posting layer Cost accounting direct Calculation page Fixed amount Module %1 is not open in the period for %2. Process production transactions Process project transactions Import service plan Load values Calculate Detail movements Incorrect selection: The key does not exist in the Plan dimensions table. Editing not possible Show assignment of cost category in cost line structure. Cost category allocation and ledger accounts Show dimension balances Run recalculation of fixed and variable cost amounts. Default settings Total value display Show assignment of service categories in the cost line structure. Transaction year Allocation account Fixed Calculation quantity Production category must be filled in. Special calculations Show special calculations per dimension Incorrect selection - the key already exists in the Service category table Reference column Project category must be filled in. Load dimensions User group, cost accounting No default version exists for this date. No dimension created - incorrect selection. No line number Identification Register cost transactions Register service transactions Cost statement Print cost statement. Cost statement dimensions Cost statement hierarchy Allocation table Cost allocation At least one cost category exists - the cost line cannot be deleted. Total is not 100 percent. Entry has been canceled. Structure Current cost rate Recalculation, actual costs Recalculation, budget costs Create or change automated calculation parameters. Self-referral not possible. Plan cost rates Upgrade Cost Accounting Plus Cost category with identical to account number - command cannot be executed. This service category is not of type allocation. Recalculate cost splitting Hierarchy has not been filled in. Flexible Budgeting Note: All related tables will be deleted. Copy the values? Plan calculation No calculation version has been assigned to this plan number. Reconciliation between cost accounting and project. Print dimension statement. Services Create settings automatically No plan number exists for plan model %1 in year %2. Create a new plan number? Show variances only Cost category accounting No combination %1, %2 in Dimensions table No more than 2 dimensions can be marked for printing. Transferred transactions Transactions, cost accounting Balance, cost accounting Select a dimension first. From line To line Only one dimension can be marked for printing. Budget cost rate, Var Budget cost rate, Fix Actual cost rate, Var Actual cost rate, Fix Special cost rate. Planning, line movements Use of service category Allow iterations Mark allocation as locked Plan costs to actual costs. Apply actual costs from service transactions Calculate variable costs Copy dimensions from the dimension table Select transaction levels Mark distribution as locked Calculation number must be specified. The call must be made from the class COSMovements. Plan model is locked. Allocate costs Show load values Transfer plan values from current values Service module Debit dimension Register accrual transactions. Define cost distribution Cost accounting report Print base data for cost accounting. Load cost categories to flexible budget. Load accounts No account created - incorrect selection. Load service categories to flexible budget. No service unit created - incorrect selection. Incorrect difference for version/service category Reference to quantity Load cost categories Load service categories Cost balance Update cost category from ledger account Activate update of cost category from ledger account. Specify current level of allocation. Select type of allocation. Reference type for calculated allocation value. Specify quantity or amount value. Step number in the calculation batch. Calculation value type. Calculation method for allocation. Distribution level: lines or cost categories. Entry type for costing journal: costs or performance. Specify the name of cost category. Reference of cost category. Key used to identify the individual record. Column header for report. Description. Report number. Percentage value. Overview accrual transactions Budget model type Check dimensions Workload Budget model identification. Display fixed costs Display variable costs Display total values Display quantity Show variance Show variance % Ledger budget model. Display setup Select calculation Show total values Cost category setup Cost balance - hierarchy: %1, division: %2 Cost balance - %1, number: %2 Field Display Create or update rules to control posting behavior. Create or update texts that can be used as hotkeys in cost accounting journals. Create or update budgets on cost and service categories. Execute calculation for the flexible budget. Maintain budget per cost line. Calculation setup Number of cost line. Setup of grouping for cost accounting. Cost accounting journals and budget. Reports providing a list of data in cost accounting. Queries on transactions and budgets in cost accounting. Periodic jobs for cost accounting. Setup of calculation for cost accounting. Print reconciliations between cost accounting and the other modules. Print calculation reports for cost accounting. Print expense distribution sheets. Create or update cost categories. Journal for entering cost transactions. Budgeting on service categories. Print report on EDS structure. Print line structure. Print hierarchy structure. Print calculation version. Print cost category reference. Print dimension excerpt. Reconciliation between cost accounting and general ledger. Process transactions for cost accounting. Print cost category accounting. Run recalculation of cost splitting in actual costs. Run recalculation of cost splitting in budget costs. Print period calculation for dimensions. Recalculation flexible budget Run recalculation of cost splitting in flexible budget. Print period calculation for hierarchies. Print extra calculation for hierarchies. Print extra calculation for dimensions. Print cost rates. Set up parameters for the cost accounting module. Create or update hierarchies in order to group dimensions. Specifies cost category type (primary costs, secondary costs or service categories). Create or update calculation version for cost distribution and cost allocation. Create or update reference tables for calculation purposes. Blocked for cost transactions. Number identifying the service category. Specify the use of service category - general quantity itemization or internal cost allocation. Specify the module to which the service category refers. Specify the dimension to which the service quantity is debited. Specify the dimension to which the service quantity is credited. Maintain budget for cost and service categories. Plan cost values Reconciliation between cost accounting and production Plan dimensions Credit quantity Debit quantity The valid until date may not be before the valid from date. Transfer selected budgets. Cost posting Accrued Delete all records. Phase for quotation Date Responsible Activity number Activity type Start date End date Keep synchronized Memo Description Employee Filter Business relation Last Synchronization Time Contact General Overview To date From date Business relations Code Task Action Normal No employee is mapped to the current user. Set mapping in User relations form. Name Time interval B Prospect CRM Employees Date of update No Contacts Edit Identification Address Calendar Dimensions Error Currency used for invoicing Home address Number Account number Phone Dimension Projects Deleted activities Status Sales responsible Language Overwrite address? CRM parameters Identification Memo Overview Telefax number registered Fields Browse business relation Duplicates found Lost Relation/Prospect journal VAT number From date To date Date interval %1 %2 not transferred. A similar business relation exists already Activities per quotation Sum Not used Prognosis for salesperson Perspective Prognosis for quotation Quotation won - Reason Quotation lost - Reason No records Contact information Include CRM quotation transactions? CRM quotation Quotations Number of quotation lines Description E-mail Extension Inserting %1, %2 into relation table Include CRM quotations Phase for salesperson Sales Number of transactions Master planning estimates Set status canceled Lost to Duplicate document Competitors Quotation totals Contact fields Drop documents to create new references to Campaigns Telemarketing Call list Cannot save e-mail. Set up document types for Inbox and Outbox in Document management and select them in CRM parame Status for call list Number of calls Cannot create reference to document. Set up a document type for File in Document management and select it in CRM parame Business relation information LINE BUSY ON HOLD E-mail group Copy highlighted document to the Clipboard Send e-mail to an e-mail group Send e-mail to group Answer Create e-mail group Media Set status closed Total invoiced Destination file E-mail template Organization number E-mail text Call list creation was canceled Call list creation was successful Contact Synchronize Mandatory fields must be filled in to proceed. Project ID must be filled in Targets E-mail broadcasting template Settings Cancel line Organization None Target report Planning Web login Login ID for the Web Deductible amount Add node Edit employee Print sales unit and members Set sales unit manager Main responsible Edit business relation Category Employee %1 is not active in Shop Floor Control Type AVI seconds Assistant to Change pilot Description of the indirect activity Activities Indirect activities Description of the indirect category Activity Activities for IPC General category for indirect activities Shop Floor Control - Job registration Shop Floor Control Transferred registrations Reg. type Profile date Registration Break Profile type Day's total Profile start time Profile end time Calculated by Profile paid hours Absence specification Journal registrations Overtime Clock-out code Registration time Assistant Clock-in Clock-out Corrected end time Corrected start time T. before T. after Paid break Flex+ Flex24-hour period start Shop Floor Control - Parameters Pilot Permanent teams Second presentation 60-minute hours Centihours You have become a pilot for a group of assistants You are an assistant to %1 Copy all to Copy day Standard time Collective registration Termination %1 lines were not copied There is already a registration on this collective line No specification of collective registration is given Profile end Work start Work end Corrected start date Corrected end date Clock-in time Quantity reports There is a chronology error on the lines Identical transaction ID on lines that are not bundle lines Enter date There are errors in the lines Insufficient identification of employee's absence time Employee still at work - preliminary calculation made You must state an absence code group An absence type must be stated Max. working minutes Your last clock-in registration was %1 at %2 o'clock. Did you forget to clock-out? Approval groups You have to select Yes or No for all jobs Interrupted Deduct overtime Flex Enter group Method Pay units Bundle allocation No start date No end date No profile date Calculation groups Estimation Jobs Net time Approve jobs Clock-in date Shop Floor Control - Pay generation From time To time Use PIN code Waiting job Time presentation Cost price Paid breaks Manual premiums Insufficient identification of absence code group Insufficient identification of absence code Continue bundle Flex allowed Pay agreement is not valid on this date The current absence code has been deleted Pay units must be stated for this absence code New bundle Cancel break Paid Selected jobs Cancel one break Cancel all breaks Secondary Cancel breaks Profile table Profile timetable Profile start table Profile group Profile relation Flex balance Cannot find profile for %1 Autobooked items Profile calendar Work-free flex zone Pay time Pay overtime Absence time Flex overview Flex correction Recalculate flex balance The job with ID %1 does not exist Transfer to pay Pay date Retransfer Pay file The parameter %1 is not filled in correctly Premium types Premium lines Premiums Pay items Display employees Absence registration Interrupt Pay types Pay agreements Pay agreement Transferred to pay Rate charged by the carrier Break time Seniority date Reduce flex Teams Quantity of good items Quantity of started items Quantity of error items Correction New 24-hour period Copy to Allocate cost price Allocation key cannot be Normal Flextime Standard profile Attendance Illegal flex balance Flex minimum Flex maximum Notice board Automatic premiums Direct payroll costs Indirect payroll costs Cost price factor Profile time Overtime allocation Employee must be calculated Absence statistics Allocation must constitute 100% Absence form Planned absence Other Pay specification New page per employee Print pay Print lines Production status Real.date Real.time Simulate calculation Override profile Seniority Approve Count unit Time count unit Deduct pay when late Approval group Calculation group Standard pay agreement Count units with employee balances cannot be corrected Cannot delete count unit: this is linked to one or more pay agreements Count unit is already linked to a pay agreement Recalculate employee balances Register on productions Pay start Pay end The profile is a flex profile, but the employee may not work flex Calculates jobs Ordinary time Corrected time Indirect properties Delete employee balances? Tolerances Employee balances Reg. specification Legal absence Illegal absence Flex-reducing absence Flex-reducing illegal absence Not a specified absence Not a paid registered break Paid registered break Interrupt the activity at next clock-in registration Job ID on internal absence code describing the absence Has the activity been interrupted by employee's clock-in registration? Start of period that delimits the activity Employee to which the absence code is linked End of period that delimits the activity Is the relation active, and have both pilot and assistant clocked-in? Employee who is a job pilot Employee who is an assistant Notice to be shown on the 'notice board' on the current day Date for display of the current notice Type of allocation key to be applied to the current resource/group Group to which employees are linked in connection with calculation Transaction ID for which the employee is to be restarted on clock-in PIN code that identifies the employee, if PIN codes are used (see parameter) May the employee use the system? Resource to which the employee is linked and which is proposed when job searching in the job tree Group to which the employee is linked upon approval/transfer Is the employee a flextime employee? Should a new bundle be proposed automatically if the employee wants to bundle jobs? Pay agreement which is used if no pay agreement is linked to the profile, or if the employee has made no registrations Profile group to be used in automatic profile search Date from which the employee may/can use the system Date from which seniority of the employee is to be calculated Calculation profile which is used if the employee has made no registrations Maximum value of the employee's flex balance Minimum value of the employee's flex balance Date to which the flex correction applies Description of cause of the flex correction If relevant, pay type which is to compensate for the correction Pay units to be used when a payment is made. If no units are reported then the pay units equal the correction Has the correction been transferred to pay? Correction in number of seconds User who set up the flex correction Description of the approval group Description of the calculation group Transaction ID that is to be restarted when collective registration stops User who made the collective registration Date of collective registration Can the employee personally interrupt the collective registration? Start time for collective registration Internal activity on which there is collective registration This number sequence is used for allotting a unique job ID for indirect activities, switch codes, project jobs etc. If you run MRP Category to which the indirect activity is linked Job ID used when a registration is made on the activity May employees register for the current activity? Number of days automatically entered as absence if the employee has not clocked in Pay type to be given for the current absence code Is the activity used to cancel breaks; if so, according to which principle Is it a paid break that is being registered on this activity? Number of break minutes when registering on the activity? Job type describing the activities under this category Are activities under this category flex-reducing? Are activities under this category overtime reducing? Is registration on this category allowed? Employee to which the item is linked Profile date to which the item is linked Total number of seconds used on the current job Job ID worked on Percentage of the total overtime costs allotted the current job Are the employees to identify themselves with a PIN code upon registering? Internal activity used when there is waiting time Job code triggering clock-out Number of seconds where Clock-in/Clock-out AVI is shown at Clock-in/Clock-out registration If there are permanent teams, these teams are maintained after Clock-out registration In which time unit are calculation results to be presented? Maximum number of working minutes before prompting for forgotten Clock-out registration Allocation key to be used on job bundles if no allocation key is set up on the resource Keys for indirect categories and types have to be unique Payroll costs Should productions/operations be started on-line when an employee logs on to an MRP job, and at what level Path and name of file in which pay basis is delivered. Are payroll costs for the current pay category to be included in cost prices, and on what principle? Factor to be used in multiplication of cost prices Is the pay basis to be generated on the basis of employee/resource dimensions? Allow registration on this job type? Identification of the manual premium Description of the premium Pay type to be specified when using the current premium Number of units given on the current premium If relevant, the transaction ID that should be charged with the cost of the premium If relevant, rate to be used for the premium instead of the rate of the pay type How is the start time staggered in relation to the profile day? Pay type given for time in this pay category Start time delimiting the item End time delimiting the item Minimum of pay type's unit for activating the item Maximum of pay type's unit for activating the item Pay type key for the current pay setup Pay agreement to which the item is linked Number of the day of the week to which the item is linked Maximum seniority stated in months delimiting the item Minimum seniority stated in months delimiting the item Constant instead of pay time, which is transferred to the pay system if the item is activated Is the sign to be reversed upon transfer to pay? Rounding-off factor stated in centihours Do you want to round off the pay basis, and if so, according to what principle? Operation number delimiting the item Count unit delimiting the item Description of the current pay agreement Date from which the pay agreement is valid Date to which the pay agreement is valid Identification of the current pay agreement Number of minutes to be deducted from pay if an employee is late Identification of the count unit Employee to whom the sum item is linked Start date for the item period Transfers jobs End date for the item period Total number of seconds accumulated in the period Total number of seconds for which payment has been made during the period Pay agreement to which the count unit is linked Pay type for which the current count unit must be available Description of the contents of the count unit Period code for summation in this count unit Pay type to which the item is linked Specification of the pay type that derived the current pay item Pay units Pay units given on the current pay item Pay type given on the current pay item Pay rate given on the current pay item Identification of whether the item has been transferred to pay The absence code from which the pay item is derived MRP operation from which the pay item is derived Count unit which the pay item has updated Number of seconds that updated the total time of the count unit for the period Cannot delete line because quantities have been reported. Reset quantity reports. Identification of the pay type Description of the current pay type General rate for the pay type Date to which the item is linked If relevant, the profile to be applied to the relation for the current day Identification of either employee or profile group Relation type determining at what level the item is active Number of the day of the week to which the item applies Profile to which the item is linked Statement of whether the current 24-hour profile period logically starts in the 24-hour period before or after this day Identification of the current profile group Further description of the profile group Start time for a new logical 24-hour profile period (registrations are moved to the next day) Profile type for the current period Tolerance that causes rounding of the pay time Time type calculated if regular break is skipped and the employee works instead Identification of the current profile group Calculation profile used in the specified period Identification of the profile Further description of the profile If relevant, the pay agreement that is usually applied when using this profile Calculation group to which the item is linked Profile used for calculations of the employee Start of standard time on the profile of the item End of standard time on the profile of the item Clock-in time on the current day Clock-out time on the current day Has a calculation been made for the employee on the current day? Has there been an approval of the employee on the current day? Has there been a transfer of the employee on the current day? Employee who has made a calculation of the current employee Employee who approved the current employee Employee who has made a transfer of the current employee Log for display of error messages, etc. Net working hours to be found on the profile of the item Net working hours which are calculated on the employee Date for profile start Date for profile end Date for start of working hours Date for end of working hours Approval group to which the item is linked Is flex allowed for the employee on the current day? Net absence time calculated on the employee on the current day Net overtime calculated on the employee on the current day Net pay time calculated on the employee on the current day Time for completed flex correction on the employee on the current day Flex balance of the employee on the current day Calculated time reducing the flex balance Calculated time increasing the flex balance Cancel finished report Selected profile overriding the profile selected in connection with autoprofile search Start time for the pay time of the employee on the current day End time for the pay time of the employee on the current day Start date for the pay time of the employee on the current day End date for the pay time of the employee on the current day Is the job active, i.e. is the employee working on the job? General specification of registration type Corrected start time according to profile tolerance Corrected end time according to profile tolerance Transaction ID identifying this registration Net job time calculated on this registration Corrected start date according to profile tolerance Corrected end date according to profile tolerance Detailed specification of registration type Pay units if it is absence where the pay type does not count hours Break time where there is a break registration Type of reference for job ID on the registration Indication of whether the job has been reported as finished or not Share of 'Cost price per hour' which this pay category constitutes Factor by which payroll costs are multiplied to give the cost price Override pay agreement Flex date Pay ID Flex balance Cannot perform rollback because there has been a transfer to pay Profile override Profile time override Count unit used when overriding pay agreements, delete anyway Allocate time Is the time to be allocated on the jobs of the bundle, e.g. when there are simultaneous jobs on a resource Specify planned absence on the employee Daily approval of employees registrations Create notices that will be displayed on the notice board Set up bundle allocation keys per resource Daily calculation/validation of the employees' time and registrations Overview of current teams and their status Set up employees to use Shop Floor Control Overview of the employees' attendance and jobs that are currently being worked on Overview of the employees' flex balance Correct flex balance, and if relevant make pay compensation for the correction Create approval groups Create calculation groups Create categories for indirect activities Create indirect activities for registering breaks, switch codes and nonproductive jobs Allocate overtime costs manually Setup of parameters for Shop Floor Control Create pay premiums that can manually be allotted to the employees during approval Allot manual pay premium on employee Create pay setup per weekday on the current pay agreement Override the employee pay setup on the current day Create pay agreements for generating payroll basis Overview of the employees' balance on the current count unit Create count units for the current pay agreement Set up the employees' pay rates for the current pay type Overview of the employees' payroll transactions Create pay types and setup rates Overview of productions and jobs and their current status Set up and lock choice of profiles for certain days e.g. Christmas and New Year Create profile groups for auto search and pick of profiles Override the employees' profile setup for the current day Setup of criteria for pick of profiles when autosearched Create and maintain time profiles Start punch clock function for clock-in/clock out with absence-recording enabled Start punch clock function for clock-in/clock-out registration Overview of registrations that have not yet been transferred Overview of ongoing registrations on the current job Overview of registrations that have been transferred Print the planned absence on employees Print the employees' absence statistics Print a list of the employees' absence statistics Print the calculated time and payroll basis on employees Print the employees' flex history including corrections Print the employees whose flex balance is off limits Approve the group's employees Calculate and validate the group's employees Run net time simulation, and update job time Recalculate and check employees' flex balances Copy the current pay agreement to another pay agreement Copy setup for one weekday to other weekdays on the current pay agreement Recalculate and check employees' periodic balances for count units Export the employees' payroll transactions to an external file Cancel finished report on a job Copy profile setup to another profile Copy setup for one weekday to other weekdays on the current profile Start collective registration on several employees Stop collective registration, and restart employees on original jobs Transfer employees and their registrations Overview of employees who are included in the collective registration Conduct collective registration on several employees on an indirect activity Clock-in date Profile staggering Have the employee registrations been approved? Have the employee registrations been calculated? Should pay costs be allocated when building a cost price? Code for periodic limitation of the count unit Chosen weekday Is the job a bundle job, or a single registration? Date for the latest update of the flex balance Code indicating what SFC module(Indirect/Mrp/Project) the registration is attached to Calculated paid time including paid absence Part of the profile time where the employee has been absent Net time that must be fulfilled on this profile None/No/Yes Has the transaction been exported/transferred to a payroll system? How are calculation results to be presented? Seconds Type of registration Specification of the registration type Bundle type Bundle type that describes the allocation key to be used Have employees and their registrations been transferred? Time in seconds Transaction ID Time presented in the chosen (parameter) time unit Quantity of started items that has been updated on the production Quantity of good items that has updated the production Quantity of error items that has updated the production Cost price per hour Description Name Person name Method for cancellation of a scheduled break Employees' clock-in date Employees' clock-in time Clock appearance Visual clock setup Analog Compose profile calendar A calendar already exists in this period Compose Command for synchronizing PC clock with server e.g. [ NET TIME \\[SERVERNAME] /SET /YES ] Create planned absence Create planned absence, e.g. vacation, on several employees Already existing PIN code %1 Profile overridden Pay agreement overridden Has the selected profile been overridden? Has the selected pay agreement been overridden? Job ID used when a registration is made on the category Report quantity at clock-out %1 calculated successfully %1 unsuccessful %1 approved without error Override Is there an error on the employee? Display all Display errors Multiwage period code Identify the pay period with a letter. When you reach Z, start again with A. Multiwage company ID Company ID in Multiwage File format File format for export of payroll transactions Multiwage Restart at clock-in Try to restart last job upon clock-in? What type of bar code do you want printed on job card and ID card? Post automatically Post production journals automatically? If you have not already set parameters for Shop Floor Control in your installation, you must do so first. You must set up a number sequence for identification of jobs. Here you can have job numbers assigned for your existing operations, projects, and activities. Use job numbers when recording jobs as unique identification of a job. If you have not already set parameters for Shop Floor Control in your installation, the application proposes that you do so first. Assign %1 job numbers? Here you can define the necessary system settings. These are necessary for the system to function properly. The application will now make the requested changes. Hide sec.(Terminal Server) Hide seconds on Terminal Server? Shop Floor Control setup Roll-back error Error message on roll-back upon transfer to pay Registrations for %1 are rolled over despite transfer to pay. Run basic setup guide for Shop Floor Control Print projects and activities with bar codes Print indirect categories and activities with bar codes Status processing Processing of status update Post indirect production costs to general ledger Group ID External pay type Should the system make a clock-out registration without prompting clock-out time Identification of the indirect activity Break tolerance Tolerance (minutes) on return from a break before wage deduction is made. 14 days (even) 14 days (uneven) Establish cost prices based on operations' cost categories? Number of repeats Copy interval Copy an interval from the calendar. Retrieve profile Delete override Delete overriding of profile Retrieve the current profile to be overridden Retrieve pay agreement Retrieve the current pay agreement for overriding. Continue absence Continue absence until next clock-in registration? Number of interval repeats IPC statistic Print statistics on indirect production costs Employee ID card Print ID card with bar codes for employees Process time Clock-in/out (with absence-recording) Incorrect parameter used to call report. Device ID Frequency (seconds) for repeating the task External logical identification of this terminal Post indirect production costs Overview of indirect production costs posted in ledger Fill in both account and offset account. Ledger-posted IPC Apply fixed cost price for indirect costs? Posted IPC Payroll allocation Missing specification of ledger journal in parameter dialog box Cancel payment Should pay generated by this line not be disbursed but merely serve as an expense? Use Badge ID Pay type out Pay type that the incoming pay type is converted to when wages are generated Indication that the record is a clock-in record Indication that the record is a clock-out record Missing clock-out Missing clock-in Clock-in/-out error. See error message on records. Repeat frequency Use employee's badge ID as identification Job queue check Date has been calculated. Check if the job entered in registration screen is present in current job queue Process job ID Set up job ID Job level Does Shop Floor Control operate with operations scheduling or job scheduling? Payroll statistics group Payroll statistics Payroll statistics Recalculate payroll statistics Recalculate and check payroll statistics for pay types Overview of statistics generated for pay types Create groups for calculating statistics for pay types Set up payroll statistics Name of payroll statistics group Payroll statistics setup Print payroll statistics Internet access Electronic timecard Start time End time Operation/Activity You cannot register a job while changing assistance. Key configuration Function to be executed upon activation Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 Key 5 Key 6 Key 7 Key 8 Key 9 Is the employee allowed to register over the Internet? Welcome to Shop Floor Control Operation/Activity Identify the operation/activity. In/Out Identification of group that the terminal is attached to Daily total is locked Missing indirect activity for Clock-in / Clock-out functions This wizard will help you create the necessary job number for the Shop Floor Control module. No lines found for transfer Number of days shown on Internet Clock-in/-out (Punch clock) Job registration (Job queue) Start the registration function using planned jobs for a resource or resource group You must enter an absence code Missing indirect activity for clock-in record Missing indirect activity for clock-out record Maximum allowed quantity you may enter in connection with reporting of quantity Jobs in progress Calculation parameters Is this terminal active? Operation/Activity Type of operation (Production) or activity (Indirect) Code that activates use of secondary types on profiles and pay agreements Job that is attached to this registration Absence job Absence job that is attached to this registration Hourly rate / Piecework rate Is payment based on an hourly rate or on a piecework rate? Parameters that handles how calculation is done Stream ID Identification of the stream that the terminal is attached to Reference type Detailed description of the job reference type Allocation type Allocation type used when allocating time on the registration Type of registration for journal records Overtime / flex limit Minimum time that the employee must work before overtime / flex is reached Max. flex limit Maximum limit for flex+ before converting into overtime Start reference Reference to record ID on start registration Stop reference Reference to record ID on stop registration Terminal Identification of this terminal in Microsoft Dynamics Description of terminal Badge ID Identification of employee's badge ID Badge version Current version of the badge Terminal type Identification of terminal type No type selected Booking file path Path to booking file of the current stream Order file path Path to order file of the current stream Parameter file path Path to parameter file for the terminal type Master file path Path to where master files are written/read COM port Identification of the serial port that terminal is connected to Data bits Number of data bits when transmitting data Parity Parity check used when transmitting data Start job Stop job Start assistance Stop assistance Start break Cancel one break Cancel all breaks Stop break Switch code Piecework rate Pay type on jobs that delimit this item Delimit code Code for delimiting this piecework Indirect category Indirect activity Journal registration type Description of the registration type of the journal item Piecework rate formula Selection of formula for calculation of piecework rate System function System function that is triggered when this activity is used Change pilot Submit registrations System waiting Switch bundle mode No task selected Read registrations Write parameters Read parameters Write master records Read master records Synchronize terminal clock 7 Bit 8 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit Stop bits Number of stop bits View switch codes that the employee has registered Set up piecework and piecework employees Piecework groups Set up groups of employees for piecework View members of the piecework groups Terminals Set up terminals that are used for registration Send statistics Set up payroll statistics that should be uploaded to terminals Terminal tasks Start - default values Set up default values for start of productions from Shop Floor Control Report as finished - default values Set up default values for report as finished from Shop Floor Control Time type calculated if the regular break is skipped or the switch code is activated Reference to pay type from which rate is calculated Percent of rate from reference pay type from which rate on this pay type is calculated Identification of the piecework setup Rate for piecework Minimum rate Pay type for minimum rate on this piecework Is this piecework closed and no longer open for registrations Piecework group or employee that delimits this piecework Approve switchcode Is absence to be counted according to pay hours or pay days? Pay type Baud rate Baud rate used when transmitting data to this terminal From date delimiting the task To date delimiting the task From weekday delimiting this task To weekday delimiting the task Secondary pay type Pay type used if employee has made registration on switch code Secondary factor Factor used to multiply pay quantity if employee has made registration on switch code Factor used to multiply pay quantity External name Description of the element when it appears in the terminals Upload employees' flex balance on this element Incorrect registration type Double registration of %1 is not allowed Missing clock-in registration Absence cannot occur within a clocked-in zone Breaks cannot occur within a clocked-out zone Description of the job type Synchronize PC Local PC clock will be synchronized with server at this interval Update notice board Notice board will be updated on PC client at this interval Synchronization Apply fixed cost price for project costs? Specify production order Should piecework orders be specified separately, or does the piecework setup cover all orders? Project journal in which project registrations are delivered when transfer is made daily Ledger journal used for posting indirect costs Use F keys Enable use the of F keys in registration screen Employee %1 is already clocked in Employee %1 is already clocked out Absence job %1 does not exist These parameters are essential for calculation of time and pay in Shop Floor Control. A change in these parameters should be done with the highest caution. All transactions is allotted a transaction ID. Transactions in a job bundle share the same transaction ID. This number sequence is used to give a unique ID to the count units that can be set up on pay agreements. Update clock control OCX clock cycle will be synchronized at this interval Stop activity Insert a stop registration for this activity Raw registrations Maximum report quantity Communication Switch code requires approval Missing rights to job registration Only rate or percent can be set on a pay type Reference pay type must be specified Rate cannot be specified when a reference pay type is specified Reference pay type must be entered when percent is specified Percent is specified per employee The reference pay type is illegal, a circular reference has been created. Deletion is not possible because pay type is used as a reference pay type. Time calculation parameters has not been created Type %1 to confirm Calculation / Approval status Task list Not transferred Not approved Not calculated Synchronize command Update job queue Update job queue in registration screen at this interval No input Time allowed for no input before registration screen is cleared Start page in registration screen Auto insert flex- / absence Job ID that is automatically inserted at calculation time, if norm time is not reached %1 must be entered Piecework productions Drop tolerance at clock-in Drop tolerance correction specified on the profile at clock-in Drop tolerance at clock-out Drop tolerance correction specified on the profile at clock-out Net time before allocation Total net time seconds on transaction ID before time allocation has been done Job pilot Employee has been an assistant to this job pilot Pay type for minimum rate Minimum rate guaranteed on piecework Piecework rate Rate paid on this piecework Seconds before allocation Transaction ID seconds Total net time seconds before time allocation has been done 1200 Baud 2400 Baud 4800 Baud 9600 Baud No COM port has been selected COM1 COM2 Server ID Identification of server Finished code for the registration Request production update Request quantity update of reported quantity on production worked on Scrap quantity Quantity of scrapped items Date of the registration Time of the registration Date and time of the registration converted into number of seconds since 98/01/01 Reference to matched record Reference to task ID Query on employees that has not been calculated, approved or transferred within a given period Set up piecework groups View the raw basic registrations Column in which this absence code is presented in the absence report form Should the use of this switch code be approved separately? Match ID Bundle Color for entries in job queue that are currently being worked on Started jobs Color for entries in job queue that have been started Jobs general General color used for entries in job queue Color selection No paid time required The quantity specified in the Constant field should be paid, even if no pay time has been calculated. Cost category for this employee when registration is made on projects From date delimiting the item To date delimiting the item Update start on-line Update finished report on-line Should productions/operations be reported as finished on-line, and at what level? Round-off overtime Profile delimiting the item Indirect activity delimiting the item System function %1 already exists Pay period Is this an adjustment record, created by the automatic pay adjustment system Offset pay type Possible offset pay type that should be adjusted Criteria for creating pay adjustments > Limit < Limit > Normtime < Normtime Adjustment method Unique key, identifying the current pay period Create adjustment records by day or by period? Limit Limit of adjustment What is the basis for calculation of pay adjustment? Derived from Reference to adjustment record this record is derived from Offset record ID Reference to adjustment record which is derived from this adjustment Adjustment ID Description of pay period Active Is the current pay adjustment setup active? Pay adjustment Pay period %1 does not exist Pay period %1 already has a record (%2 - %3) in the period %4 - %5. The period length has not been specified Identification of adjustment Create pay period records Pay periods Pay type must be specified Creation and maintenance of pay periods Adjustment pay types Set up pay types that should be adjusted Set up rules for pay adjustment for this pay agreement Pay period records Pay adjustment pay types Total period Period length Open job on %1 No open jobs Find open Backflush at finish Should materials for an operation be picked when reported as finished Queries on employees, registrations and payroll Queries on registrations Queries on payroll. Registration forms Reports providing an overview of data in Shop Floor Control Print absence Print payroll Print barcodes Jobs for adjustment and update of Shop Floor Control Update payroll Set up Shop Floor Control Set up calculation and approval groups Set up payroll Set up profile Profiles Flex group ID Group ID for flex groups Minimum pay type Maximum pay type Adjust flex minimum Adjust flex maximum Flex groups Employee must be assigned to a flex group, when flex is allowed Minimum auto adjustment Maximum auto adjustment The minimum flex balance must be less than or equal to 0 The maximum flex balance must be greater than or equal to 0 Paid break time Calculated time the employee spent on paid breaks Non paid break time Calculated time the employee spent on non paid breaks Total break time Calculated time the employee spent on breaks Repost From date and to date must be specified when reposting You are about to repost Ipcs to General ledger. Do you want to continue? Posting of Ipc to General ledger was canceled. Clock out employees Insert clock-out registration for employees according to profile Clock-in and out Clock-Out inserted for %1 at %2 Message ID Select employees End date for displaying the notice Start time for displaying the notice End time for displaying the notice Does the employees have to acknowledge reading the message? From time is later than to time From date must be specified Create one planned absence on each day in the date period, or one long planned absence To date must be specified Pay agreement %1 is standard for this profile No standard pay agreement set for this profile Master data Valid from %1 to %2 Deduct %1 minutes when late Round off %1 %2 using rounding method %3 when calculating overtime Time recording mode If set to Machine, job registrations around midnight will be automatically split up. Recipients Job -> Employee Employee -> Job Startup validation method Production planned quantity Production started quantity Previous operation started quantity Previous operation finished quantity Feedback validation method Actual operation started quantity Validate startup quantities Validate feedback quantity Startup quantity validation Startup quantity %1 does not match the production planned quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Startup quantity %1 does not match the production started quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Startup quantity %1 does not match the previous operation started quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Startup quantity %1 does not match the previous operation finished quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Feedback quantity %1 does not match the production planned quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Feedback quantity %1 exceeds the production started quantity %2. Allowed overdelivery is %3 Feedback quantity %1 does not match the previous operation finished quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Feedback quantity %1 does not match the actual operation started quantity %2. Allowed production surplus is %3 Cannot report operation as finished. Total reported quantity %1 does not match the expected quantity %2. Accepted productio Overlap in date intervals Indirect activity cost price Change pay Creates a new date interval for the current pay type, with a different pay New rate New rate Pay raise method Method used to calculate the new pay rate Rate raise Percentage raise From and to date must be specified Set adjustment Insert missing clock-out for an employee Calculate, approve or transfer registrations Override profile or pay agreement Print information about working hours Show employees with errors or show all Show information about transferred registrations Insert clock-in and -out registrations Select following day Select previous day Job start Job stop Parse Error Illegal external terminal registration type Illegal absence job ID No employee ID Employee not active Illegal timestamp No job ID on job start Absence not allowed on job start Error not allowed No pilot on team start Illegal sign in out Project not in progress Production already completed Unknown job ID Absence not allowed on job stop Break not allowed on job stop Switch code not allowed on job stop No job ID on job stop Transfer registration Reported quantities Terminal error registrations Delete registration External registration type Statistical balance setup Start/Start Start/Stop Terminal insert mode Name of the person in charge of this registration Week %1 (%2 - %3) Create flex groups Work schedule Use a query to select employees Indicates whether the employee has read the message Enterprise portal SFC employee role SFC employee SFC employee activity center Your employee identification (%1) has not been activated in Shop Floor Control. Check this box to force feedback upon clock-out Use this journal when posting on production orders. Must quantity be validated when starting a job? Select method for validation Accept higher startup quantity according to validation method? Accept Startup deviation Is overdelivery acceptable? Is underdelivery acceptable? Must feedback quantity be validated? Accepted deviation in percentage Acceptable startup surplus in percentage when starting the next operation JmgPayTableCreateNewDateInterval is called with illegal arguments Which registration mode is used on terminals? The specified from date is contained in the original date interval. Adjust the original to date? Gap detected (%1 - %2) between original and new line The payroll period %1 does not have a date interval containing %2 Delimitation Select which employees should be shown Absent Present Machine is registered on active jobs on today's date. Excludes switch code Switch codes Invalid switch code combinations Exclude switch codes Define invalid switch code combinations The switch code %1 excludes the switch code %2 The excluding switch code This switch code will be excluded On call On call activity Feedback key configuration Job type Production queue before Production setup Production process Production overlap Production transport Production queue after Project Project activity Project budget Indirect activity Reference ID Reference to a production ID, a project ID, or an IPC category ID Job status Current status of the job Created Started In progress Completed Job table synchronization mode How should the job table be kept synchronous with base data Online Offline Job table Synchronize job table Synchronize production Should the job table be synchronized with jobs originating from the production module? Synchronize project Should the job table be synchronized with jobs originating from the project module? Synchronize Shop Floor Control Should the job table be synchronized with jobs originating from the Shop Floor Control module? Status update mode How should the project status be updated from Shop Floor Control Select cost category Start day End day Show start date If selected, the start date input field is shown on the electronic timecard form. If cleared, the profile date is used as the start da Show end date If selected, the stop date input field is shown on the electronic timecard form. If cleared, the profile date is used as the stop dat Input mode Determines which input mode is used in the electronic timecard. Timestamps Cancel transfer Transfer cannot be canceled. %1 has been calculated Transfer timecard Cannot allocate time to registration with job identification: %1 Registrations cannot be transferred. The %1 has already been calculated %1 is an invalid job ID Registration with job ID %1 is situated outside a clocked-in zone It is not allowed to register on job ID %1 Change employee %1 is not an employee or is not active Cleanup mode To table To file Clean up registrations Raw registrations archive Maximum age Enter the maximum age in days. Registrations older than the specified value will be cleaned up. Maximum age must be at least 30 days Cleanup mode %1 no allowed. Cleanup to file Pay period is not specified Comma separated values Standard pay type for pay adjustments Is flex balance adjusted automatically when below minimum? Scheduled loan Description of flex group Number of pay units for every hour adjusted. Is this an On call activity? Employee ID in an external payroll system Special day ID of the special day Special pay Special days Cost price used when posting in general ledger Use fixed quantity Use fixed quantity when calculating pay Specific rate for this employee Percent adjustment from reference pay type for this specific employee Pay type factor %1 and %2 must be specified, when flex balance is based on pay types Opening flex balance Is Special days used in pay agreement? It is not allowed to create a flex correction using pay type %1, because it is used for calculating the flex balance Set opening flex balance Based on pay types Is flex balance calculated on the basis of pay types? Error specification Transfer balance from one date interval to the next Electronic timecard registrations Specification of error causes External input Raw input from external terminal to Shop Floor Control Message ID assigned to messages in the notice board Use timecard Is the employee using the electronic timecard during registration of time? Feedback quantity validation Accept surplus production Accepted surplus in percentage Accepted surplus production in percent Accept production shortage Accepted shortage in percentage Accepted production shortage in percentage Notice board recipients A new job pilot must be specified %1 is not a member of the team belonging to %2 Cannot bundle more than one job of type %1 Cannot bundle jobs of type %1 with jobs of type %2 Registrations have already been made Job ID %1 is not an active job Journal lines exist for %1 on the %2 Cannot register on an illegal job ID Cannot register on indirect activities of type Error Cannot register on absence codes or absence code groups No job pilot specified on start team registration Registration not allowed on job ID: %1 Not possible to register on OnCall categories Configure external terminal Create special days Job ID %1 is not a production job Cancel finished report on job %1? Cannot report job %1 as finished. Job is not a production job Job %1 is already reported as finished Cannot report job %1 as finished. There are employees currently active on the job Cannot report job %1 as finished. No journal lines exists Report %1 as finished? %1 is not allowed to use the electronic timecard Small Show calendar Show bulletin board Show buttons Primary buttons Secondary buttons Key 10 Key 11 Key 12 Registration setup Show job ID Lock employee Copy profile setup Input registrations through the electronic timecard Have registrations been transferred? Microsoft Dynamics client Start registration terminal Terminal where start registration was made Stop registration terminal Terminal where stop registration was made Total good quantity Total error quantity Error causes View multiple error causes Find open job View previous day View next day Is the employee currently working on a job? Public message Should this message be visible to all employees? Notice board terminal recipients This number sequence is used to generate unique ids for messages in the notice board Select terminals Use a query to select terminals Cancel transfer of timecard Transfer timecard registrations Check timecard registrations Set the employees opening flex balance Compose a series of scheduled loans Edit cost prices for indirect activities Schedule a loan of an employee to another calculation or approval group Missing or bad form configuration Synchronize HRM absence Should the job table be synchronized with absence jobs originating from the HRM module? F Alt+ There are no absence journal for employee %1 in status %2 or %3 containing the date %4 From Shop Floor Control Cannot delete from absence journal. It has status %1 Shop Floor Control upgrade The configuration key %1 is not enabled. Absence transactions cannot be transferred. Transfer existing absence transactions from Shop Floor Control to absence journals in the Human Resources module. Note: If you have already transferred absence transactions once, absence transactions will be duplicated if you run this wizard This wizard will help you transfer absence transactions from the Shop Floor Control module to absence journals in the Human Select %1 to continue transfer, even though some transactions cannot be transferred because of a missing active absence jou Decide whether absence registrations should be transferred to absence journals in the Human Resources module. Cannot transfer absence for employee %1 at the %2. No absence journal in status %3 or %4 contains that date. Report a production job as finished Change quantities on production job Type of job View archive of raw registrations Master data reports Synchronize job table with data in Production, Project, and HRM modules View erroneous terminal registrations Move raw registrations to archive table or export them to file Report displays an overview of the indirect activities setup Report displays an overview of the employees setup Report displays an overview of the pay agreements setup Report displays an overview of the profiles setup Real time reported Real starting time Real starting date Transfer absence to Human resources Recalculate and show employee balances Specify clock out time Specify clock in time Type of registration received from external terminal Change employee who is registering time Restore lines Restore journal lines from employees registrations Start date where this relation is active End date where this relation is active From day From day in month where profile relation is active To day in month, where profile relation is active To day From month From month where profile relation is active To month To month where profile relation is active Include in export Include this pay type in export Clears profiles from plan Clear profile Work planner Overlay Overlay employee profile view with settings from All and Profile group records from profile calendar Plan employees working profiles Show weekend Lock/unlock day for editing Time percentage Quantity percentage Description of planned/registered absence for the day Adjust the opening balance or the current balance of the pay statistics to the specified value, or insert an adjustment of the spe Adjust payroll statistics %1 is a pilot. Change job pilot before signing out. Created by batch run at %1 Auto correct Registration error mode Should registration be prohibited or auto corrected, if an error in raw registrations are detected? Prohibit Error in Registrations. Contact your supervisor Auto cor: %1, %2 Archive future registrations Future reg: %1, %2 Move future registrations from the raw registrations table to the raw registrations archive table. Transfer registration to raw registrations table Delete registration form error table Shop Floor Control main page Piecework setup Is date locked for editing The error in the registration received from an external terminal Load registrations Load registrations from file into raw registration archive table Select design Consistency check and correction of the shop floor control module Consistency check and correction of shop floor control data Consistency check and correction of shop floor control jobs Consistency check and correction of setup in shop floor control Create missing system activities? Generating the necessary system activities. Switch code must be specified Insert switch codes for specified period of time. Clock-out date Clock-out date for employees Clock-out time Clock-out time for employees Configure registration forms Letter code Letter which denotes the absence code in the planned absence report Create and configure different setups of the registration form Get registration time from Denotes where the registration time is taken from, when a registration is made. Calculation results Total payroll cost Total payroll cost for this pay item Legal absence time calculated on the employee on the current day Illegal absence time calculated on the employee on the current day Clear changes Clears any changes made since last save Flex absence is not allowed on this employee Check HRM absence code: %1. It should be a member of the HRM absence code group: %2 Set adjustment value Consistency check and correction of payroll in shop floor control I.s Create clock-in/clock-out registration C.p Min sen Max. sen Default value used when employees are reporting feedback Profile time day The amount of time defined on the day Profile time total The amount of profile time on the current profile Include in report Include this absence code in the absence form and absence statistics reports Badge ID %1 is already used Show bulletin board on registration form Show job ID field on registration form Show button panel on registration form Lock the employee ID on registration form Product model Product model number Modeling tree Variable group Outcomes Variables Product Builder The product model %1 does not exist. Product Builder parameters Unique identifier for a product model. Any reference to a specific product model will be established via this key. Product models Display Compile product model Variable Array Max. Default Inherit Code node IF node THEN node ELSE node FOR node BOM node Route node Default node Table node BOM line Grid System Variable Simple Data type Table Class Modeling variables Allocation of Code All fields Look up Table value Message Message type Message text Message node Default route Choose a type that will be attached to the product model. Select the default route, route, or BOM. Default route Number of the route Name of the route System variable Transfer variable Default route %1 does not exist. Next operation Next operation in the route Default value Description of the condition Initialization of the FOR node Step Action (performed once in each iteration) Condition that ends execution of the FOR node Default routes Notes Oper.no. Route operation IF - condition Lookup Test Move up Move down Modeling variable The type of the variable Description of the variable Values available for the variable Product model ID Name of the product model Select the item group for item number lookup in the Versions pane Number of the employee who approved the product model Has the product model been approved? Item number to which the product model version is linked Date from which the product model version is valid Date to which the product model version is valid The variable group to which the variable should be linked Type of the variable Choose an external representation of the type Unambiguous name (to be used in the modeling tree) Should the variable be an array? Max. size of the array Specify a default value. Select whether the value should be inherited from a parent product model Select whether the value should be returned to a parent product model Specifies that the variable must be filled in. Next operation must be different from the one specified in the Operation field. Mandatory Default values This system variable has already been declared. Data type error Configuration details Configure line The Unit field must be filled in. The Oper.no. field must be filled in. The Operation field must be filled in. The Work center field must be filled in. The Work center group field must be filled in. The product model contains an error Product model no. Valid for item relation Valid for customer relation Item number or item product model group Customer number or customer product model group Variable that should have a default value Choose value/outcome Unique identifier for a default route. Any reference to a specific product model route will be handled via this key. Approve product model Approve the product model? Select if you also want to approve the product model. Identification of the customer product model group. Identification of the item product model group. Description of the customer product model group. Description of the item product model group. The product model %1 has not been approved. Unique name of the variable group Show the field in the Composed of report? Composed of Keyword Keyword to be translated Translation Translation of the keyword Translation table Index Configured item Code Choose layout for printing. Untranslated code Translated code Modeling variable Code saved Copy Insert Subtree cannot be inserted here. Copy from product model Should the field be used as description in the modeling tree? Route node, continued BOM node, continued Code generator User profile Profile User profiles Priority Priority in which variables are shown in the user dialog box Name of validation rule Variable or fixed value to be used in the expression Does this line represent a fixed value or a variable? Value Select an operator for the current line and or Validation rule Rule Pre-field validation rule Exclusions Validation Table Boolean Help text Unique identifier for modeling rules. Any reference to a specific rule is handled via this key. Rule number Help text shown to the user The number series for rule numbers has not been set up correctly. Range Name of query used for delimitation in the user dialog box Post-field validation rule Have value formulas been created for the variable? Action Action type Copy variable setup Copy to Calculate delivery date Back to configuration Calculated price per unit Product Builder configuration Product Builder form type Calculated price/delivery Product Builder approval Show user dialog box as tree structure Should modeling variables be displayed in a tree structure, or on tab pages? User dialog box layout User dialog box Array index Calculate price Calculate delivery date Calculates the price based on the present configuration Calculated delivery date Calculate required delivery date Grouping Recursive reference in the grouping structure Variable group must be specified. Debug information Empty and or plus minus multiplied by divided by Table name must be filled in Field name must be filled in Display Allow edit Validate rule Description of the user profile Name of user profile Array index is out of bounds Export of product model Export product model Import product model The method that returns the value. Lookup of variables is done by: varMap(variable name, array index) Transfer to program code Overwrite existing program code? Notes field Product model version Line ID Webform parser Text to be parsed Replace Expression Simple node Product model group Modeling enabled Generate a new item number Should a new item number be generated when a configuration is approved? Unique identification number for Product Builder–configured items, based on the product model number Generate Web form Operand Print user profiles Case node Switch node Switch value Switch can be performed on the basis of the variable value. Case value If the Case value equals the Switch value, the condition is true Print the validation rules Level Actions Switch node Case node New product model number Import of a product model Setup of different price combinations for the product model Unique identifier for the price combination Price combination Price combinations Validate price combination Price adjustment added to the standard sales price. Sales price calculation Should the sales price be calculated as a standard BOM price calculation? Calculated price Unique identifier for a price combination FOR loop Copy a variable setup to another variable Note: The variable receiving the information must be available Reference You will not see subgroup %1 because it is a level 2 subgroup. To display all levels, select the Show user dialog box as tree st You cannot delete from more than one level. You cannot move from more than one level. Product Builder setup Report on the elements belonging to specific product models, or on the versions used by specific items Report on product models that use specific item numbers, or on versions that use specific item numbers Customer product model group Customer relation Price adjustment in currency Setup of product model price combinations in foreign currencies Setup of default values for modeling variables Route setup Setup of default routes Set up variable groups used for variable grouping in product models. Item product model groups Setup of validation rules Calculation of value for a variable Validation after input Values to be excluded Create the product model. Variable grouping setup for the current product model Show the configuration variables for the item Setup of default values for a variable Setup of user profiles Set up global modeling variables. Add user profiles to a variable Menu item for calling the Web form Syntax check Print the configuration details Copy a complete product model Export a complete product model Import a complete product model Generate Web forms in selected languages Default ID Default ID for setup of default values Display type for reports Identification of the variable group Display as multiline field in user dialog Allow edit in user dialog box Display the field in the user dialog box Pre/post value Value before or after the configuration Pre value Post value Select system variable Value or variable Reference BOM/route Node ID Node number Action type True/False Unique number for the rule Line number Rule reference Boolean field for check box Packed query User profile in the Product Builder Can this item be modeled in the Product Builder? Variable, group, or model Rule type Pre or post rule Has X++ code been generated since the latest adjustment? Is the variable a number? Type 'Case' or 'Default' X++ code Node type Type of the node Text to be replaced Array max. Copy default profiles from the related variables Configure for cart Check rule syntax Check the syntax of rules related to the product model No errors found Errors found in expressions The variables must be of the same type Overwrite the existing setup? Automatic price calculation The price is calculated whenever the approval screen is shown. (Only relevant when standard BOM price calculation is used.) Automatic calculation of delivery date The delivery date is calculated whenever the approval screen is shown. Automatic calculation Return value Initialization Expression Default node Include Include this variable in the comparison string when the system performs a search for similar configurations. Reuse BOM & Route Search string BOM Route occurrence If you want to reuse a previous configuration, select the BOM/Route ID from the list. If you want to generate a new BOM and R Reuse selected configuration Transfer configuration details from this configuration to the current sales line. Generate BOM && Route Select the variable type Configuration variables Item variables Generate item number Generate new item numbers for configured items. Format item number Format of generated item numbers. Refer to item variables (on the Item variables tab page) with %1, %2 etc. Generate configuration Generate new configuration IDs for configured items. Format of generated configuration IDs. Refer to Configuration variables (on the Configuration tab page) with %1, %2 etc. Format configuration Invalid variable name Show all variables Show all variables in the approval dialog during configuration Show variables Generate items and dimensions Set up item numbers and item dimensions. Test model Configure production Rules checked Indicates whether all validation rules have correct syntax Reuse configurations Reuse previous configurations when configuring an item Additional field Additional information shown in the lookup list Insert default route Product Building WebApp Number of decimals shown in the user dialog box The new configuration ID %1 will exceed in %2 characters. Change the Generate configuration ID setup or change your item c The new item number %1 will exceed in %2 characters. Change the setup in the Generate items/dimensions form or change y Parent variable group The default node cannot be deleted because it is referenced by route nodes. Defaults Create or maintain product models Values used when comparing configurations BOM/Route list List of configured BOMs and routes Type of value Decimal value Integer value Type: BOM or Route Illegal move Generate documents of type Is the adjustment an absolute amount, a percentage, or a calculated amount? Color variables Size variables Generate size Generate new size IDs for configured items. Generate color Generate new color IDs for configured items. Format color Format of generated color IDs. Refer to color variables (on the Color variables tab page) with %1, %2 etc. Format size Format of generated size IDs. Refer to size variables (on the Size variables tab page) with %1, %2 etc. Conditions Handle different versions of general constraints Parameter list Parameters for code Select the product model or global rule version Type Constraint type Simple Advanced Code Clause number Unique number for the clause Rule set number Unique number for the rule set Simple condition Advanced condition Parameters Coded condition Copy rules Copy clause Approve rule set version Select the value for the variable calculated Version does not exist coded expression is equal to is different from is less than is greater than is less than or equal to is greater than or equal to must not be equal to must not be different from must not be less than must not be greater than must not be less than or equal to must not be greater than or equal to is like must not be like missing return value in rule: %1 If Invalid combination: Model mapping Variable %1 is not defined Missing operator Generate graphic documents of type Graphic Default graphic Path and name of the default graphic file Graphic parameters Path to saved graphics Specify the full path to the folder in which graphic files from this product model will be saved Print graphic Print graphics attached to the sales line Select a node in the modeling tree where a new node should be added You cannot insert a node of type %1 into a node of type %2 Hide dialog box Hide dialog for automatic configuration based on default values Hide approval dialog Hide approval dialog after acknowledgement of configuration details Autostart configuration Autostart of configuration dialog when entering a modeling enabled item Check item lines for complete configuration details Create a product model ID. Creation Compilation and syntax check. Test the product model before using it. Approve and activate the product model User setup of product models Error. Wrong application layer. The item %1 must be configured Local/Global Global Local Validation type Configuring is in progress Loop in actions setting value on variable: %1 Formula Condition on action Error if true Recalculate Recalculate variable values in rules containing the specified variable Hide Show only Approve rule set Return to lines Select to approve the rule set The rule set %1 has not been approved. Field properties Lookup method Type Constraint File name format Format of generated file name. Refer to variables setup with %1, %2 etc. Length Length of the current variable value text used in generated file name Graphic parameters variables Layer to generate code in Lookup method for item number on sales order line Is rule local or global Item line Rule expression map Set properties of the field containing the selected variable in case condition is false Set properties of the field containing the selected variable in case condition is true Value relation Use of calculated value Select the rule type (formula, action or constraint) Compiled code Line code parameters Simple rule Rule sorting Display properties of field Value table Graphic setup Configurable items Rules Condition Formula setup if true if false Set up graphic parameters for product model Global rules Wizard for creating product models Compile product models Compile a set of product models Compile selected product model Jobs for periodic tasks on product models Set range on variable Check code Setup for product model Run configuration Product Builder tree node Cyclic rule Groups for selecting default values Generated BOM and route Node in model tree Return to configuration dialog Configure selected item Fix per cents Account EDS group Standard unit Single unit Fixed costs Variable manufacturing costs Variable labor costs Special direct costs production Special direct costs sales Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7 Level 8 Purpose Normal Administration Sales Center Empty Costs Proceeds Material Quantity Spreading EDS groups Chart of accounts Allocation and distribution versions Version Allowance set Center allowed Purpose allowed Account local Group Classification summary line EDS groups Summary Cost centers Hierarchy Distribution account to cost centers Main sum Compressed sum Hierarchy structure Account class Main sum Main sum Reference row Hierarchy model Work unit Cost center name Sum Period Cost center Description Hierarchy model Unit Reference code Version information Type of account Division level Cost center type Cost classification Hierarchy Hierarchy levels Reference Allocation of sales and administration cost centers Allocation base Difference Main sums Compressed sums Local cost center Default model Planned quantity Fixed cost rate Wage cost rate Manufacturing cost rate OC I OC II Cost center number EDS Cost center type Allocation Admin / Sales Calculation type Rest cost Default version Distribution Cost accounting Print zero values EDS line structure Allocated to Allocated from Line structure for EDS Current cost center Share of the reference to be allocated relating to proceeds Share of the reference to be allocated relating to material Share of the reference to be allocated relating to OC I Share of the reference to be allocated relating to OC II Share of the reference to be allocated relating to an account Account for allocation method account Share of the reference to be allocated relating to an EDS group EDS group for allocation method EDS Share of reference to be allocated in equal parts to cost centers Views which share of the reference is already allocated Name of the current cost center Current allocation and distribution version Allocation and distribution method Reference according to the chosen method Defines order of calculation OC II summary Allocation centers Reference list Reference settings Contains the account type Contains the hierarchy level Calculation type of classification Administration and sales definition Contains the current cost class Contains the current EDS group Contains the description of the account Contains the current account number Contains the description of the current cost class Contains the description of the allocation and distribution version Contains the current hierarchy model Contains the name of the EDS group Marks main sums Marks compressed sums Definition of cost centers for allocation Internal allocation Definition of cost centers for internal allocation Select this check box to distribute only bookings without a cost center Reference for calculation Description of the current hierarchy model Division Division Contains reference code for the reference unit Contains the description of the reference code Contains the whole reference amount Contains the work unit Contains the description of the work unit Contains the planned fixed cost rate Contains the planned quantity Contains the manufacturing cost rate Contains the variable wage cost rate Setup proceeds Select the distribution accounts Setup allocations Setup distributions Work units Setup work units Division name Center Contains current cost center Divisions Whole enterprise EDS report Purpose allocation methods Actual cost rate Planned quantity Planned cost rate Reference Description Value Hierarchy From division To division Mark cost center for local use EDS sum line Mark the default version Marks the default model Local center bookings are allowed Local purpose bookings are allowed Account only in cost accounting Defined purpose group Marks the line used for calculation of cost rates Use purpose Display Yes / No Create or update an expense distribution sheet (EDS). Purpose line Line number Purpose line number Line type Purpose line type for calculation Debit variable wage costs Debit variable manufacturing costs Debit fixed costs Allocation purpose to purpose Allocation center to purpose Purpose line name Description name of purpose line Reference line for % value (=100%) Reference line 2 Reference line 1 Reference line used for calculation Add-on Add-on for calculation Expression / Formula for calculation Column header Column header for report Additive Calculation for hierarchies Purpose line sums Purpose report definition Number of the purpose report definition Name of purpose report Sort order of the report Calculate line Should this line be calculated on the report? Print line Should this line be printed on the report? Define cost rates Share of the reference which belongs to the current purpose Allocation purpose to purpose Allocation center to purpose Setup allocation center to purpose Setup allocation purpose to purpose Share of the reference which belongs to the current purpose Purpose hierarchies Purpose type Contains the type of the current purpose or division Contains the current purpose Local purpose Reference row % will be deleted. Are you sure? Copy from Contains the current division Contains the name of the current division Employee who is responsible for the current cost center Share of the reference which belongs to the current cost center Employee who is responsible for the current division Contains the type of the current cost center or division Contains the EDS group of the current account Copy version Classification Print the line in bold Print the line in italics Leave a blank line before the purpose line? Leave a blank line after the purpose line? Underline line Underline the whole line Print format Marks the line with nonoperational cost centers Debit Cost accounting daily Cost accounting periodic A stopped period can be opened Date range Cost amount Empty cost center Empty cost purpose Cost accounting parameters Version Date of latest changes Cost purpose parameters Temporary distribution Temporary allocation Temporary classification Post Validate Validate the journal Statistic transactions Ledger journal - no offset account Convert rule to program code Functions that can be executed in relation to the product model Back to expression lines Rules have been checked. No syntax errors were found. Indicates whether the code has been compiled and saved Number of decimals Type of calendar shown on registration form Type of clock shown on registration form The initial page shown in the registration form Configurable button Assistance Set up intervals for variable Interval value of numbers Interval value Calculation exists for value Interval Shop Floor Control Users You already have %1 active users in Shop Floor Control and you have a license for only %2 active users You are close to your maximum number of active users. You have %1 active users in Shop Floor Control and you have license The product model has not been compiled. The product model rules have not been compiled. Product model number %1 is not enabled for item: %2. Generate form Generates a static user dialog box and approval dialog in the selected language. Future dates cannot be calculated, approved or transferred. Production cost category Round before factor Round before or after time has been multiplied with factor? The barcode value is not compatible with its type. Type = %1. Value = %2. Pay agreement lines Pay agreement override Pay agreement override lines Raw registrations archive Collective registration lines Transferred journal registrations Payroll statistic groups External terminals DEL_Terminals1 DEL_Terminals2 Category group is not specified. Category group %1 does not exist. Category group Project group is not specified. Overview Category relation Canceled Invoice type Line property Project from which invoicing is being carried out. Category On account Create on-account ProjectChoose not implemented in ProjectInvoiceChoose class Project contract Project: %1, %2; Category: %3, %4 Exchange rate difference Sales value Project invoice table Percentage of completion Specified/calculated percentage of completion. WIP Cancel proposal %1 or %2 must be filled in. Project number is not specified. Period cannot be split because it is in use. Period cannot be split. Split on date Split date must fall within period dates. Period cannot be deleted as affected periods are in use. %1 must be specified. %1 must be greater than %2. Project information Period end date Generate periods Quarter %1 Year %1 Go to project New project Create route Invoice proposal Tree control Project parameters Project invoice Project is missing. Category is missing. Line property is missing. Project posting is not implemented for this type. Create invoice proposals Create on-account proposals Add lines to existing proposal Revoke approval Cancel Date from which sales price applies. Valid from Warehouse management Inventory aisle Sort code Sort order of locations. Starting value Aisle is included in location name. Rack is included in location name. Shelf is included in location name. Bin is included in location name. Location in a warehouse. Rack in an aisle in a warehouse. Aisle in a warehouse. Shelf in a rack in a warehouse. Bin for location in a shelf. Location names Inventory aisles Ascending Generate sort codes of aisles manually Check text Check text for location. Manual update of sort code. Manual update of location name. Update sort codes of locations Aisle number 2 random numbers Location name Update of names and check texts for locations Update manually specified location names Update check text Location type Inbound dock Picking location Outbound dock Physical dimensions Pallet type Pallet Pallet type group Include rack Include aisle Include shelf Include bin Manual update Initial value Name for group of pallet types. Store area From aisle From rack To aisle To rack Store zone Store zone area Picking locations Max. pallets Input blocked Output blocked Blocking Destination location Destination location, normally the location itself. Pallet ID Pallet Number of pallets Items Activated Started Handling status Where in the general ledger module is the cost to be posted when posting from journal? Accrue sales value when posting from journal? Post costs - Hour Invoice status Post costs Packing slip remainder Inventory update A max. number of %1 can be recorded. Gross height Unit height incl. packing Gross width Unit width incl. packing Gross depth Unit depth incl. packing Weight of unit packing Sizes Standard order quantity on a pallet Quantity per layer Quantity per layer on standard pallet Standard height Standard height for locations Standard depth Standard depth for locations Standard width Standard width for locations Location sizes Pallets Pallet %1 contains no items. Pallet contains more items. Item %1 has no item zone in warehouse %2. Registered Packed Hierarchy Area Location %1 is full. Input transport Output transport To QA Refill Pallet transports Pallet %1 does not stand on an inbound dock. Pallet transport %1 is not completed. Create input transport To location From location Cube Cancel transport Transport %2 of pallet %1 is not active. Complete transport Transport %2 of pallet %1 has an incorrect status. Activate transport Start transport Location %1 is not a picking location for the item. Specify check text for location Initial value for check text Complete Pallet %1 is not in a bulk location. Create refill Refill is already en route. Cannot create refill. Refill created. Priority for transport Transport Joint packing Same customer Shipment Cannot update inventory transaction. Shipments No inventory transactions have been selected. Cancel reservation Clear reservations Picking route Picking line Picking lines Item sort code Picking routes Mode of handling A maximum of %1 can be entered. Pick Pallet loads Cost/sales amount Post revenue Set up parameters for the project module. Create or update categories. Create or update category groups. Create or update project groups. Update ledger posting from project. Activate picking Activate pallet loads Shipment not specified Hour estimates Cost estimates Picking pallet Approve line Picking pallet is not defined. Picking route must be selected first. Project allocation key Pallet %1 must be moved manually from location %2. Pallet belongs to shipment %1, which has outbound dock %2. Possible shortages No shortages In warehouse %1, %2 of item %3, dimensions %4, are on order, but only %5 are in stock. No format can be added because the field project ID and format exceed the max. string length of a project ID. Not a valid picking pallet Period code that is used as a reference. Period frequency Specify how often hours should be registered. Project periods Category group name. Category that is used as a default. Category group number that is used as a reference. Group number that is used for reference. Show cost transactions for the projects. Country/region of the delivery address. State of the delivery address. County of the delivery address. Project contract User who is currently using the journal. Project group that the invoice is associated with. Rounding type for project invoice sums Currency code applicable for the project. Projects Warehouse is incorrect. Quantity must be positive. Specifies the type of invoice (invoice, on account, etc.). Name of project period. Pallet type must be specified. Identification of transaction. Value not defined Error in decoding bar code: %1 Meters kg Pounds Troy ounce Fixed units Volume EAN128/UCC128 EAN128 bar code In Out Conversion between %1 and %2 does not exist. Transport %3 of pallet %1 is locked by %2. Lock transport Lock transport for operator. Reservation of shipment in the inventory Print shipment list Send shipment Shipment list Shipment %1 Picking route %1 is not finished. Status of the shipment. Picking is active Pallets are active Activate Shipment %1 has an incorrect status. Send On-hand inventory after picking End picking route Route %1 has incorrect status. Field cannot be changed because lines are associated with the transaction. Pallet %1 does not exist. Code 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 Pallet label Journal status has not changed to %1. Next level Ready for posting Check journal Check the journal when status is changed? Is it allowed to edit in journals with this status? Setup of status management for journals. History on status Shows history on status of the current transaction. Current user %1 does not have access to status group. Status value Previous level Processing manual reservations. Location %1 is not a picking location. Handling is completed. Project properties Create picking pallet Pallet %1 already exists. Transaction has incorrect status. Inventory order Identification of the inventory order Dispatch transaction Shipment ID in the warehouse system. Handling status in the warehouse system Item %1, dimensions: %2, has no picking location in warehouse %3. Pallet type used when pallets are generated automatically. Creating number sequence %1 There are subprojects for the project. Pallet quantity Print content of the shipment Prompt when specifying customer account. Identification of picking route Project relation Third party Bill of lading CID# Identification of customer By shipper By driver Trailer loaded Who loaded the items? Freight counted Who counted the items? By driver/Pallets said to contain By driver/Pieces Ship to Ship from Customer Order Information Special instructions: Bill of lading number Shipper signature/date Carrier signature Pickup date Update employee periods Carrier information Customer order number # PKGS Creating periods for %1 Processing period %1 Updating employee %1 Updating employee periods Projects with subprojects cannot be changed. Bill third-party freight charges to: Carrier name Name of carrier. Carrier Trailer number Identification of the trailer Seal numbers Identification of seals used. Pallet/Slip Additional shipper info Master bill of lading Are there attached underlying bills of lading? Master bill of lading: with attached Underlying bills of lading Freight charge terms Prepaid Collect Who is to pay freight? Y N Grand Total Bill of lading orders Packed on pallets or the like. Additional information about the order Handling unit Packages Master Master bill of lading number: Underlying bill of lading numbers: Only period codes with no periods can be deleted. Click Setup > Period status to remove unused periods (periods with posting Specify status for journal/voucher. Creation of time period Bill of lading items Carrier Information Hazardous material Is the item classified as hazardous material for transport? Handling quantity Package quantity Package unit Additional information about item Specification of items on a bill of lading Cartons Qty. Commodity description H.M. Page 1 of See attached supplement Supplement to the bill of lading Page Subtotal Only the main project number can be specified manually. Format cannot be changed for projects with subprojects. Use project type to differentiate the projects Order from which delivery address is taken No bar code Manual sort codes Copy aisle Aisle %1 does not exist. %1 locations copied Copy locations from another aisle Copy rack Available pallet locations Pallet locations that are neither reserved nor taken. Aisle: %1 Rack: %1 Coordinates Registered quantity of pallets is %1. Should be %2. Height: %1. Estimated height: %2 Pallet %1 Lot ID is not specified. Check this to approve the bill of materials also. Check this to approve the route also. One or more undocumented errors have occurred; the message was not sent. No default logon appeared, and the user could not log on via the logon dialog. No message was sent. An attachment could not be written to a temporary file because sufficient space was not available on the hard disk. Insufficient memory to continue. No message was sent. The new profile name is identical to the existing profile name. The user has too many sessions open at the same time. No session was returned. Too many file attachments; no message was sent. Too many recipients; no message was sent. The specified attachment does not exist. No message was sent. The specified attachment could not be opened; no message was sent. An attachment could not be written to a temporary file. Check the directory rights. A recipient did not exist in the address book; no message was sent. The type of the recipient was not MAPI_TO, MAPI_CC or MAPI_BCC. No message was sent. A matching message does not exist. An invalid message identification was sent to SendMessageID. No message was sent. The text in the message was too long to be sent; the message was not sent. An invalid session was sent to IhSession. No message was sent. A recipient matched more than one recipient description. No messages were sent. Unknown MAPI error Mail error Internet Shows materials to be consumed in the current operation. Shows the planned production route for the current transaction. Production jobs Planned order jobs Cash discount date must precede due date. Cash discount amount must be less than invoice amount. Suppress name property Show line numbers Quantity that has been delivered in the inventory unit. Transfer delivery address Deleting orders Voided sales orders Voided purchase orders Show all sales orders marked as voided. Show all purchase orders marked as voided. Deletion %1 Voided lines Mark transactions for settlement. Are you sure you want to delete all the selected orders? Check the invoice number used Should duplicate invoice numbers per supplier be checked for? Invoice %1 was already used on date %2. Rounding price Rounding amount for prices Method of rounding for prices Check for packing slip number used Check for duplicate packing slip numbers per supplier? Forward from planned start Backward from planned end Date for calculation of cash discount. Enter name here. Prompt for recipient Account number %1 does not exist as a sales tax account Recognized symbol of currency. Picking list lines History on deletion Identification of picking list Should the line reserve capacity? Schedule the line according to defined working time? Paper length Unit for specification of size/position. First date for transactions to be included in the generation of payment. Check start position Position at which the check is printed. Calculated from the top of the form to the position at which the check starts. Last date for transactions to be included in the generation of payment. Unit for the start position of the check Paper length unit Length of check, including slip. Number of slip copies Number of slip copies on check, printed on the same form (maximum 2). Packing slip %1 was already used as on date %2. Update, print, edit and inquire regarding picking list. What principle should be applied for planning? Errors have been detected in parameter table with respect to %1. Picking list date Plan the current project. Starting time that planning is to cover. Identification of the project. Name of project. Current planned work center that is to execute the job. E-mail address has been changed. Save changes? Job requirement Transfer name There are no work centers in work center group %1. Document status %1 is incorrect. Signature Sum is different from quantity * production cost. E-mail setup The e-mail dialog appears when mail is sent. Copy e-mail address from dialog if it has been changed. Signature on e-mail Write signature on e-mail Profile name on e-mail system Password on e-mail system Name for this position in the configuration route. If not specified, the name of the configuration group will be used. Invoices paid by check Gross sum of the invoice. Total cash discount on the invoice. Identification of project activity. Invoice voucher number Voucher number on invoice. Activity does not exist. Checks that are used to pay the invoice Paid by checks Order - Picking list Specify BOM name, if relevant Copy from the present bill of materials? Specify a route name, if relevant Copy from the present route? U.S. check format Check form type to be printed. Danish check format Return lot ID Lot ID for items being returned Ending balance Balance on account statement after payments, disbursements, fees, and interest Bank statement cannot be deleted after it has been reconciled. Show transactions Show all/uncleared/cleared Cleared Estimated Bank transaction groups Group of transaction types in Bank module. Select the type of BOM lines you want to copy. Specify the date on which active BOM versions and BOM lines should be valid. Specify date on which active route versions should be valid. Update the BOM number on production? Update the route number on production? Specify the copying method Publishing External HTML editor Set up calculation grouping of bank transaction types. Specify default language for partners. Specify the name of your company. Bank transaction group %1 does not exist. Bank transaction group %1 with transaction type %2 does not exist. Specify the text to appear before the sum. Suffix Specify the text to appear after the sum. Position that can be given on reports. Specify a position on X or Y coordinate. The starting position of the check is too far down on the page. Check for circularity? Load from user Save in AOT Check continuous numbers Check that number sequences use continuous numbers? Show picking list Item %1, dimensions: %2 Change destination location Change destination location of the transport Forklift Forklift ID Identification of the forklift. Current operator Input transports May the forklift carry out input transports? Output transports May the forklift carry out output transports? Refilling transports May the forklift carry out refilling transports? Start time of the transport End time of the transport Ignore forklift limits Illegal transport type Journal names, warehouse management Location journal table Location journal Journal for entry of item receipts Location journal lines Journal lines, locations Check location journal Transaction type %1 is not supported. Transaction type must be %1 when a vendor has been specified. Purchase %1 was not placed with vendor %2. More lines with this item exist for the purchase. The inventory transaction does not refer to %1, %2. More lines with this item exist for the vendor. Pallet %1 has type %2. Pallet %1 is placed on location %2. Location of pallet %1 has no unique identification in the journal. Pallet type of pallet %1 has no unique identification in the journal. Cause of blocking Reason why a location has been blocked. Description of the cause of the blocking More lines with this item exist in the journal. No lines with this item exist in the journal. No lines with this item exist for the purchase. Cannot create input transport for item without pallet. Do not specify item relation Employee who handled the picking line. Check picking location Move to picking location of the item, if location is available. Check bulk locations Move to available bulk location (if not to picking location). Cannot create input transport for location type %1. Handling time Time used for handling. Start picking route Picking route %1 does not exist. Activity on location Transport to location Activities in process on the location Transport from location Date on which items must be shipped from us. Estimated handling time Date on which the handling is ended End time Online or paper handling Estimated volume of the picking route Date on which the handling is started Time on which the handling is started Time on which the handling is ended Location where the items are collected before shipping Sort code of the item Estimated volume of the picking line Description of the aisle. Sort descending Master bill of lading ID Zone (area) in the inventory. Description of the bearer Depth of the location. Height of the location. Maximum number of pallets possible on the location. Groups of locations in the inventory. Width of the location Use of the location Volume of the location Height of the pallet incl. items Width of the pallet Height of the pallet excl. items Depth of the pallet Volume of the pallet excl. items Pallet types in the pallet group Create bill of lading when dispatching the shipment? Priority of input transports Priority of output transports Priority of refilling transports Description of the shipment Terms of joint packing Description of the zone. Empty pallet location Location where empty pallets automatically are placed. Picking route volume Maximum volume per picking route Picking route transit time Package handling time Time for pick of 1 package Time for pick of 1 line (picking route transit time) Picking route time Maximum time per picking route Insufficient inventory transactions Picking area Picking area ID in the location system. Computer setup Benchmark driver Database server Computer model Operating system Benchmark run log Run statistics Benchmark scripts Update lines Run mode Think time Open customer transactions Scripts status Timing Duration Main loops ASU Benchmark run Benchmark scripts Timing summary Temporary table Laboratory Serial number Create series Unique identification Usage Sizing Benchmark control Main control Peak bandwidth Average bandwidth Processor ID Processors Benchmark database Long ODBC version Environment DB server name Driver version Benchmark table setup Export data Records: %1 Base data Period ends Computers available Benchmark scripts Wait Computer name Database ID Wrong click input Run ID Script ID User scripts Error when opening import file Benchmark setup Unknown problem when importing file Sessions Laboratory series Weighted Open journal hours Nothing to do. Special Open expense journal Receive Set as default Description of the script User script parameter Benchmark statistics Benchmark run table Script parameters User script The quantity being returned is greater than what can be covered by the return lot. Ruler Show ruler in given unit on report. Inches Select display Project stage %1 does not allow recording in this project. Project type %1 does not allow recording in this project. Designated return lot must have the same item number. Set all to Full control Unknown or incorrectly selected return lot Specify status for current project. Show currency Show selected currency on the status bar Return lot Select what you want to print. Select From date Select To date Identification of receipts list Receipts list date Menu item output Menu item action The project contract is not specified. Picking list journal Receipts list journal Opening balance on bank account statement Opening balance Hours scheduled Sum marked as reconciled Print the current receipts list with the original print management parameters Overview of previously updated receipts lists. Difference between the amount to be reconciled against and the sum of the amount marked as reconciled Copy from all Copy from journal Create credit note The rate for this date is used in Online Numeric Conversion Tool. Currency conversion Journal names, project System field Update, print, edit and inquire regarding receipts list Print receipts list Bank transaction types Start project Project table has not been updated. Update to status %1? Unreconciled Purchase - Receipts list Bank reconciliation must be brought up from the screen for bank reconciliation. Bank account statement not found. Created project Estimated project Project scheduled Project reported as finished Amount Online Numeric Conversion Tool Currency converter Receipts list copy Balance Pro forma receipts list Account number used for posting corrections and adding data regarding bank reconciliation. Regenerate for default currency Categories This will delete data in tables that are inactive. Maximum penny-rounding in secondary currency Maximum penny-rounding for a voucher as a result of currency rounding in secondary currency. Amount in secondary currency Amount in secondary currency. License terms Pro forma picking list Picking List Copy Number of transactions (checks, payment receipts, etc.) in the group Project identification cannot be changed. No account number exists for account type %1 for project %2. Per user Project filter Append Create Secondary exchange rate Journal for entry of item consumption and item receipts Show delay Set off delay? As overlying graphic As separate graphic Ledger - Penny-rounding in secondary currency Insert min. quantity? Insert max. quantity? Void Send to E-mail recipient Mark check interval for reconciliation File name cc Category Work center parameters The beginning check number is higher than the ending check number. Should production scheduling include capacity that is reserved for planned orders? Should production scheduling include capacity that is reserved for projects? Should planned order scheduling include capacity that is reserved for productions? Should planned order scheduling include capacity that is reserved for projects? Should project planning include capacity that is reserved for productions? Should project planning include capacity that is reserved for planned orders? Mark check interval Mark a number of checks as cleared This function is available only for bank reconciliation. Project number conflicts with project number %1. File name of external HTML editor. Order %1 already exists. Highest check amount for which signature may be stamped. End number Comment Where Page range Copies Current cost amount Specify the default value for return action. Quantity is %1: Splitting into %2 transactions Select to insert text and clear to overwrite existing text Insert at cursor Cross rate Cross rate for the two exchange rates Exchange rate of 2nd part of currency conversion with triangulation. Specified for 100 units. Illegal interval The format cannot contain the specified interval. Positive cost amount for issues is not allowed. Negative cost amount for receipts is not allowed. Adjusted amount Amount that the sales tax is being adjusted to. Save and apply the adjusted sales tax amounts Remove adjustment of sales tax amount Calculation method Approve invoice proposal before updating? User group authorized to approve invoice proposal. Order that the line is generated from Purchase that the line is generated from Adjusted sales tax charge Sales tax charge that is manually adjusted during entry Message format Create and manage budget models. Initialize parameters Initialize missing parameter records in selected company accounts Group that can edit upward from the current status or downward to the current status. Print the amount in triangulation currency also? Print amount in triangulation currency Journal voucher, project. Create project Secondary currency Alternative sort field for the project. Post costs - Expense Posting date for job Sales tax expense in reporting currency Sales tax charge in default currency Print the report Save report in a printing archive Save the report as a file Send the report to an e-mail recipient Display the report on the screen Include operations scheduled reservations? Include job scheduled reservations? Include production Include reservations from production? Include planned orders Include reservations from planned orders? Include projects Include reservations from projects? Select file format Select message format The project must be specified. If the box is not selected, the distribution of the misc. charges will be made only to misc. charges lines of the debit type = item. Bank amount Amount on bank account statement Category groups Compile application The compilation will usually take between 20 minutes and one hour. Depending on your hardware it may, however, take longe Name of journal status. Show reservations in hours or as a percentage of capacity? Sum up reservations? Description of sort field. Description of period. Identification of the confirmation The configuration already exists. Are journals with the current status ready to be posted? Remove logo Grouping across work centers Planned orders Subprojects Note: The English version is the legally binding version. Did you know that... The period has no type Start date must be inserted. End date must be inserted. Read Next Quantity = quantity * Cost price = cost price * Sales price = sales price * Post vouchers with no errors and transfer vouchers with errors to a new journal. Validate %1 voucher transferred to journal number %2 due to error. Reconciliation summary Reconciled bank transactions All nodes Include empty Find: %1 From the source The path %1 does not exist in the application object tree. Entire path Show lines from the source in the list Look in Use selection Search in the application objects selected in the AOT, or search in the path specified in the Look in field. Size The file type of this file Action Expected action at cleanup Freed Undecided Name: %1 Name of configuration group or configuration route Select an item number for this configuration group. Start at Publish every Private Specify the name of your wizard Start page Title Statistics periods Selected configurations View Configuration Link records in List View layout to Form View layout Template file Open new window Open Parent in window Comparison Setup Publish Detail Template Open... Edit... Object Start batch Theme Use template New Publish Template Publish Manager Account number for posting interest notes is not specified in the setup for interest. Changing company accounts to: %1 Warn when changing company accounts Warn company accounts change Receipts list lines Specifies current status of invoice proposal. This currency already exists. Display records per page Display data in Form View Display data in List View Voucher %1 cannot be changed or deleted when a check has been printed. Currency code %1 with triangulation %2 after the %3 has no exchange rate. Original journal number Invoice proposal status Currency code used as the alternative default currency of the company. Triangulation currency Cleared balance Register balance as of Register balance Checking date The check is now marked as void. Uncleared transaction detail Cleared transaction detail Name of bank transaction type. Uncleared transaction detail by Paid to/from Triangulation currency Adjusted amount in total Deposit slip %1 Deposit summary by date Deposit summary by customer Payment summary by date Bank payment summary by vendor Specification of deposit slip Consolidation reveals an imbalance: Date %1 Period: %2 Amount %3 Consolidation reveals an imbalance, and no error account has been defined in the system accounts. Quantity of returned items orders must be negative. Bank account statement for reconciliation Financial No check One of the selected All the selected Nonservice items Transfer transactions to Intrastat only on items other than those with the Service item type. Items with commodity code Transfer transactions to Intrastat only on items having a commodity code specified. Items with weight Transfer transactions to Intrastat only on items having weight specified. Items with additional units Transfer transactions to Intrastat only on items having additional units specified. Transactions are transferred to Intrastat if either one or all the selected criteria are true. Transfer when meeting criterion for Transfer only Interest amount in %1 Is this version active? Is the version approved? Employee who approved the version Publish Manager Corrected amount in currency Basis to be used when calculating discounts Original journal No. Warehouse items Configuration of the item per warehouse Inventory dimensions Identification of dimensions for the item. Inventory dimensions Identification Dimensions Identical Allow identical configurations with different configuration specification Batch number Batch number Batch dimension. Serial number dimension. Logo Run on Configuration of inventory dimensions Available View transactions View marked transactions View transactions marked for settlement All customers All vendors View Dimension group Required Print both item name and description? Include both item name and description Data access Export file name Import file name Handling type Output order Quantity must be positive. dynamic Transferred currency No access Full control Print items that are on order or reserved Print items that are ordered Print on-hand inventory that is below minimum Inventory dimension groups Payment control List of payments in currency Payment control Is the on-hand inventory closed, that is with no quantity and value? View on-hand inventory by configuration? View closed on-hand inventory, that is on-hand inventory with no quantity and value Currency distribution Specify interval (hours) for automatic total cleanup of the number sequence? Time of latest cleanup. Date of latest cleanup Latest cleanup The length of the payment identification incl. check digit in the OCR-line may not exceed 15 characters. The length of the registration number in the OCR-line may not exceed 8 characters. Field groups About Microsoft Dynamics AX Quantity that has been registered with the item reception Quantity that has been picked No output order exists for the inventory transaction. Save count: %1 Number %1 cannot be reserved in number sequence %2 because it is lower than the minimum of the sequence. Supply capacity - Vendor Supply capacity - Own Inventory dimension %1 must be specified. Detailed due day list Quantity %1 cannot be registered as received because inventory transactions with the Ordered status are insufficient. Days past due Remainder Last date of payment Last date of invoice Aisle %1 does not exist in warehouse %2. Copy locations from one rack to another Open vendor transactions Quantity not yet registered Reference system for number sequences called with incorrect module-feature key Not more than %1 can be registered. Because only %1 are registered on specified dimensions, %2 cannot be reversed. Quantity to register or cancel in relation to the transaction Register Now Not more than %1 can be reversed. Setup of Help for the number sequence reference for the data type %1 not specified. Setup of label for the data type %1 not specified. Illegal data type when creating number sequence reference. Unique key for productions, used when creating productions. The key is referred to on all transactions regarding the current pr Update of registered items Unique identification of a production journal. The number is used for all journal types in the production system. Unique identification of a production journal voucher. The number is used for all journal vouchers in the production system. Unique identification of jobs. Jobs are generated by the scheduling system and form the highest level of detail for the elements Unique identification of vouchers. This voucher number is used when posting to the general ledger on costing of a production. Description of the current reference. Delete all 'Register Now' transactions Follow Should reference follow another reference? Reference that may be followed Reference that numbers are copied from, if Follow is marked. Quantity %1 cannot be reversed because the items already have been reversed. The current reference cannot be set to follow another reference. Location %1 does not exist in warehouse %2. Module using the current reference. Sales tax specification Shows the financial vouchers only for the inventory transaction Shows the physical vouchers only for the inventory transaction Update 1099 Update 1099 for a vendor where 1099 information was not specified Pallet %1 is not in warehouse %2. Quantity %1 cannot be registered because inventory transactions with the status Ordered are insufficient. No setup required Mandatory dimensions Dimensions selected by the user. Incorrect configuration of data types for number sequence references Data type %1 cannot be used in more modules (%2 and %3). Create two inherited data types and use them in the two modules Print delayed productions Gross weight Bank parameters This is the general ID generator in the system. The reference is used throughout the system when unique IDs are generated. Identification of inventory model group Inventory model groups Physical negative inventory Financial negative inventory May the financial inventory be or become negative? Must item receipts be registered when update is made of the physical inventory? Registration requirements Picking requirements Must item issues be picked when update is made of the physical inventory? Create or update inventory model groups Batch number group Serial number group Group for automatic serial number allocation Inventory model group Identification of inventory dimension group Totals on page Print the totals on what page? Unique key for item lots. The key is used when creating transactions in the inventory, that is when creating sales orders, purch Unique key for batch/serial numbers. The key is used when creating batch/serial numbers automatically via number groups. Unique key for settlement transactions. The key is used when closing the inventory to link settlements together. Unique key for inventory dimensions. The key is used in the system to separate different groups of inventory dimension combi Unique key for inventory journals. The key is used as identification when an inventory journal is created. Closing vouchers Adjustment vouchers Unique key for inventory closing vouchers. The key is used when closing the inventory to collect item consumption adjustment Unique key for inventory journal vouchers. The key is used when creating inventory journal vouchers. Note, however, that the Unique key for inventory adjustment vouchers. The key is used when adjusting the inventory value to collect resulting ledger tr Dimension No. Settlement transaction No. Inventory update type Type determining what is updated in the inventory Unique key for the inventory order table, allocated when creating inventory orders. Unique key for the shipping table, allocated when creating shipments. Unique key for the pallet table, used when identification of a pallet is allocated automatically. Unique key for the picking route table, used when identification of a picking route is allocated automatically. Unique key for the location journal table, used for identification when a new journal for item arrival is created. Unique key for the bill of lading table, used when identification of a bill of lading is allocated automatically. This key is used throughout the system for identification of an item. You can use the reference if you do not want to specify ite A unique, internal number for the company for Intrastat reporting. The number is created when information is transferred from Unique identification of a route. Any reference to a specific route, for instance when an item is attached to a route, is made via Unique key for item configurations, used when creating item configurations. You can use the reference if you do not want to sp A unique, internal number for the company for EU sales list reporting. The number is created when information is transferred fr Unique key for bills of materials, allocated when bills of materials are created. Any reference to a specific bill of materials, for in Unique key for bill of materials calculations, allocated when calculating bills of materials. This key collects all the transactions a Sales tax reporting codes On-account invoice On-account credit note Posting voucher (periodic) Invoice voucher On-account invoice voucher Credit note voucher On-account credit note voucher Packing slip voucher Sale Purchase Import Time and material Length of numbers from number sequence %1 exceeds the maximum length for the reference. One or more references using the current number sequence are not sufficiently long to contain numbers from this number seq Number sequence allocating number that the next archived document file will get as its file name. Forecast scheduling planned order number Number identifying planned order in the forecast scheduling Unique key for master scheduling planned order numbers. The key is used when updating the master scheduling to allocate n Unique key for forecast scheduling planned order numbers. The key is used when updating the forecast scheduling to allocate Forecast scheduling session number Sequence number identifying a forecast scheduling session Unique key for master scheduling sessions. The key is used for the master scheduling to allocate the update a unique number Unique key for forecast scheduling sessions. The key is used for the forecast scheduling to allocate a unique number to the up Reference for autogeneration of number sequence is not specified. Master scheduling planned order number Master scheduling session number Unique key for project identification, used when creating new main projects. Number sequence reference is not specified. Unique key for invoice, allocated when invoice updating. Unique key for invoice proposal, allocated when creating lines in invoice proposals. Unique key for on-account invoice, allocated when creating on-account invoices. Unique key for credit note, allocated when creating credit notes. Sales tax payment by code Unique key for on-account credit note, allocated when creating on-account credit notes. Unique key for time sheet journals, used for identification when creating a new journal for time sheet. Unique key for vouchers, allocated when periodically posting costs and sales. Cross-reference update time Unique key for project transactions, used for identification of transactions in the project module. Note that this key is mandator Unique key for vouchers, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating invoices. Note th Unique key for vouchers, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating on-account invo Unique key for vouchers, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating credit notes. No Unique key for vouchers, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating on-account cred Number sequence for the reference %1 in parameters in the %2 module has not been set up. Reference for call of number sequences is not specified. Unique key for journal, allocated and acting as batch number linking the transactions together Unique key for vouchers, used when posting to closing sheet Unique key for vouchers, used when posting to ledger exchange adjustment Unique key for journalizing ledger transactions Unique key for vouchers, used when posting sales tax settlement Write-down ordered quantity Information Insert information about the update in the Infolog Class %1 must be called with caller. Select items for report as finished Set up default values for selected items Insert values in all selected transactions Collection letter voucher Interest note voucher Unique key, allocated to deposit slips Unique key, allocated to vouchers created in bank reconciliation Number sequence from which numbers on 1099 forms are retrieved Exchange adjustment voucher Payment voucher Closing voucher To Unique key for sales order identification. The key is used when new sales orders are created. Cannot change the reservation 'Parameters to' are not written to the database. Unique key for confirmation. The key is used as unique identification of confirmations. Unique key for packing slip. The key is used as unique identification of packing slips. Unique key for picking list. The key is used as unique identification of picking lists. Unique key for voucher used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating packing slips. Not Unique key for receipts list. The key is used as unique identification of receipts lists and allocated automatically when updating Unique key for purchase order. The key is used as unique identification of purchase orders and allocated automatically when u Unique key for purchase identification. The key is used when creating new purchases. Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating credit notes. Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating invoices. Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating packing slips. Unique key for identification of a return. The key is used when creating new sales orders of type returned item. Quantity may not be negative. Unique key for customer identification. The key is used when creating new customers. Unique key for free text invoice. The key is used as unique identification of free text invoices. Unique key for one-time customers to be used when creating new one-time customers. Unique key for free text credit note. The key is used as unique identification of free text credit notes. Unique key for collection letter that is allocated automatically when processing collection letters. Unique key for interest note that is allocated automatically when processing interest notes. Unique key for bank payment that is allocated automatically when processing bank payments. BBS Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically when processing collectio Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically when processing interest Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically when updating free text in Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically when updating free text c Unique key for vendor identification. The key is used when creating new vendors. Unique key for one-time vendors. The key is used when creating new one-time vendors. Highest number must be higher than next number. The value cannot be changed to %1 because reservations with higher numbers exist in the list. Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically when updating open trans Format cannot be changed because reservations exist in the list. Format cannot be changed because active numbers exist in the list. This change will convert all free numbers in the list to the new format. Do you want to continue? Use this wizard to make your own custom wizards. Click Next to continue. Naming Application object names Menu item name Item type cannot be changed because production %1 has been created for the item. Checking changes of item type. Standard Wizard Default data Wizard Wizard type The wizard type determines where the wizard will be offered to the user. Select type Number must be other than 0 (zero). Number of steps Click Finish to create the wizard. Overwrite? Include opening transactions in the report? The physical quantity in stock Max. report as finished Shows how much max. can be reported as finished at present without receipt becoming negative Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically on closing settlement of in Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger. The key is allocated automatically on exchange adjustment. Only for inventory transactions On physical update Allocation Reference No. Number sequence No. In the setup of number group %1, the composition of the number is not specified. Pallet transports can be handled only if a pallet ID is specified. Locations can be checked only if an inbound dock is specified. Location from where the item is handled (picked) Quantity %1 cannot be received because inventory transactions with status %2 are insufficient. Insufficient inventory transactions with status %1. Batch/Serial No. Buyer groups Identification of the buyer group. Buyer group Group by buyer group Group by vendor Group planned purchase orders by vendor? Group planned purchase orders by combination of vendor and buyer group? Group purchase by vendor when autocreating on estimation? Group by combination of vendor and buyer group when autocreating on estimation? Create or update buyer groups Include reference No. (for instance purchase, production No.) in the number? Include inventory lot ID in the number? Include number from specified number sequence in the number? Update number in inventory only (allows more numbers per purchase, production, etc.) Allocate number only on the physical update (packing slip, report as finished) of the inventory? Receipt quantity per number Item consumption for %1 cannot be updated because the cost price is known only for %2 in stock. Financial item picking What max. can be reported as finished of the bill of materials item Number sequence is not specified. Sort field 1 Sort field 2 Sort field 3 Turnover posting Estimate Items cannot be registered for the transaction. Items cannot be picked for the transaction. Inventory order transaction Shipping specification Fixed rate agreements Packing weight As %1 have been registered, it is not sufficient to update %2, when, subsequently, the remainder must be %3. As %1 have been picked, it is not sufficient to update %2, when, subsequently, the remainder must be %3. Report remainder as finished Unique key for reimbursement that is allocated automatically when processing reimbursements. Pallet load Handle line as pallet load? Cannot cancel reservation of item %1, location %2. Pick info Transactions Specification of shipments When is the specification of the shipping statistics to be entered? Warehouse must be: %1 Transaction type Category group and transaction type are inconsistent. In process Allow no specification on physical update of item receipts Allow no specification on physical update of item issues Specify forward cover number, if any, from bank. Forward cover number Invoice address From which account is the invoice address to be taken, when invoices are posted? Items must be picked first. Initialization of form when calling %1 not specified. Items must be registered first. Print shipping labels Shipping labels Is the dimension active? Cancel picking line Set picking line status to Canceled for unpicked quantity Quantity registered in shipment Quantity not in shipment Quantity reserved in shipment Quantity activated in shipment Quantity handled in shipment Shipment lines Show on Overview Registration currency Currency the amount was registered in originally. Amount in registration currency. Registration amount Quantity started in shipment Order account related to the transaction DVR Data processing registration number of company. Is the dimension active for entry in sales order lines? Is the dimension active for entry in purchase order lines? This field specifies whether a transaction has been corrected by the system. Our account number with customer. User options Identification of the pool Identification of the sales order pool Identification of the purchase order pool Sales order pool Specify default value for sales order pool Specify default value for purchase order pool Create or update sales order pools Create or update purchase order pools Details >> << Details Specify the sales order pool sales orders from customers are to be placed in Specify the purchase order pool that purchase orders from vendors will be placed in Number of shipping copies Total weight of the delivered items incl. packing Total weight of packing Number of units in a package Sums total Sums positive Sums negative Spanish Validation method Pallet is not specified. Change Type Bank account number must be %1 digits Check digit %1 is incorrect. Allow posting currency other than account currency? Verification More currencies Accrue fee revenue. View totals for which account? Project - Cost Project - WIP cost Highest number of days due date has been exceeded X-dimension Z-dimension Table browser File location Locate document files where? Incorrect parameter for the function %1 Fixed view Importing from %1 %1 records in table: %2 %1 hours 1 hour 1 minute %1 minutes %1 seconds %1 remaining Store zone %1 has no locations in warehouse %2. Store areas Documents Consider %1 method to run on %2 because it uses: %3 No fields in the Autoreport field group Document type The function is not possible for this type. Cannot write %1 to the database. Show fields Autoreport Pallet types Project - Profit & Loss Show file Select whether to show any attached file or the note field. Show any attached file as a default Required access level For dimension %1, the physical cost amount must be %2, but %3 have incorrectly been updated. For dimension %1, picked must be %2, but %3 have incorrectly been updated. For dimension %1, registered must be %2, but %3 have incorrectly been updated. Project date Other warehouses Allow reservation in other warehouses. Ledger integration Pallet transport Identification of pallet transport Unique key for the pallet transport table. The key is used when identification of a pallet transport is allocated automatically. Pickup location Value-added Revenue registration Copy day This function is used to copy the working hours of the current day to another day Current tab sheet must be a weekday. Cost group Include the group in calculation of percentage of completion? Cost to complete Set show state of status bar Cannot create transport for pallet %1. User group %1 already exists. From weekday To weekday It is not possible to copy to the same day. Post financial inventory Update the financial inventory in the general ledger module (or charge it when purchasing)? Post the physical inventory to the general ledger module? Post physical inventory Are you sure you want to delete the %1 company accounts? Is the dimension active for entry on inventory transactions? Status bar Posted transactions in the period that has been set up for balance. Transactions on balance Transport method No configuration numbers exist for the configuration group. Copy property Specify whether to copy property Copy template The function copies a template to a new one From template To template It is not possible to copy to the same template. Template to copy from is not specified. Copy of %1 Right adjusted Left adjusted Tax office Code for tax office. If a person: Surname and name. If a legal entity: Registered name with no anagram. Amount of task Reference of estate Reference of tenancy for the estate Entrance Floor Door Task code A - Purchase Why is method bound to %1 when it has no %1 calls? Closing the period is not allowed because a previous period is not closed. Consider restructuring the %1 method because it has calls to the %2 server methods: %3, and the %4 client methods: %5. Include dimension in quantity test of items in stock and in calculation of item consumption? Ledger - Closing transaction Create adjustment transactions Transport lines Customer total New... Include dimension in test of whether quantity is physically in stock, and in calculation of floating item consumption? Is the dimension a primary inventory dimension? Activate counting code Select on-hand only meeting the counting criterion Date for which on-hand is to be counted Select on-hand only for this counting group Inventory date Date on which items have been registered or picked Cannot reserve %1 of item %2 because of stock shortage. Clear the %3 setting to allow further processing of the shipment. Sales tax specification Setup fields Specify a default value for reservation Specify which settlement is made, when a credit note is created Settlement type for credit notes Print giro money transfer slip for interest note and customer account statement? Declaration status Status of declaration to the authorities Not presented Declaration 347 Expiry date Expiry date of the current batch Control types Manufacturing date Manufacturing date of the current batch Description of the batch Journal used for counting B - Sales C - Payment via credit institution D - Purchases from public entity E - Subventions Use Client/Server neutral functionality. Do not use: %1%2%3. Use: %4. Fiscal year Batches Pallet transport Counting by Print the current shipment Presentation date Declaration 347 declarations Representative Is the tax exempt number attached to a legal representative for customer/vendor? Insurance process Is it an insurance process? Tenancy Is it a tenancy process? Address abbreviation Abbreviation of the address of the tenancy. Declaration 347 tenants Print MICR line Print A code Print B code Print C code Allow negative sales tax percentage Negative sales tax percentage Negative sales tax percentage not allowed. Bank groups Dimension parameters Description of inventory model Picking route or pallet transport. Available quantity Credit limit is OK. The function %1 has been called with an unknown inventory dimension. Fiscal year %1 does not exist. Arrived Quantity arrived in the item reception Arrival date Date of registration of arrival Cannot receive quantity %1 because inventory transactions with status %2, %3 or %4 are insufficient. Financial inventory Purchases Preference Sales Payment via credit institute Purchase from public entity New sequence number Start journalizing with new sequence number Journalizing, Spanish version Post physical transactions in the inventory Subventions Tax exempt number for sales order %1 not specified. Number of operations Declaration line Tax exempt number for purchase order %1 not specified. Cannot reserve the transaction again because dimensions are locked. Tenant Consequently inventory dimension cannot be changed. Line heading Copy from lines Text describing the line Cannot update quantity %1 with new dimensions. Item+Quantity Item+Quantity+Price Hidden Broken or empty links Errors only Errors and warnings Specify information requested in the Infolog Include physical value Include physically updated quantity and value in calculation of average cost price Extrastat Cannot find location for pallet %1 in warehouse %2. Report not initiated when calling %1 Tax exempt number must be specified. The table collection %1 was not found. Originals Number of originals to print. Number of copies to print. Print management Pre-reserved Reserved before the output order was created Create based on sales orders The company account could not be added because a connection between the company account and one or more of the table Delivery address cannot be transferred, when more than one sales order is selected. Store areas Store zones Pallet types Pallet type groups Blocking causes Format for the part of the location name given by the rack Format for the part of the location name given by the shelf. Format for the part of the location name given by the bin From %1 to %2 Show dimension in the list of inventory transactions? Show dimension in the list of purchase order lines? Show dimension in the list of sales order lines? Allow entry Address where the project is delivered. Estimate project Are subprojects created for the project? Is the dimension active for entry with productions? Show dimension in the list with productions? Is the dimension active for entry with loss/profit? Show dimension in the list with loss/profit? Is the dimension active for entry with production lines? Show dimension in the list with transfers? Is the dimension active for entry with transfers? Show the dimension in the list with production lines? Transfers Is the dimension active for entry with BOM lines? Is the dimension active for entry with bills of materials? Show dimension in the list with bills of materials? Is the dimension active for entry when counting? Show dimension in the list when counting? Creating invoice proposal Set inventory transactions to Picked Open sales order lines List of sales order lines that are open Backorder Backorder lines Fonts Specifies optional project transaction types. Category name Describe the category. Employee name Specify name of employee. Control type Control name Specify name of control. Specifies which type of unit is to be used when calculating WIP Identify default group for employee. Identify default group for items. Count units for the current category? Type of %1 is inconsistent with %2 Specifies whether the group is created by the system. The expense category for the transaction. Name of cost group. Groups created by the system cannot be deleted. Specifies version number for the control period. Specifies the completion percentage. Specifies the calculated percentage of completion. Specifies calculated factor for the period. Remaining contract total for the project. Contract year to date. Contract Specifies status of the control period. Reversed Is the current period reversed? Current amount Remaining cost Remaining quantity of cost group units. Remaining estimate Posted WIP sales value for the period. Posted WIP cost value for the period. Posted WIP revenue (production) for the period. Posted WIP revenue (profit) for the period. Is the transaction invoiced? Is the transaction included in an invoice proposal? Revenue amount for the transaction. Cost for the transaction. Activity Assessment principle Specifies completion principle. Completed Completed contract Completed percentage Project transaction date Specifies the contribution margin of the transaction. Specifies the contribution ratio of the transaction. Backorder date Calculated commission Description of cash discount. On-account transaction Identification of line property. Cannot pick this item. View dimensions Specifies whether the period is posted. View/Total Warehouse, moving to Warehouse, moving from From batch number Batch, moving from To batch number Batch, moving to From serial number Serial number, moving from Serial number, moving to To serial number Location, moving to Location, moving from From pallet ID Pallet, moving from Pallet, moving to To pallet ID To inventory dimensions From inventory dimensions Bill of materials level for the current line Table setup Move pallet Log file for transactions not imported Log file for imported transactions Not imported records Imported records Number of fields per transaction Field separator Character between fields in the import file Bypass validations Insert record without validation? X++ expression X++ source code executed before the record is inserted Execute the expression? Log files Log information Total number of records Imported Not imported Functions that may be executed in relation to the report as finished The items on the pallet have different store zones. Transport handling of pallet %1 is not defined uniquely in the journal. Percent 1 / 2 To dimension No. Project cannot be selected. Start from character No. in the file Start position End position End at character No. in the file Field number in the file X++ source code executed for conversion of the field Field setup If empty Options Illegal characters Remove these characters from the field Trailing text Leading text The items on the pallet have different picking locations. Setup >> << Setup Giro validation Include system tables Include cross-reference tables Input area Area type Which area type is the store area? Output orders Warehouse %1, location %2 Yes to all No to all Cannot delete status line because journals exist referring to it. Warehouse management Control periods Table ID for table that data from the file are inserted into Field ID for the table Open purchase order lines List of purchase order lines that are open Preview Backorder purchase lines Currency has been changed. Update open purchase orders with the new currency code? Primary stocking Item dimension Is the dimension an item dimension? Total quantity for all adjusted lines must equal the quantity in the original line. See Transaction %1. Currency code has been changed. Sales order lines and misc. charges will be recalculated. Currency code has been changed. Invoice lines and misc. charges will be recalculated. Internal number Delete and import Import Imported in part Imported in total Only serial numbers for transactions with the %1 or %2 status may be created. Serial number has already been specified. Serial number dimension is inactive. Buffer missing Cannot update reservations for pallet loads. Data integration Unique field Unique field in the table, if it exists Import the transaction? Inventory dimension %1 is inactive and may consequently not be specified. Inventory dimension %1 is an item dimension and must consequently be specified. Inventory dimension %1 is an item dimension and may consequently not be changed from %2 to %3. Inventory dimension %1 is a primary input/output dimension and must consequently be specified. Show dimension in the list with item receipt? Batch %1 does not exist for item %2. %1 transactions imported, %2 transactions not imported %1 transactions imported Job remaining Job reserved Oper. reserved Remaining job scheduling capacity in hours Vendor group Customer group Reserved operations scheduling capacity in hours Reserved job scheduling capacity in hours Deduct cash discount before sales tax calculation External item descriptions View available Registration/picking Any cash discount is deducted before sales tax calculation (that is sales tax is calculated from invoice amount minus any cash External item text External description of the item Item - Customer group Customer group for external item descriptions Group for external item descriptions. External item description group Item - Vendor group Vendor group for external item descriptions All files Select file Conversion Run conversion %1 cannot be reserved because only %2 are available in the inventory. Link on change view ActiveX trace Name of the external item description group. Start company accounts Item - Customer groups Item - Vendor groups Create or update item customer groups Create or update item vendor groups External description Item - Customer Create or update external customer–related item descriptions Item - Vendor Create or update external vendor–related item descriptions View fields for on-hand available? Range inventory dimensions Range inventory dimensions that are specified for the transaction called from? Inventory dimension identification not specified Update inventory dimensions and register item receipts for the lot Update inventory dimensions and pick-update item issues for the lot Inventory value for the financially updated quantity. Inventory value for the physically updated quantity. Item standard Create or update external customer group–related item descriptions Create or update external vendor group–related item descriptions External item description Export file Number sequence group Customer - Item description Vendor - Item description Vendor relation Show the dimension on the confirmation? Show the dimension on the sales invoice? Should the external item description overwrite the name/description of the item or should it be added to it? Export %1 to %2 Show the dimension on the purchase packing slip? Show the dimension on the picking list? Show the dimension on the quotation? Inventory order %1 does not exist. Quantity not yet picked No more than %1 may be picked. Include shared tables Exporting %1 Pick now Update picked items Delete all Pick now transactions Because only %1 have been picked for the specified dimensions, %2 cannot be reversed. Create inventory order Remaining quantity is less than or equal to 0 Do you want to close the form even though Register now transactions are not updated? Do you want to close the form even though Pick now transactions are not updated? Type for category %1 is incorrect. Quantity %1 cannot be picked because inventory transactions with status %2, %3 or %4 are insufficient. This may be due to the fact that %1 are transferred for processing via an output order. Quantity %1 cannot be registered as received because inventory transactions having status %2 or %3 are insufficient. Adjustment per Fixed exchange rate Fixed exchange rate for this order. If the rate field is blank, the rate of the currency code is used. Names and check texts Sort codes Transactions for output orders Model ID %1 has previously been used for period %2 for project %3. Fixed rate Ordered in total Quantity in total ordered or arrived One voucher number only Items on order Shows items on order or reserved View receipts Select sales tax report layout. Report 349 First quarter Create estimate period Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter Annually Presentation type Tape 1 - Delivery 2 - Acquisition 3 - Correction to delivery 4 - Correction to acquisition Offset account has the type bank Include table groups Payment control in customer journals Payment control in vendor journals Counted %1 for %2 is inconsistent with saved %3. Updating any changes in transaction data. Report 349 transactions Specify fields to be checked for completion in payment journals Intra EC Trade Statistics Supplementary Declaration Trader Place and date Show the dimension in purchase order? Show the dimension in receipts list? Sheet Payment reference not specified for voucher: %1 %2 Bank transaction type not specified for voucher: %1 %2 Offset account must have the type bank for voucher: %1 %2 Deposit slip must be filled in for voucher: %1 %2 Check number must be filled in for voucher: %1 %2 Payment specification must be filled in for voucher: %1 %2 Payment ID must be filled in for voucher: %1 %2 Note must be filled in for voucher: %1 %2 Reported by Destination Activation date Activation time Time when the transport was activated Report for fiscal year %1 Export report 347 Customer invoice turnover report by account Minimum amount Index continuously, or re-index at the end? Shows data in relation to the on-hand or the lot On-hand transactions Shows inventory transactions on the current on-hand inventory Update automatic reservation of the lot Reserve lot Reserve line Update automatic reservation of the on-hand Report 347 and 349 Total item quantity to be moved Add lines Description of the pallet type Description of the pallet type group. Description of the store area Are all items in the warehouse coverage planned manually (that is no planned orders, transactions and on-hand)? Extent of sales and purchase Create new Default journal name must be specified in parameters Create new journal and go to lines automatically Delete journal Delete the last journal and reverse all attached transactions. Copy chart of accounts Copy chart of accounts and attached setup New chart of accounts New name of the copy of the financial statement rows Divided trial balance Balances for a period and balances for latest month Receivables of latest month Payables of latest month From date %1 must precede date %2 Grouping by Customer invoice turnover report by tax exempt number Inventory dimension setup Description of the buyer group Description of the inventory dimension group Is the job scheduled? Are route jobs updated? Posting date of start Inventory reference Inventory reference type processing the transaction Inventory number Inventory order number processing the transaction %1, %2 must be processed first. Prod. picking list journal No production picking list line exists for the inventory transaction. End reporting Fixed offset account Balance control Fixed offset account Specifies whether posting may be made to one specific offset account only. Balance control If an account ALWAYS must have a balance in either receivables or payables, it is specified here Export is canceled. Export to ASCII file Definition files Data Import options Export options Update index continuously during the import Reindex after import Indexing Balance + journal Norwegian report layout Norwegian sales tax report English sales tax report English report layout Activities in project Quantity %1 cannot be reversed because inventory transactions with inventory reference %2 and status %3, %4 or %5 are ins Quantity %1 cannot be updated with inventory reference %2 because inventory transactions with status %3, %4, %5 or %6 are Quantity %1 cannot be updated with inventory reference %2 because inventory transactions with status %3, %4 or %5 are ins Quantity %1 cannot be reversed because inventory transactions with inventory reference %2 and status %3 are insufficient. Enter a date within the fiscal year A report for accounting period %1 exists. If it is to be recreated, the existing report must be deleted. Swedish report layout This tax exempt number is illegal. Click OK to accept this, or click Cancel to change it. Create table definition group Prompt text in tax report voucher. Company name Tax exempt number table Create sales order automatically Number sequence error when picking sales order number. Sales order number %1 is already used. A requirement for debit balance is selected for account %1, but this is violated by voucher %2. A requirement for credit balance is selected for account %1, but this is violated by voucher %2. Intra-Community invoice Print Intra-Community invoice Swedish sales tax report Triangular trade Country/Regional specific features Project journal names Item requirements Create or update item requirement. Deliveries Acquisitions Payment Report for fiscal year %1, %2 Export report 349 to an ASCII file United States Show the dimension in the list of the production picking list journal? Taxable/Exempt Taxable Exempt Export report 349 Sales order print View Intra-Community invoice Customer invoice turnover report Show in sheet Internal invoice Internal identification of the invoice Internal packing slip Internal identification of the packing slip Internal credit note Internal identification of the credit note Vendor invoice turnover report Are you sure that you want to delete the last journal? Packing quantity Quantity of which packing duty is to be calculated. The quantity is stated per inventory unit. Packing duty Sales tax code must be calculated as a packing duty Calculate before sales tax Specifies that duty is calculated before sales tax, so that sales tax is calculated on the duty also. Invoice turnover report Sales tax due in this period on sales and other output Sales tax due in this period on acquisitions from other EC Member States Sales tax due in total Sales tax reclaimed in this period on purchases and other input (including purchase in the EC) Net sales tax to be paid to Customs or to be reclaimed by you Total value of sales and all other output excluding any sales tax Total value of purchases and all other input excluding sales tax Export report 347 to an ASCII file Is the line a reversal? Show the dimension in the list with shipment lines? Unknown export file format Sort code to be used with BACS. Payment advice Total value of all supplies of goods and related services, excluding any sales tax, to other EC Member States Total value of all acquisitions of goods and related services, excluding any sales tax, from other EC Member States Error in call to the class. Parameters are wrong. A negative sales tax value exists for the sales tax code. %1 errors in total were found in %2 transactions. Check and recalculation of on-hand inventory Item parameters for %1 do not exist. Item warehouse parameters do not exist. Consistency check and correction of the inventory management module Default warehouse parameters for the item cannot be deleted. Default picking list journal Handling Status of the inventory order Prod. reported as finished journal End inventory order %1 Activities in process exist Euro Delete the inventory order because handling has not been started. Has already been completed. End inventory order Picking list update sets the inventory transactions to Picked instead of the picking list registration. Show the dimension in the list of the production reported as finished journal? Importing %1 from %2 Picking list registration Copy calendar Calendar to be copied from is not specified. It is not possible to copy to the same calendar. From calendar To calendar This function copies one calendar to a new one. Sales order - Update table Sales order line - Update table Purchase order - Update table Purchase order line - Delivery address - Update table New calculation required as updates have been made on the cost groups. Contract total View ended Cannot change the transaction. Appreciate or depreciate quantity Cannot be appreciated when the transaction has status %1. View format explanation No sales tax on this purchase View graphics explanation Project - Invoice lines, employee Project - Invoice lines, expense Project - Invoice lines, items Project - Invoice lines, fee Project - Allocation transaction Invoice proposal - Expense Invoice proposal - Employee Invoice proposal - Items Invoice proposal - On-account Invoice proposal - Fee Value %1 in field %2 was not found in relating table %3 Revenue Project journal table Project period lines Project periods - Employee Reserved with operations scheduling Reserved with job scheduling Modify data types Production report as finished BOM calculation - Production Location parameters Search direction The secondary exchange rate in the triangulation has not been set for currency %1 as on %2 Specify whether previously transferred budget must be deleted first. Range of the transactions queried. Utility characters such as * and .. may be used. The inventory transaction refers to item %1, dimensions %2 Query used Select field to be corrected Previously used query Do you want to delete %1? Date for which calculation is made No compile errors were found. Query %1 already exists. Select whether to view file and not note as a default The cross-reference system has not been updated. Do you want to update it now? Unique name of table. You cannot add tables to the query unless the cross-reference system is updated. Unique name of field. Automatic payment advice Print payment advice automatically each time a payment is created, for example a check? Project contracts Transferred from previous page Accrued revenue (profit) Accrued revenue (production) Production input Journal for entry of production items that are stocked Accrued revenue Show dimension in the list with production input? Invoice posting must be specified. Financial statement rows (composition) Ledger journal table Exchange adjustment Sales tax group description Percentage used to calculate investment tax Sales tax period setup Temporary sales tax transactions (work table) Accounting periods Item sales tax group setup Investment tax - Currency Investment tax amount in currency Transfer sales price? Transfer consumption? Investment tax in default currency Reorder margin Investment tax amount in default currency Investment tax in current currency Name usually applied for the sales tax code Corrected investment tax Investment tax amount after correction Auto misc. charges transactions Customer - Packing slip lines Vendor - Packing slip lines Foreign trade parameters View messages in the Infolog Has log Specifies whether any messages exist for the current log Adjustment in total Adjustment settlements This wizard helps you create the required number sequences in your application setup. Print adjustment settlements, that is settlements that have adjusted inventory transactions Invent - Picking list journal Specifies whether WIP calculations are eliminated. Print transactions that are attached to the update WIP - Cost value Invoiced revenue Invoiced revenue - On account Accrued revenue - Sales value WIP - Sales value Accrued revenue - Production WIP - Production Accrued revenue - Profit WIP - Profit The application determines which number sequences have not been specified and includes only these in the list. You can choose to accept the application proposal for setup of each of the unspecified number sequences. You can also choose to change names, values or other setup parameters, before the application creates your number sequen If you do not want the application to create a specific number sequence, you can just delete it in the list. Creates transactions in the journal based on the reference Post picking list now Post automatically created picking list journal at once? Post route card now Post automatically created route journal at once? Standard Investment tax in tax currency Work center calendar Date calendar applies to Calendar applying to the work center Calendar deviations Create or update calendar deviations for the work center Class should have at least one member This class without members does not extend any other class Unextended class without members is not extended by any other class Method contains text constant: %1 Method contains labels in single quotes: >%1< Method contains constant numeric value: %1 Method contains parenthesis round case constant: %1 Consider use of delete_from because method contains 'while select ... ..delete()' Consider use of more specialized intrinsic functionality because method contains %1 Use other construction than this illegal one: %1%2%3 Check of %1 %2 was skipped because 'AOSRunMode::' was encountered in ClassDeclaration. Display/Edit method must be defined using a type Label and Help are equal No Label defined No Help defined Method is not referenced in X++ code or indirectly No caching set up for the Table Table group is %1. Form reference does not exist %1 FieldGroup AutoReport does not exist. Table with ID %1 does not exist Line: %1, %2 Field with ID %1 does not exist in table %2 Initialize quantity Create lines with quantities corresponding to the inventory transactions Create journal lines for location journal The fields in the relation are incompatible. '%1.%2' is %3 characters too short. New items Existing items Field must be defined using a type Field is not referenced in X++ code Field label is a copy of the Extended Data Type label of the field Field Help is a copy of the Extended Data Type Help of the field Field label is a copy of the Enum label Field Help is a copy of the Enum Help Enum field is Mandatory Label %1 cannot end with a period ('.'). Field is not a member of a field group No inventory transactions with status %1 for journal %2 exist. From-date calendar is shown. Completed Field group autoreport contains too few fields (%1). Copy balance Dimension specifications Global Specify a joint dimension range for all columns? Copy an existing balance. Type is not referenced in X++ code, in a table field or as a Parent. The application is now ready to create number sequences for %1 references in total in the system Type label is a copy of the Extended (..) Data Type label of the type Type Help is a copy of the Extended (..) Data Type Help of the type Type label is a copy of the Enum label Type Help is a copy of the Enum Help Print a separate balance per dimension value? Dimension to be specified in separate balances Print a line per dimension value under the single account? Dimension to be specified under the single account Name of the column that will appear on the printout Date interval used to calculate from and to dates for the column. From date in date interval for the current column To date in date interval for the current column Lowest value in level to be specified under the single account Highest value in level to be specified under the single account Name of the balance that will appear in the heading of the print Enum is not referenced in X++ code, in the table field or in an Extended Type Create calendar interval Create interval Create calendar deviation interval Tax exempt numbers Show weekday Select whether to show cost or sales prices Creating number sequences Name register of the cross-reference. Shows names of all types, methods and variable, and also indexes, labels and feature k Listing of where this application object is used. Listing of what application objects are used by this object. Listing of cross-referenced names (from the name register) and their places of use Count of the number of paths cross-referenced per day, used to select a date for relative cross-reference update Post WIP Tip of the day Cross-referenced AOT paths The application already has the required number sequences Referenced menu does not exist Menu item does not exist Indexes Delete capacity reservations Delete capacity reservations with report as finished? Price query WIP value of the current transaction Highest number must be greater than 0 Lowest number must be greater than 0 Investment tax account Correction sign Correction year Correction period Correction year/period must be in reporting year/period. Enter a date within the period Is it an annual report? No transactions are selected for settlement, although Settlement type: designated transactions was selected for vendor %1, vo Create or update tax exempt numbers Transactions have been selected for settlement, although Settlement type: none was selected for vendor %1, voucher %2. Transactions have been selected for settlement, although Settlement type: none was selected for customer %1, voucher %2. No transactions are selected for settlement, although Settlement type: designated transactions was selected for customer %1, Pallet list Sales tax amount types Different types of calculated sales tax amounts. Percentage of completion must be less than 100. Delete table and class members Picking list %1 Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the general ledger and allocated automatically when updating adjustment transa As operation %1 is attached firmly to operation %2, operation %3 cannot point to operation %1 Pallet on-hand Default receipt location Location proposed for inventory receipts of purchase orders, productions, etc. when nothing else is specified Default issue location Location proposed for inventory issues of sales orders, production lines, etc. when nothing else is specified Operation %1 cannot be attached firmly to operation %2 because the operation already is attached firmly to operation %3. View original Development warnings View development-related warnings in the message window Inventory settlements Adjustments Find fast name applying to ZIP/postal Codes. Transactions in financial voucher Shows transactions on the financial voucher All level Chargeable transactions may not exist for a %1 project. Transactions in physical voucher Shows transactions on the physical voucher Add or update ranges in your query Estimate project must be attached to the same project group as the current project. To move a sorting up or down, select it and click Up or Down Is the percentage of completion to be calculated based on hour consumption or cost amount? Posted periods cannot be deleted. The group must have the type fixed-price, if an estimate project is specified. The type of the group is inconsistent with the type of the project. Prices incl. sales tax Do prices include sales tax? Discrepancy between account %1 and setup of the group for invoicing %2. If the period is used for estimate projects, a default model for the period may be specified here. Default model for project forecast. Transactions for dimensions Shows inventory transactions on current inventory dimensions Customer transactions total Specifies the total of all customer transactions in the journal Vendor transactions total Specifies the total of all vendor transactions in the journal How are inventory transactions to be related to the caller? Keep update objects 4.0 View by serial number View by pallet ID View by location View by batch number View by warehouse Delete fields, field groups, indexes, methods, and relations in the AOT if they are not in the import file. Shows inventory transactions on the item Activation date of the transport Activation time of the picking route Activation date of the picking route Priority of the picking route Update cross-reference Eliminated Item posting Eliminate Is the line a reversed line? May a group be attached to the reference? Elimination Creation Wizard Wizard for creation of number sequences Calculate and update WIP Show dimension in lists of transport lines? Select a name for your wizard Specifies whether to recalculate the period. Recalculation Estimate project %1, estimate %2 version %3 created. Estimate project %1, estimate %2 version %3 posted. Update the setup of each number sequence Number sequence group references Group for allocation of different number sequences to different customers/vendors. Description of the number sequence group This wizard helps you create the required default data for the inventory management module. The application determines which default data are needed and lists proposals for setup. You can choose to accept the suggested setup of default data. You can also choose to change names, values, or other settings before the program creates default data. Save the report definition Specify report name Save in print archive? Select the layer you want to export from Tax exempt number not specified View existing View existing setup. Approve picking lines Batch numbers Sales tax transactions Adjusted sales tax amounts Storage setup Update data in all company accounts. This is where the bulk of the data upgrade happens. It also undoes metadata changes f Reindex Truncate .... for dropping tables .... for creating tables Browse table Check/Synchronize Delete lines after posting Delete journal lines when posting is completed? All indexes All tables This feature deletes all the contents in all company accounts. Continue? The file %1 was generated. All tables The selected table All indexes All indexes for selected table Selected indexes for selected table Tables Compile the application to update dependencies. Restore values View SQL Do not view SQL Selection for Oracle setup View transactions sorted by Active company accounts only View the next 100 transactions Completed Browse table Check database setup General Print Index Diagnosing only Synchronize automatically Check working tables Extended automatic correction User-managed check Check system fields Execute naming based on which method? Based on journal types Based on format Relaxed array check Print report Print errors that cannot be corrected Check index Check index for monocase Select Allow duplicates Save Fields in Microsoft Dynamics AX and compatible fields in the database Specify fields as same Next >> (Quantity of fields is inconsistent. Quantity in AOT %1. Quantity in DB %2) (The Allow duplicates parameter is inconsistent) (Fields in index are inconsistent. Field in DB: %1. Field# in index %2. Field in AOT: %3.) (The order parameter is inconsistent for field %1) (%1) does not exist DICTIONARY: Error when deleting. Field does not exist %1 DATA DICTIONARY: Deleting table failed DATA DICTIONARY: Update error. Field does not exist %1 DATA DICTIONARY: Update error. Table does not exist %1 DATA DICTIONARY: Update error. Field does not exist %1 *** Field types are different *** String/Memo conversion, Field types are different, String length is different, Null attribute is different, Reindexing Synchronizing Deleting contents of tables Generating SQL script to create tables Generating SQL script to remove tables Preparing check When upgrading to a new version, application objects are upgraded automatically where possible. Table %1 Transaction list Path %1 does not exist Wizard Wizard Fixed receipt price offset Purchase, fixed receipt price profit Purchase, fixed receipt price loss Purchase, fixed receipt price offset Select the type of wizard you want to create Error when generating number Specify how many steps the wizard should have Destination location cannot be changed for output transports Select tables Select the field groups and fields to be included in the report. Select the fields to sort the report by. Select the fields used for ranging. Select the fields to be calculated. Select the layout of the report. Shelf Shelf %1 Either reference number or lot ID must be specified. Post invoice Category group name The format cannot contain the specified quantity. Africa Europe North America Select one or more tables that should not be removed, and then click Keep table. You can edit the generated names later. Enter the naming format for the aisles. The # is used to specify numbers. Update of new time limits requires space. Update anyway? Application object names are created and named automatically. Update timetable Updating timetable Print log Cube Definition Manager The United States of America Sales tax included in amount Sales tax amount included in the amount because sales tax is included in prices Canada Total number of errors in the operation will be negative Continents Select the continents that you are in contact with. Select the countries/regions that you are in contact with. Process the cube now? Super call not converted: %1 Behavior Restore first Batch number %1 is not created for item number %2. Operations Project - Cost - Item Project - WIP cost - Item Project - Invoiced revenue Project - Invoiced on-account Project - Accrued revenue - Sales value Project - WIP - Sales value Project - Accrued revenue - Production Project - WIP - Production Project - Accrued revenue - Profit Project - WIP - Profit From bin To bin The application is now ready to create %1 elements in unit setup The application is now ready to add %1 elements to unit setup The selected quantity does not cause setup to be added Quantity new Existing System of units km mm Millimeter cm Centimeter Kilometer m ml Milliliter cl Centiliter l Liter dl Deciliter mg Milligram g kilogram kg t Ton mm2 Square millimeter cm2 Square centimeter m2 Square meter mm3 Cubic millimeter cm3 Cubic centimeter m3 Cubic meter The store area must have type %1 %1 locations updated Update store areas Select warehouses and area types to update. You can delete areas that are not to be updated In the application, standard units can be created based on either SI units (the metric system) or U.S. standard units. If you choose to have the application create units, these are presented on the next page. Here you can edit individual units, or delete units you do not want. You can also have conversion factors created for the units you want to create. Conversion factors are presented on the page after the units where you can edit. Create standard units Create based on metric units Create based on U.S. standard units Create conversion factors The setup may be changed to show the requested areas. You can delete areas that are not to be updated Invoiced Include transactions that are not to be invoiced? Include transactions that have been invoiced? No self relation set up for the Table. Rename function will not be available. Metric Specifies whether percentage of completion may be changed manually. Subtitle Project contract is not to be specified for projects of type %1. Enable Scheduling Modify... Style Sheets The Report Wizard helps you create a report. The report has no lines The wizard guides you through all the required selections as to name and heading, content, sorting, ranging, totaling, subhead Create address format This wizard helps you create address formats for the countries or regions that you are in contact with. Select native country/region Native country/region Restriction Specify which restriction the document is to have 1/8 in 1/8 inch 1/4 in 1/4 inch 1/2 in 1/2 inch in inches ft feet yd yards mi miles 1/8 sq. in. 1/8 square inch 1/4 sq. in. 1/4 square inch 1/2 sq. in. 1/2 square inch sq. in. square inches sq. ft square feet sq. yd square yards sq. mi square miles 1/8 cu. in. 1/8 cubic inch 1/4 cu. in. 1/4 cubic inch 1/2 cu. in. 1/2 cubic inch cu. in. cubic inches cu. ft cubic feet cu. yd cubic yards oz ounces 1/4 lb 1/4 pound 1/2 lb 1/2 pound lb pounds fl. oz fluid ounces 1/2 pt half-pints qt quarts pt pints gal gallons km Requirement time Time when the item is required Futures time Time when items have futures message Compile error: %1 Project stage setup From the following list, select the continents that you are in contact with. From the following list, select the countries or regions that you want to create an address format for. All the countries or regions you select here will be displayed in reference lists. Select only the required countries or regions. Select the country/region to be processed as native country/region in the application. The wizard is now ready to create address formats. Conversion error (not used): %1 converted to %2 Line %1, column %2 Locations (total) Print totals only Print grand total Project stage %1 is not allowed for projects of type %2. Items for which the location is default receipt location Project stage Update the preset standard units Update the preset factors for unit conversion System of units that is used English/American Compare layers gram This unit already exists Prompt for customer Bulk locations may be checked only if a pallet ID is specified. You have not selected any native country or region. All address formats will contain country or region specification. Your native country/region is: %1 %1 address formats will be created. If the address format already exists, it will be overwritten. The address format of the native country/region typically does not have a country/region specification. Set up number sequences Germany If you do not want to create based on a template, then do not mark the field and go to next page. Project Control Standard cost groups cannot have identical names. Project control Queries that can be executed in relation to the line Save as Store areas must be created first. Locations must be created first. Cannot start wizard. The value in the From aisle field cannot be greater than the value in the To aisle field. The value in the From rack field cannot be greater than the value in the To rack field. The value in the From shelf field cannot be greater than the value in the To shelf field. The value in the From bin field cannot be greater than the value in the To bin field. Store area changes Store area selection Wizard for update of store areas Minimum one level must exist in dimension Generate security tree The operations/tax setting can be other than current only for daily journals. SQL parameters should be defined only by system administrators or advanced users. Click Next if you do not have privileges a A version update typically involves changes in the data model, for example renamed or deleted tables, fields, data types or en You have to complete this step before you can continue. Click Synchronize to start the synchronizing process. The application will create tables in the SQL database based on the feature key permissions that you defined in the previous in You have to pass this step before you can continue. Create class Use for this HTML tag only Insert HTML Tag Measures Data source Cube name Storage Format OLAP database Aggregate function Dimension name Level name Time field Time table To year From year Time levels Time field Time range Cube Definition Manager Transfer Cube Definition of import/export tables Current number of units for the cost group. Specifies whether the group is estimated according to remaining or total estimate. WIP type Specifies optional project WIP types. The transaction may not be deleted. Transactions exist in table %1. Inventory model group %1 does not exist. Dimension group %1 does not exist. Picking list journal lines This wizard helps you set up store and picking areas for the existing locations. The application determines which areas have already been configured and lists these. You can change the shown setup to display the requested grouping by editing the lines or adding new lines. The application is now ready to change the store area for these %1 locations. If you do not want to update some of the locatio Finding current setup Finding changes Insert unit as standard unit in the inventory parameters? Quantity of units in the period is not specified. Title field %1 must be declared. The primary key field %1 must be mandatory. Warehouse %1, area type %2 is not on the previous page. A standard unit %1 has already been specified in the inventory parameters. Do you want to replace it with %2? Use wizard when creating Pallet transport line Cannot browse table. Check may be generated only in the currency of the bank account. You have tried to schedule the operation before the %1 which is not possible because receipt items are unavailable until this d Raw material time Scheduled time of material consumption Scheduling time last used Estimated time Delivery time Ascending item level, delivery date Descending item level, delivery date Sort processing sequence Status - Scheduled start Priority - Delivery date Quantity of labels In this wizard the areas are indicated by specifying two corners in the box constituting the area. This means that a From-locatio The wizard will place locations without area specification in existing boxes, if possible. Finished Stages Paper length must be at least %1 mm for this check According to external item descriptions According to trade agreements Specifies which WIP period the transaction is attached to. Range of configuration Project invoice lines on-account Hours registered via the Web Search for %1 Is the type to use project status Created? Is the type to use project status Estimated? Is the type to use project status Scheduled? Is the type to use project status In process? Is the type to use project status Finished? Specifies whether the transaction contains a cost or sales value. Project unit quantity. Code for the current statistical procedure. Remainder currency Field: %1 Table: %1 Stylesheet It is not possible to split in more lines than %1. Name of the table or class that the application object is attached to Back Item relation must be specified. Account relation must be specified. Building index for the first time. Legacy Help System From shelf To shelf Deadlock - user %1 - date %2 - time %3 DB-error - user %1 - date %2 - time %3 Invoice Journal Fixed rate agreements in company currency may not be created. Only categories of type %1 may be specified. Has transport started? Edit transactions Layer Upgrade job The field may not contain spaces. Sales currency Cost price currency Currency conversion: Currency code must be specified for record 'record ID = %1' in table %2 Number of pallets currently existing on the location Cascading style sheets Themes Quantity not yet selected for any shipment Quantity with status Registered Quantity with status Reserved selected for a shipment Quantity with status Activated Quantity with status Completed Quantity with status Started Project already exists. Transaction date field Tax exempt number for customer %1 not specified. Print ranges Inventory on-hand total The transaction date field is not specified. Remainder Print journal list Images The journal is generated with a new sequence number. Hours per day The period type must be specified. Only one time dimension may be created. Use accounting periods Bin Project forecasts Move pallets by means of transports. Journal table - Fee Custom... Accounting date Edit estimate Wizards Use calendar year Set up the dimensions to be shown This level may not be selected when accounting periods are used. This level may not be used when calendar year is selected. Print a list of picking locations On-account invoice schedule Click Synchronize to start the synchronizing process. The budget is settled according to the settlement conditions that have been set up Country/region or state Country/region, state, or other information that describes the sales tax group County/purpose County where the sales tax group is used, or purpose of the group Parent dimension Member name Calculated Member Builder Parent member Calculated member Add member Edit member Query from the AOT ranging the data basis of the cube Name of the cube Data field from the fact table of the cube, used as basis for conversion of currency. Field from the fact table of the cube, specifying the data source of a measure. The measure name The function used when aggregating with this measure The dimension name Type of dimension Specifies whether the levels of a time dimension are to follow the calendar year or the fiscal year of the company accounts. Name of field containing names of members for this level. Name of table containing field for this level. Name of dimension under which levels are created. Field from the fact table, forming the basis of the time dimension. Specifies hierarchy of the time dimension Name of this calculated member The dimension from which this calculated member is to be derived. Expression for the calculated member, consisting of data and features. Finish Microsoft OLAP Help Not possible to access Help from the OLAP Manager Creates Calculated Members Adds Creates cube Adds dimension Adds data source Adds level Processes dimension Adds measure Connecting to the OLAP Server Processes cube instance %1 The cube was successfully created. Data that may be used for the expression Features that may be used for the expression Scheduled time of receipt or issue of the item requirement Specify whether fixed exchange rate is to be used. Elimination may not be created because the estimate of the remainder from the previous period is not zero. Select... Is not monocased. The table contains %1 records. Delete? Warning on table %1 Working table (XnnnX) found and dropped Working table (XnnnX) found but not dropped. Further actions are needed. Insufficient space for %1 slips on the form. WIP must be run before elimination may be run. Stage You can modify the length and other properties of global data types to meet your requirements. You can only adjust data types The native Decision Support Objects (adso.dll) is not registered. Do you want to register it now? Show dimension in the list of picking list lines? Sort order of items Insufficient inventory transactions with status %1, %2, %3 and %4. The items are %1, %2 or %3. Unique ID for the pallet (Serial Shipping Container Code) Cancel reservation To make configuration changes take effect, certain tables must be synchronized. Synchronize now? Print new pallet labels Standard order quantity on a pallet is %1. Quantity on the line is %2 The pallet is higher than the location. Selected pallet transports Check text OK. Export system Help Export application Help The program is now ready to add %1 elements to warehouse management setup The application is now ready to create %1 elements in warehouse management setup Create or update projects. Journal for entry of hour consumption Shows hour consumption for the project. Shows expense transactions for the project. Create or update sort fields for projects. Create or update approval procedures. Adjustment of project transactions. Create estimate periods Post the estimate. Ledger account types for cost price. Ledger account types Ledger account types for sales price. Types of transactions for adjustment. Validation method used to validate bank account numbers. Last logon User log User log cleanup Clean up log based on query Remaining groups Remaining users Specifies invoice proposal type. Deselect all Set all to No access Set all feature access levels to Full control Set all access levels to No access Select the location types Belgium report layout Ireland Great Britain South Africa Australia EUR Tables and fields Identification of project journal type. Report transaction type Specifies optional report transaction types. Insufficient rights Include transactions to be invoiced? Zero lines Specifies whether the reduction key starts from opening of year SQL administration Item coverage setup Balance on the account Counting unit Index in array field Array index Update the present period allocation lines. Data export/import File position Disable import to this field Field number Continuous field number Table definition name Import status/event Time level name Data source number Name of week Day of year Character for grouping Name of quarter Tree node text Format that the cube is saved in ID for dimension Sales price not specified for Time and material projects. List of application objects. List of user setups List of persons who have lock on application objects Reindex AOT Tree displaying the hierarchical structure of the application List of the number of transactions in these company accounts Name of tree node Wizard for creation of address formats Set up style sheets and themes List of images for use in themes List of company accounts. Select active company accounts List of virtual company accounts List of tables attached to the company accounts Administration of the setup List of users' logon times For definition of OLAP Cubes Compile the entire application to ensure consistency in the object interdependencies Wizard for creation of standard reports Create development project listing differences between two layers Wizard for creation of the base elements for a new wizard List of inventory aisles Standard Windows calculator Add-in to browse and edit a table Open node in new window Open application object parents in new window Show properties for the application object Used to print the contents of a table as an autoreport Search and replace in the source code Rename application object using syntax Syntactic renaming Allocate automatically based on the allocation terms when posting to the account. Sales tax - Sales tax settlement Vendor - Penny-rounding Update the preset item allocation keys Today Customer - Invoice, Ledger Customer - Invoice, Customer Customer - Credit note, Ledger Customer - Credit note, Customer Customer - Exch. adj., Ledger Customer - Exch. adj., Customer Customer - Interest, Ledger Customer - Interest, Customer Customer - Collection letter, Ledger Customer - Collection letter, Customer Customer - Penny difference, Ledger Customer - Penny difference, Customer Customer - Interest fee, Ledger Customer - Interest fee, Customer Sales tax by vendor By item group Define values for various parameters that apply in the entire module. The pallet type is a container, that is items are not put on but in the pallet. Container User's last logon By type Report on user's last logon date and time Last logon Copy warehouse Object type Created inventory aisle %1 in warehouse %2. Consider whether to rename the inventory aisle. Copy locations Inbound docks You use inbound docks as a temporary storage location for receiving items. Create inbound docks Quantity of users in the user group Edit and delete inbound docks Select the warehouse that you want to create locations for. Special Outbound docks You use outbound docks as a temporary storage location for shipping items. Create outbound docks Edit and delete outbound docks This wizard helps you create locations. The program suggests the relevant location types. Error when inserting field in document. If you do not already have any inbound docks in your warehouse, the application will propose a quantity which you can change On the next page you can view and update the individual inbound docks. Specify the number of inbound docks that you want to create. If you do not already have any outbound docks in your warehouse, the application will propose a quantity which you can chang On the next page you can view and update the individual outbound docks. Specify the quantity of outbound docks that you want to create. Inventory aisles contain locations and must be defined before locations can be created. Create inventory aisles Edit and delete aisles Specify the quantity of additional inventory aisles that you want to create. Specify the aisle for inbound and outbound docks. You can specify how many inventory aisles that you want to create. On the next page you can view and edit the values of the aisles that have been created. Description of posting profile. Bookmark %1 does not exist. Excel spreadsheets Code for the terms of payment. Code for terms in connection with payment Picking locations are (fixed) locations where smaller quantities of an item are picked. Create picking locations Edit and delete picking locations Specify the number of inventory aisles where you want to create picking locations. Exchange adjustment principles Specify the number of racks where you want to create picking locations. Execute SQL statement SQL statement Payment management Select the shelves that you want to use for picking locations. Date the picking list was created Mark the bins where picking locations are to be created Payment step process Payment step posting Specify the cube in the inventory where you want to create picking locations. If you have more cubes where you want picking locations, use this wizard several times. If you want the program to create picking locations, specify additional information on the next page. Specify additional information for all your picking locations. On the next page you can view and update the individual picking locations. If the picking location already exists, the picking location will not be created. This also applies if you have already created a bu Step number Specify the picking area of the picking locations Specify the physical dimensions of the locations. Payment management step posting This wizard helps you create locations in the warehouse management module. Payment management step Bulk locations Create bulk locations Edit and delete bulk locations Specify additional information attached to each bulk location Bulk locations are locations where pallets are stored until they are redelivered or taken to a picking location. &More... Specify the cube in the inventory where you want to create bulk locations. If you have more cubes where you want bulk locations, use this wizard several times. If you want the program to create bulk locations, specify additional information on the next page. Specify the number of racks where you want to create bulk locations. One-time customer account specified in customer parameters does not exist in the customer table. Select the shelves that you want to use for bulk locations. Mark the bins where bulk locations are to be created On the next page you can view and update the individual bulk locations. If the bulk location already exists, the bulk location will not be created. This also applies if you have already created a picking l Specify the input area of the bulk locations. Payment transactions Specify the pallet type group that identifies the pallet types allowed in the locations. Warehouses must be defined first. History on payment Queries that can be executed in relation to the warehouse Payment transactions All pallet types %1, aisle %2 One-time vendor account specified in vendor parameters does not exist in the vendor table. Configuration wizard Control label is a copy of its field label The field Tenancy must be marked Payment fee Method of exchange adjustment Standard Invoice date Split period A record with this identification already exists among the preset records. A record with this identification already exists in the database. Fee amount Payment step identification Identification of the step in the payment flow. Identification of the amount of the fee %1 has already been defined in the application ID must be specified. Tenant can be created only with task code Sales. A tenant has been created. Dimension groups Week and month Weekdays Payment days Payment day Identification of payment days Description of payment day identification Payment day identification %1 does not exist. Payment day lines Weekday must be specified. Day must be between 1 and 31. Week/Month Select the main areas in the inventory to be set up You can only set up a location that has not already been set up. One-time customers as invoice account is not allowed. No one-time customers for project contracts One-time customers may not be used as invoice customers. Employee missing time sheet Time sheet missing Send e-mail Send e-mail to the employees who have not filled in their time sheets? You have not filled in the time sheet for the period %1 - %2 Forecast quantity Forecast receipt Current quantity Current receipt German report layout Austrian report layout Quantity 1 Quantity 2 Quantity 2 Receipt 1 Receipt 2 Amount 1 Amount 2 Margin 1 Margin 2 Contribution ratio 1 Contribution ratio 2 Unknown form: %1 Password changed Logon Event type that has been saved in the log General Cancel Forecast turnover Forecast margin Forecast ratio Current margin Current ratio Step type All standard units have already been created in the application Numbers Valid days Expire Password parameters Summary update parameters Print update journal of estimated productions Sales summary update parameters Print update journal of cost accounted productions. Print update journal of job scheduled productions Print update journal of operations scheduled productions Print update journal of released productions Print update journal of productions reported as finished Print update journal of started productions Specify the inventory aisles where you want to create bulk locations. Summary update Change password Password parameters Inventory value and quantity by age Template file %1 may not exist. Hard return Insert hard return after insertion of the field %1 may not be excluded when %2 is summary updated. %1 may not be included when %2 is summary updated. Bank advice Transactions Packing slip layout Invoice layout Quotation layout Confirmation layout Link Bookmark Insert bookmark Insert link to bookmark Link to bookmark Include document on sheets Include which documents when printing sheets? Include documents of type Automatic summary Switzerland Accept Error tolerance Order error tolerance Default values for summary update Print posting journal Check state State not specified. Purchase summary update parameters Detail level of sales tax specification print. Registration and company currency Vendor invoice pool Check port User permissions Overview of user rights May the sales order be accumulated with other sales orders when automatic summary update is selected? May the purchase order be accumulated with other purchase orders when automatic summary update is selected? Sales summary update Voucher number must be filled in User group permissions Setting up user group permissions Print packing slip specifications Print packing slip specifications on the invoice? %1 index Unique Enum with ID %1 does not exist. ttsbegin/ttscommit are unbalanced with %1 Illegal name %1 %2: %3. Use parent, child, or sibling. Reconciliation of inventory/ledger Differences only Print differences only Balance - inventory Open application object in new window Open application object window Open old layer Charge Max. height Maximum lifting height. Absolute height Height above ground level. Compile forward To height From height Maximum lifting height exceeded. Location label Font size No fields have been selected. Print location label Specify start date of the period Code Explorer Copy locations from one warehouse to another Message when exceeding credit limit How is exceeding of credit limit presented to the user? Draw for remittance Standard pallet type for the item How is exceeding the credit limit checked? Closing profile - Fixed-price projects Profit Balance - production Domains have been initialized. Reconciliation of production/ledger Reporting batch Save changes? Print a list of sales order invoices File extract Generate SQL scripts Too many array fields Null attribute for field differs - not modifiable Field differs %1 Inconsistent range of array lines Internal error in array check Array fields missing Autocorrection suggestion: Renamed from %1 Field missing (No field in DB with compatible type) Unknown field Autocorrection suggestion: Table renamed from %1 Table is missing Table in database is unknown to the application and left untouched. Field has incompatible type The system field has an illegal type. Take further action. System field missing Unknown system field in DB Err:508 Err:508 Err:508 File creation date Should list also contain employees with registered hours? All employees Inventory value by inventory dimension Print inventory value by dimension Print inventory value by item group Inventory value of charged items Print inventory value by ledger account that has already been charged State of origin for the current item Estimation is no longer consistent with quantity. First date included in this interest note Last date included in this interest note German sales tax report Austrian sales tax report Estimation and scheduling are no longer consistent with quantity. Consistency check and correction of the bill of materials module Consistency check and correction of item Consistency check and correction of all modules in the system Performance test Posting validation The document description must be specified. Bank ID must be specified. File creation date must be specified. Printing date must be specified. Unknown validation form Name of the database server in the domain Performance test details Duration in Ticks Remittance Specify the quantity of coverage groups to create Measurement Specify the quantity of coverage groups to create Specify the text to appear before the sum on the printout of the check. Points Closing profile %1 bills of exchange have been drawn, value: %2 Ledger updates - WIP Ledger updates - Profit & Loss Specify the number of master plans to create Specify the number of master plans to create Nothing posted %1 bills of exchange have been posted. %1 bills of exchange have been voided. Inventory forecast model Remitted amount Remainder for remittance Closed transaction editing Closed transaction editing in several currencies Minimum key Minimum/maximum keys Description of minimum key Specifies whether the minimum key starts from opening date Minimum/maximum key %1 does not exist. Factor the minimum inventory is multiplied by in the current period Minimum key to be used for calculation of minimum inventory in different periods. Check DB status report Checking tables Table: %1 in SQL dictionary has no fields. Creating unknown tables No errors or deviations found in the database dictionary for the checked range Check DB log Timestamp : %1 %2 Automatic shutdown Minutes not in use after which the application automatically shuts down. 0 means never. Security Unknown project status Domains Selected company accounts Remaining company accounts Create domains and attach company accounts Remaining domains User: %1 connected to %2/%3 Fixed Table Field (*=Index) Description Unique key for voucher, used when posting to the ledger module. The key is allocated automatically on closing settlement of in Payment management voucher number Name or company name of the invoice address Address where the invoice is to be sent ZIP/postal Code of the invoice address County of the invoice address Country/region of the invoice address State of the invoice address Invoice address Main warehouse Refilling User group form setup Planned transfer order Use values from customer Line of business Destination codes Line of business %1 does not exist. Committed Destination code %1 does not exist. Payments Permissions Customer standard value Purchase summary update Value-added for hours. Use values from vendor Domain ID Domain name Sales tax transactions - Details Print sales tax transactions - Details Microsoft Dynamics must be restarted. Are you sure you want to disable domains? It will delete the security setup of user groups. Number of planned transfer orders Remitted transactions Inventory journal transfer Transfer requirement The total amount of marked transactions is different from the journal amount. Change journal amount? SQL trace Journal name used when firming planned transfer order Account number that the sales tax origin is posted to Nonchargeable View format explanation? View graphics explanation? Select the domain to log database changes for Logging database changes Refill as per requirement via planned transfer order from the main warehouse? Warehouse to refill from when activating refilling Main warehouse must be different from current warehouse. Main warehouse must be specified. Select the tables and any fields to be included in the database log system History on days Save data how many days? Journal name that planned transfer order is created with (when blank standard transfer journal name is used). No relating transaction exists in %1. Consistency check and correction of the inventory management module setup. From dimension No. Print the results %1 bills of lading deleted Types of change Select the type of change (insert, update, delete, rename) to register in the database log Control code of bank. Clearing Reverse sales tax on cash discount If available cash discount is used, then the previously calculated sales tax of the cash discount amount is reversed. %1 shipments deleted %1 pallet transports deleted. Table ID %1 is owned by table %2 Table does not exist in SQL dictionary Pallet transport %1 System variables ODBC Pallet transport %1 has no lines. The date specified is incorrect. Opening date Fixed date from which the key applies (when blank, opening current year is used) Consistency check and correction of the ledger module Consistency check and correction of the sales tax Consistency check and correction of the currency Consistency check and correction of the bank management module Consistency check and correction of the accounts receivable module Consistency check and correction of the accounts receivable module Consistency check and correction of the accounts payable module Consistency check and correction of the accounts payable module Consistency check and correction of the warehouse management module Consistency check and correction of the route module Consistency check and correction of the work center module Consistency check and correction of the production order module Consistency check and correction of the master planning module Consistency check and correction of commission tables in the human resource module Consistency check and correction of human resource tables in the human resource module Consistency check and correction of the project module A key with the name %1 already exists. Consistency check and correction of inventory forecasts Consistency check and correction of inventory journals Consistency check and correction of bills of materials Consistency check and correction of the bill of material smodule setup Consistency check and correction of routes Consistency check and correction of the route module setup Consistency check and correction of production journals Consistency check and correction of the production order module setup Consistency check and correction of the human resource module Consistency check and correction of project contracts Consistency check and correction of invoices Consistency check and correction of project module setup Consistency check and correction of ledger transactions Consistency check and correction of productions Consistency check and correction of inventory transactions Consistency check and correction of pallets Consistency check and correction of locations Consistency check and correction of pallet transports Product groups Product group Unique identification of the product group Supplementary item Description of the product group Supplementary item group Type of node Item code (item number, item group, all) History on payment fee Account code, i.e. account, account group or all. Item number or item group Account number or account group Product group structure Specify module, i.e. is inventory management, accounts receivable, accounts payable Supplementary item groups Product group items Description of supplementary item group Create pallet ID automatically Database log setup Update supplementary item groups Database log Create or update supplementary sales items Supplementary sales items Supplementary purchase items Create or update supplementary purchase items Supplementary items Find what The type may be changed to %1 only when no items are attached to the group. Paste label Show dimension in lists with picking lines? The text to find Quantity limit Quantity limit for inclusion of supplementary item Multiple quantity Inclusion of supplementary quantity for each multiple of specified quantity. Project cannot be selected as account type. Supplementary item that will be included if the criteria are met Quantity of supplementary item Supplementary quantity Free of charge Language to find the text in Is this supplementary item included free of charge? Start search automatically when the dialog is opened with a text in the Find what field? Auto search Auto create label Once only Include this supplementary item once only? Label file ID A label file is named Ax